]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - lisp/ldefs-boot.el
(Maintaining) [ifnottex]: Add menu entry for "Emerge".
[gnu-emacs] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4 \f
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (17382 1892))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
11 Play 5x5.
12
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
15
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
30
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
32
33 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
35
36 \(fn)" t nil)
37
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
40
41 \(fn)" t nil)
42
43 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
45
46 \(fn)" t nil)
47
48 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution.
50 Mutate the result.
51
52 \(fn)" t nil)
53
54 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
56
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
61
62 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
63
64 ;;;***
65 \f
66 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
67 ;;;;;; (17403 28587))
68 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
69
70 (autoload (quote list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "\
71 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
72
73 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil)
74
75 ;;;***
76 \f
77 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
78 ;;;;;; (17388 18084))
79 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
80
81 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
82 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
83 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
84 extensions.
85 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
86 the file name.
87
88 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
89
90 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
91 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
92
93 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
94 \\{ada-mode-map}
95
96 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
97 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
98
99 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
100 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
101
102 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
103 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
104
105 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
106
107 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
108 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
109
110 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
111 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
112
113 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
114 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
115 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
116 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
117 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
118
119 If you use imenu.el:
120 Display index-menu of functions and procedures '\\[imenu]'
121
122 If you use find-file.el:
123 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
124 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
125 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
126 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
127 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
128
129 If you use ada-xref.el:
130 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
131 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
132 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
133
134 \(fn)" t nil)
135
136 ;;;***
137 \f
138 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
139 ;;;;;; (17388 22063))
140 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
141
142 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
143 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
144
145 \(fn)" t nil)
146
147 ;;;***
148 \f
149 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
150 ;;;;;; (17388 22063))
151 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
152
153 (autoload (quote ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "\
154 Open a file anywhere in the source path.
155 Completion is available.
156
157 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
158
159 ;;;***
160 \f
161 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
162 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
163 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
164 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log"
165 ;;;;;; "add-log.el" (17352 9346))
166 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
167
168 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
169 *If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
170 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
171 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
172
173 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log")
174
175 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
176 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
177 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
178
179 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-full-name) "add-log")
180
181 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
182 *Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
183 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
184 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
185 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
186 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
187
188 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-mailing-address) "add-log")
189
190 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
191 Prompt for a change log name.
192
193 \(fn)" nil nil)
194
195 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
196 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
197
198 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
199 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
200 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
201 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
202
203 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
204 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
205 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
206
207 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
208 current buffer to the complete file name.
209 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
210
211 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
212
213 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
214 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
215 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
216 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
217
218 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
219 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
220
221 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
222
223 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
224 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
225 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
226
227 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
228 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
229 the same person.
230
231 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
232 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
233 notices.
234
235 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
236 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
237
238 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil)
239
240 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
241 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
242 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
243 the change log file in another window.
244
245 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
246 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
247
248 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
249 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
250 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
251 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
252 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
253 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
254 \\{change-log-mode-map}
255
256 \(fn)" t nil)
257
258 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
259 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
260
261 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
262 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
263
264 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
265 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
266
267 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
268 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
269
270 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
271 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
272
273 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
274 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
275 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
276 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
277 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
278
279 Has a preference of looking backwards.
280
281 \(fn)" nil nil)
282
283 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
284 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
285 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
286 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
287 or a buffer.
288
289 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
290 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
291
292 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
293
294 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
295 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format.
296
297 \(fn)" t nil)
298
299 ;;;***
300 \f
301 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
302 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (17383
303 ;;;;;; 16118))
304 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
305
306 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
307 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
308 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
309 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
310 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
311 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
312 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
313 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
314 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
315 interpreted as `error'.")
316
317 (custom-autoload (quote ad-redefinition-action) "advice")
318
319 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
320 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
321 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
322 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
323 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
324 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
325 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
326 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
327
328 (custom-autoload (quote ad-default-compilation-action) "advice")
329
330 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
331 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
332 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
333 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
334 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
335 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
336 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
337 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
338 will be overwritten with the new one.
339 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
340 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
341 will clear the cache.
342
343 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
344
345 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
346 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
347 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
348
349 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
350 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
351 BODY... )
352
353 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
354 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
355 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
356 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
357 see also `ad-add-advice'.
358 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
359 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
360 before/around/after-advices will be used.
361 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
362 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
363 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
364 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
365 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
366 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
367
368 Semantics of the various flags:
369 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
370 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
371 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
372
373 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
374 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
375
376 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
377 advised function should be compiled.
378
379 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
380 during activation until somebody enables it.
381
382 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
383 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
384 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
385 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
386
387 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
388 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
389 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
390 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
391 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
392 during preloading.
393
394 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
395
396 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
397
398 ;;;***
399 \f
400 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
401 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
402 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (17383 24123))
403 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
404
405 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
406 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
407 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
408 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
409 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
410 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
411 rule's `separate' attribute).
412
413 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
414 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
415 `separate' attribute set.
416
417 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
418 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
419 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
420 on the format of these lists.
421
422 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
423
424 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
425 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
426 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
427 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
428 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
429 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
430 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
431 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
432 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
433 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
434 options.
435
436 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
437 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
438
439 Fred (123) 456-7890
440 Alice (123) 456-7890
441 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
442 Joe (123) 456-7890
443
444 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
445 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
446 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
447
448 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
449
450 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
451 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
452 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
453 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
454 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
455 align that section.
456
457 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
458
459 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
460 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
461 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
462 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
463 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
464 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
465 been used to align that section.
466
467 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
468
469 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
470 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
471 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
472 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
473 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
474 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
475 to be colored.
476
477 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
478
479 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
480 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
481
482 \(fn)" t nil)
483
484 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
485 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
486
487 \(fn)" t nil)
488
489 ;;;***
490 \f
491 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
492 ;;;;;; (17431 34439))
493 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
494
495 (autoload (quote allout-mode) "allout" "\
496 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
497 \\<allout-mode-map>
498
499 Optional arg forces mode to re-initialize iff arg is positive num or
500 symbol. Allout outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
501
502 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
503 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
504 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
505 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
506 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
507 outline.)
508
509 In addition to outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
510
511 - topic-oriented repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
512 - integral outline exposure-layout
513 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
514 - automatic topic-number maintenance
515 - easy topic encryption and decryption
516 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and
517 exposure control. (See the allout-mode docstring.)
518
519 and many other features.
520
521 Below is a description of the bindings, and then explanation of
522 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
523 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
524 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
525 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
526
527
528 The bindings are dictated by the `allout-keybindings-list' and
529 `allout-command-prefix' variables.
530
531 Navigation: Exposure Control:
532 ---------- ----------------
533 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] allout-next-visible-heading | \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] allout-hide-current-subtree
534 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] allout-previous-visible-heading | \\[allout-show-children] allout-show-children
535 \\[allout-up-current-level] allout-up-current-level | \\[allout-show-current-subtree] allout-show-current-subtree
536 \\[allout-forward-current-level] allout-forward-current-level | \\[allout-show-current-entry] allout-show-current-entry
537 \\[allout-backward-current-level] allout-backward-current-level | \\[allout-show-all] allout-show-all
538 \\[allout-end-of-entry] allout-end-of-entry
539 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] allout-beginning-of-current-entry, alternately, goes to hot-spot
540
541 Topic Header Production:
542 -----------------------
543 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] allout-open-sibtopic Create a new sibling after current topic.
544 \\[allout-open-subtopic] allout-open-subtopic ... an offspring of current topic.
545 \\[allout-open-supertopic] allout-open-supertopic ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
546
547 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
548 ---------------------------------
549 \\[allout-shift-in] allout-shift-in Shift current topic and all offspring deeper.
550 \\[allout-shift-out] allout-shift-out ... less deep.
551 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] allout-rebullet-current-heading Prompt for alternate bullet for
552 current topic.
553 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] allout-rebullet-topic Reconcile bullets of topic and its offspring
554 - distinctive bullets are not changed, others
555 alternated according to nesting depth.
556 \\[allout-number-siblings] allout-number-siblings Number bullets of topic and siblings - the
557 offspring are not affected. With repeat
558 count, revoke numbering.
559
560 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
561 ----------------------------------
562 \\[allout-kill-topic] allout-kill-topic Kill current topic, including offspring.
563 \\[allout-kill-line] allout-kill-line Like kill-line, but reconciles numbering, etc.
564 \\[allout-yank] allout-yank Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
565 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
566 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
567 \\[allout-yank-pop] allout-yank-pop Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
568
569 Topic-oriented Encryption:
570 -------------------------
571 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
572
573 Misc commands:
574 -------------
575 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
576 and establish a default file-var setting
577 for `allout-layout'.
578 \\[allout-mark-topic] allout-mark-topic
579 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer
580 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
581 buffer with name derived from derived from that
582 of current buffer - \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
583 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer
584 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
585 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
586 format.
587 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
588 auto-activation.
589
590 Topic Encryption
591
592 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
593 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
594 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
595 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
596 \(Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
597 encrypted during file saves; if you're editing the contents of
598 such a topic, it is automatically decrypted for continued
599 editing.) The aim is reliable topic privacy while preventing
600 accidents like neglected encryption before saves, forgetting
601 which passphrase was used, and other practical pitfalls.
602
603 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring and
604 `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable for details.
605
606 HOT-SPOT Operation
607
608 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
609 navigation and exposure control.
610
611 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
612 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
613 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
614 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
615 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
616
617 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
618 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
619 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) never get
620 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
621 hot-spot and back to normal operation.
622
623 Note that the command `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry])
624 will move to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located at the
625 beginning of the current entry, so you usually can hit \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]
626 twice in a row to get to the hot-spot.
627
628 Terminology
629
630 Topic hierarchy constituents - TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
631
632 TOPIC: A basic, coherent component of an Emacs outline. It can
633 contain and be contained by other topics.
634 CURRENT topic:
635 The visible topic most immediately containing the cursor.
636 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of a topic; it increases with
637 containment. Also called the:
638 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
639
640 ANCESTORS:
641 The topics that contain a topic.
642 PARENT: A topic's immediate ancestor. It has a depth one less than
643 the topic.
644 OFFSPRING:
645 The topics contained by a topic;
646 SUBTOPIC:
647 An immediate offspring of a topic;
648 CHILDREN:
649 The immediate offspring of a topic.
650 SIBLINGS:
651 Topics having the same parent and depth.
652
653 Topic text constituents:
654
655 HEADER: The first line of a topic, include the topic PREFIX and header
656 text.
657 PREFIX: The leading text of a topic which distinguishes it from normal
658 text. It has a strict form, which consists of a prefix-lead
659 string, padding, and a bullet. The bullet may be followed by a
660 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
661 siblings, a space, and then the header text.
662
663 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting depth
664 of the topic.
665 PREFIX-LEAD:
666 The string at the beginning of a topic prefix, normally a `.'.
667 It can be customized by changing the setting of
668 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
669
670 By setting the prefix-lead to the comment-string of a
671 programming language, you can embed outline structuring in
672 program code without interfering with the language processing
673 of that code. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
674 docstring for more detail.
675 PREFIX-PADDING:
676 Spaces or asterisks which separate the prefix-lead and the
677 bullet, determining the depth of the topic.
678 BULLET: A character at the end of the topic prefix, it must be one of
679 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
680 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. (See the documentation
681 for these variables for more details.) The default choice of
682 bullet when generating topics varies in a cycle with the depth of
683 the topic.
684 ENTRY: The text contained in a topic before any offspring.
685 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
686
687
688 EXPOSURE:
689 The state of a topic which determines the on-screen visibility
690 of its offspring and contained text.
691 CONCEALED:
692 Topics and entry text whose display is inhibited. Contiguous
693 units of concealed text is represented by `...' ellipses.
694
695 Concealed topics are effectively collapsed within an ancestor.
696 CLOSED: A topic whose immediate offspring and body-text is concealed.
697 OPEN: A topic that is not closed, though its offspring or body may be.
698
699 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil)
700
701 (defalias (quote outlinify-sticky) (quote outlineify-sticky))
702
703 (autoload (quote outlineify-sticky) "allout" "\
704 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
705
706 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
707 setup for auto-startup.
708
709 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
710
711 ;;;***
712 \f
713 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
714 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (17383 13296))
715 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
716
717 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir))
718
719 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
720 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
721 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
722 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
723 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
724 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
725
726 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
727
728 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" "\
729 Not documented
730
731 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
732
733 ;;;***
734 \f
735 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
736 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (17382 1892))
737 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
738
739 (autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\
740 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
741 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
742 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
743 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
744 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
745 in the current window.
746
747 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
748
749 (autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\
750 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
751 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
752
753 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
754
755 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\
756 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
757 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
758
759 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
760
761 ;;;***
762 \f
763 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
764 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (17383 24123))
765 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
766
767 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\
768 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
769
770 \(fn)" t nil)
771
772 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\
773 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
774
775 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
776 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
777 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
778 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
779
780 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
781 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
782
783 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
784
785 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
786
787 ;;;***
788 \f
789 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
790 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (17388 22063))
791 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
792
793 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
794 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
795 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
796 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
797 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
798 \\[yank].
799
800 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
801 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
802 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
803 the rules.
804
805 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
806 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
807 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
808 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
809
810 \(fn)" t nil)
811
812 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
813 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
814 \\{antlr-mode-map}
815
816 \(fn)" t nil)
817
818 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
819 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
820 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
821
822 \(fn)" nil nil)
823
824 ;;;***
825 \f
826 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add
827 ;;;;;; appt-display-diary appt-display-duration appt-display-mode-line
828 ;;;;;; appt-msg-window appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time
829 ;;;;;; appt-issue-message) "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (17403 28563))
830 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
831
832 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
833 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
834 To be detected, the diary entry must have the format described in the
835 documentation of the function `appt-check'.")
836
837 (custom-autoload (quote appt-issue-message) "appt")
838
839 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
840 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
841
842 (custom-autoload (quote appt-message-warning-time) "appt")
843
844 (defvar appt-audible t "\
845 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
846
847 (custom-autoload (quote appt-audible) "appt")
848
849 (defvar appt-visible t "\
850 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.
851 This variable is only relevant if `appt-msg-window' is nil.")
852
853 (custom-autoload (quote appt-visible) "appt")
854
855 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
856 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.
857 If non-nil, this variable overrides `appt-visible'.")
858
859 (custom-autoload (quote appt-msg-window) "appt")
860
861 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
862 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.
863 This is in addition to any other display of appointment messages.")
864
865 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-mode-line) "appt")
866
867 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
868 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.
869 Only relevant if reminders are to be displayed in their own window.")
870
871 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-duration) "appt")
872
873 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
874 *Non-nil displays the diary when the appointment list is first initialized.
875 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
876
877 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-diary) "appt")
878
879 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
880 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
881 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
882
883 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
884
885 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
886 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
887
888 \(fn)" t nil)
889
890 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
891 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
892 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
893 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
894 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
895 NUMBER hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
896 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
897
898 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this
899 function.
900
901 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
902 appointment package (if it is not already active).
903
904 \(fn)" nil nil)
905
906 (autoload (quote appt-activate) "appt" "\
907 Toggle checking of appointments.
908 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
909 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
910
911 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
912
913 ;;;***
914 \f
915 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
916 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable apropos-read-pattern) "apropos"
917 ;;;;;; "apropos.el" (17443 62455))
918 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
919
920 (autoload (quote apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "\
921 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
922 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
923 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
924
925 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
926 kind of objects to search.
927
928 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
929
930 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
931 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
932 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
933 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
934 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
935 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
936
937 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
938 normal variables.
939
940 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
941
942 (defalias (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
943
944 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
945 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
946 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
947 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
948 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
949 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
950
951 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
952 noninteractive functions.
953
954 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
955 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
956
957 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
958 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
959
960 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
961
962 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation-property) "apropos" "\
963 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
964
965 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
966
967 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
968 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
969 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
970 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
971
972 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
973 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
974 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
975 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
976
977 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
978 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
979
980 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
981
982 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
983
984 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
985 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
986 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
987 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
988 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
989 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
990
991 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
992 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
993 Returns list of symbols and values found.
994
995 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
996
997 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
998 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
999 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1000 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1001 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1002 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1003
1004 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1005 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1006 bindings.
1007 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1008
1009 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1010
1011 ;;;***
1012 \f
1013 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (17422
1014 ;;;;;; 14887))
1015 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1016
1017 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
1018 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1019 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1020 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1021 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1022 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1023
1024 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1025 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1026 archive.
1027
1028 \\{archive-mode-map}
1029
1030 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1031
1032 ;;;***
1033 \f
1034 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (17358 48216))
1035 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1036
1037 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
1038 Major mode for editing arrays.
1039
1040 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1041 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1042 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1043
1044 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1045
1046 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1047 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1048 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1049
1050 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1051 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1052 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1053 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1054 The variables are:
1055
1056 Variables you assign:
1057 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1058 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1059 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1060 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1061 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1062 row numbers in the buffer.
1063
1064 Variables which are calculated:
1065 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1066 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1067
1068 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1069 take a numeric prefix argument):
1070
1071 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1072 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1073 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1074 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1075
1076 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1077 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1078 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1079 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1080
1081 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1082 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1083 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1084 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1085
1086 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1087 between that of point and mark.
1088
1089 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1090 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1091
1092 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1093 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1094 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1095 newlines inside rows)
1096
1097 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1098
1099 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1100
1101 \(fn)" t nil)
1102
1103 ;;;***
1104 \f
1105 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (17383
1106 ;;;;;; 15658))
1107 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1108
1109 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
1110 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
1111 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
1112 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1113
1114 How to quit artist mode
1115
1116 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1117
1118
1119 How to submit a bug report
1120
1121 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1122
1123
1124 Drawing with the mouse:
1125
1126 mouse-2
1127 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1128 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1129 below).
1130
1131 mouse-1
1132 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1133 or pastes:
1134
1135 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1136 --------------------------------------------------------------
1137 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1138 to new point
1139 --------------------------------------------------------------
1140 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1141 --------------------------------------------------------------
1142 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1143 --------------------------------------------------------------
1144 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1145 --------------------------------------------------------------
1146 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1147 --------------------------------------------------------------
1148 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1149 --------------------------------------------------------------
1150 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1151 --------------------------------------------------------------
1152 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1153 --------------------------------------------------------------
1154 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1155 lines
1156 --------------------------------------------------------------
1157 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1158 --------------------------------------------------------------
1159 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1160 --------------------------------------------------------------
1161 Paste Paste Paste
1162 --------------------------------------------------------------
1163 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1164 --------------------------------------------------------------
1165
1166 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1167 or diagonally.
1168
1169 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1170 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1171 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1172 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1173 poly-lines.
1174
1175 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1176 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1177 overwrite means the opposite.
1178
1179 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1180 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1181 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1182
1183 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1184
1185 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1186 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1187
1188 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1189 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1190 are currently drawing something.
1191
1192 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1193 some time to fill.
1194
1195
1196 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1197 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1198
1199
1200 Settings
1201
1202 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1203
1204 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1205
1206 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1207
1208 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1209
1210 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1211 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1212
1213 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
1214
1215
1216 Drawing with keys
1217
1218 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1219 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1220 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1221 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1222 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1223 When pasting: Pastes
1224
1225 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1226
1227 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1228
1229 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
1230 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
1231 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
1232 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1233 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1234 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1235
1236
1237 Arrows
1238
1239 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1240 of the line/poly-line
1241
1242 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1243 of the line/poly-line
1244
1245
1246 Selecting operation
1247
1248 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1249
1250 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1251 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1252 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1253 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1254 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1255 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1256 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1257 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1258 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1259 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1260 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1261 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1262 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1263 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1264 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1265 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1266 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1267 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1268 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1269 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1270
1271
1272 Variables
1273
1274 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1275 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1276
1277 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1278 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1279 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1280 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1281 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1282 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1283 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1284 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1285 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1286 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1287 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1288 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1289 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1290 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1291 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1292 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1293 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1294 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1295 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1296
1297 Hooks
1298
1299 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1300 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1301
1302
1303 Keymap summary
1304
1305 \\{artist-mode-map}
1306
1307 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1308
1309 ;;;***
1310 \f
1311 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (17388
1312 ;;;;;; 22063))
1313 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1314
1315 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
1316 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1317 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1318
1319 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1320 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1321 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1322 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1323
1324 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1325 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1326
1327 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1328 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1329
1330 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1331
1332 Special commands:
1333 \\{asm-mode-map}
1334
1335 \(fn)" t nil)
1336
1337 ;;;***
1338 \f
1339 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
1340 ;;;;;; (17075 55468))
1341 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
1342
1343 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
1344 Obsolete.")
1345
1346 (custom-autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show")
1347
1348 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
1349 This command is obsolete.
1350
1351 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
1352
1353 ;;;***
1354 \f
1355 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1356 ;;;;;; (17383 24124))
1357 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1358
1359 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1360 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1361 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
1362
1363 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg")
1364
1365 (put (quote autoarg-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
1366
1367 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
1368 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1369 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1370 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1371 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1372 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1373 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1374 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1375 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1376 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1377
1378 For example:
1379 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1380 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1381 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1382 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1383 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1384
1385 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1386
1387 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1388
1389 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1390 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1391 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1392 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1393 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1394
1395 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg")
1396
1397 (put (quote autoarg-kp-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
1398
1399 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
1400 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1401 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1402 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1403 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1404 &c to supply digit arguments.
1405
1406 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1407
1408 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1409
1410 ;;;***
1411 \f
1412 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1413 ;;;;;; (17388 22063))
1414 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1415
1416 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
1417 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1418
1419 \(fn)" t nil)
1420
1421 ;;;***
1422 \f
1423 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1424 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (17383 24124))
1425 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1426
1427 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1428 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1429 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1430
1431 \(fn)" t nil)
1432
1433 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1434 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1435 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1436 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1437
1438 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1439
1440 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1441 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1442 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1443 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1444 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1445
1446 (custom-autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert")
1447
1448 (put (quote auto-insert-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
1449
1450 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
1451 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1452 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1453 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1454
1455 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1456 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1457
1458 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1459
1460 ;;;***
1461 \f
1462 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1463 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1464 ;;;;;; (17410 23724))
1465 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1466
1467 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1468 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1469 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1470 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1471 save the buffer too.
1472
1473 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1474
1475 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1476
1477 (autoload (quote update-directory-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1478 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1479 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1480 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1481 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1482 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1483
1484 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1485 directory or directories specified.
1486
1487 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1488
1489 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1490 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1491 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1492
1493 \(fn)" nil nil)
1494
1495 ;;;***
1496 \f
1497 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1498 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1499 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (17383 24124))
1500 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1501
1502 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1503 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1504
1505 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1506 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1507 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1508 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1509 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1510
1511 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1512
1513 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1514 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1515
1516 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1517 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1518
1519 \(fn)" nil nil)
1520
1521 (autoload (quote auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1522 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1523 With arg, turn Tail mode on iff arg is positive.
1524
1525 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1526 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1527 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1528 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1529 reflected in the current buffer.
1530
1531 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1532 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1533 writing before you save the file!
1534
1535 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1536
1537 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1538
1539 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1540 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1541
1542 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1543 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1544
1545 \(fn)" nil nil)
1546
1547 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1548 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1549 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1550 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1551 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1552
1553 (custom-autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert")
1554
1555 (put (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
1556
1557 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1558 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1559
1560 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1561 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1562 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1563
1564 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1565
1566 ;;;***
1567 \f
1568 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1569 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (17383 24124))
1570 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1571
1572 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1573 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1574 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1575 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1576 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1577
1578 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid")
1579
1580 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1581 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1582 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1583 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1584
1585 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1586 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1587 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1588
1589 Effects of the different modes:
1590 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1591 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1592 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1593 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1594 a random distance & direction.
1595 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1596 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1597 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1598
1599 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1600
1601 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1602 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1603 definition of \"random distance\".)
1604
1605 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1606
1607 ;;;***
1608 \f
1609 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1610 ;;;;;; (17383 16118))
1611 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1612
1613 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1614 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1615
1616 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1617 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1618
1619 For example:
1620
1621 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1622 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1623 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1624 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1625
1626 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1627
1628 \(fn ARG)" nil (quote macro))
1629
1630 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1631
1632 ;;;***
1633 \f
1634 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1635 ;;;;;; (17427 20614))
1636 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1637 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1638
1639 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1640 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1641 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1642 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1643
1644 \(fn)" t nil)
1645
1646 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1647 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1648 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1649 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1650 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1651
1652 (custom-autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery")
1653
1654 (put (quote display-battery-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
1655
1656 (autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery" "\
1657 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1658 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1659 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1660 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1661 seconds.
1662
1663 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1664
1665 ;;;***
1666 \f
1667 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1668 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (17383 16118))
1669 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1670
1671 (autoload (quote benchmark-run) "benchmark" "\
1672 Time execution of FORMS.
1673 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1674 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1675 FORMS once.
1676 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1677 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1678 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1679
1680 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1681
1682 (autoload (quote benchmark-run-compiled) "benchmark" "\
1683 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1684 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1685 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1686 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1687
1688 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1689
1690 (autoload (quote benchmark) "benchmark" "\
1691 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1692 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1693 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1694 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1695
1696 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1697
1698 ;;;***
1699 \f
1700 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (17437
1701 ;;;;;; 53997))
1702 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1703
1704 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1705 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1706
1707 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1708
1709 Use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1710 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1711 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1712 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1713
1714 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1715 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1716 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1717 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1718 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1719
1720 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1721 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1722
1723
1724 Special information:
1725
1726 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1727
1728 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1729 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1730 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1731 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1732 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1733 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1734 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1735 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1736 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1737 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1738 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1739
1740 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1741 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1742 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1743 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1744 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1745 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1746 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1747 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1748
1749 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1750
1751 ----------------------------------------------------------
1752 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1753 if that value is non-nil.
1754
1755 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1756
1757 \(fn)" t nil)
1758
1759 ;;;***
1760 \f
1761 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1762 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el"
1763 ;;;;;; (17382 1052))
1764 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1765
1766 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1767
1768 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "\
1769 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1770 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1771
1772 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1773
1774 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-external) "binhex" "\
1775 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1776
1777 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1778
1779 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region) "binhex" "\
1780 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1781
1782 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1783
1784 ;;;***
1785 \f
1786 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (17382
1787 ;;;;;; 1892))
1788 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1789
1790 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1791 Play blackbox.
1792 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1793
1794 What is blackbox?
1795
1796 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1797 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1798 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1799 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1800 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1801 your score.
1802
1803 Overview of play:
1804
1805 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1806 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1807 four.
1808
1809 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1810 movement keys.
1811
1812 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1813 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1814
1815 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1816 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1817
1818 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1819 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1820 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1821 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1822 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1823 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1824
1825 Details:
1826
1827 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1828
1829 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1830 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1831 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1832 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1833
1834 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1835 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1836 denoted by the letter `R'.
1837
1838 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1839 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1840 denoted by the letter `H'.
1841
1842 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1843 example.
1844
1845 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1846 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1847 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1848 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1849 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1850 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1851 ray.
1852
1853 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1854 degree deflection it causes.
1855
1856 1
1857 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1858 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1859 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1860 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1861 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1862 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1863 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1864 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1865 2 3
1866
1867 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1868 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1869
1870
1871 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1872 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1873 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1874 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1875 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1876 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1877 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1878 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1879
1880 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1881 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1882 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1883 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1884 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1885 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1886 emerging from the box.
1887
1888 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1889
1890 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1891 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1892 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1893 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1894 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1895 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1896 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1897 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1898
1899 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1900 a reflection.
1901
1902 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
1903
1904 ;;;***
1905 \f
1906 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
1907 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
1908 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump
1909 ;;;;;; bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (17383 24124))
1910 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1911 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
1912 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
1913 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1914
1915 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
1916 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1917 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1918 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1919 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1920 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1921 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map)
1922 (define-key bookmark-map "x" 'bookmark-set)
1923 (define-key bookmark-map "m" 'bookmark-set) ; "m" for "mark"
1924 (define-key bookmark-map "j" 'bookmark-jump)
1925 (define-key bookmark-map "g" 'bookmark-jump) ; "g" for "go"
1926 (define-key bookmark-map "i" 'bookmark-insert)
1927 (define-key bookmark-map "e" 'edit-bookmarks)
1928 (define-key bookmark-map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) ; "f" for "find"
1929 (define-key bookmark-map "r" 'bookmark-rename)
1930 (define-key bookmark-map "d" 'bookmark-delete)
1931 (define-key bookmark-map "l" 'bookmark-load)
1932 (define-key bookmark-map "w" 'bookmark-write)
1933 (define-key bookmark-map "s" 'bookmark-save)
1934
1935 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
1936 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1937 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1938 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1939 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1940 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1941 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1942 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1943 recent one.
1944
1945 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1946 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1947 yank successive words.
1948
1949 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1950 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1951 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1952 name of the file being visited.
1953
1954 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1955 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1956 the list of bookmarks.)
1957
1958 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
1959
1960 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
1961 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1962 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1963 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1964 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1965 this.
1966
1967 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1968 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
1969 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1970 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
1971
1972 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1973
1974 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
1975 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1976 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1977 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1978 after a bookmark was set in it.
1979
1980 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1981
1982 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
1983 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1984 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1985 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
1986
1987 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
1988
1989 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1990
1991 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
1992 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1993 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1994 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1995
1996 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1997 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1998 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1999
2000 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2001 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2002 name.
2003
2004 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
2005
2006 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
2007 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2008 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2009 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2010 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2011 this.
2012
2013 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2014
2015 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
2016 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2017 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2018 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2019 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2020 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2021 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2022 probably because we were called from there.
2023
2024 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2025
2026 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
2027 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2028 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2029
2030 \(fn)" t nil)
2031
2032 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
2033 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2034 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2035 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2036 \(second argument).
2037
2038 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2039 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2040 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2041 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2042 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2043
2044 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2045 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2046 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2047 `bookmark-default-file'.
2048
2049 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2050
2051 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
2052 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2053 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2054 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2055 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2056 while loading.
2057
2058 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2059 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2060 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2061 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2062 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2063 explicitly.
2064
2065 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2066 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2067 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2068 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2069
2070 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2071
2072 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
2073 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2074 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2075 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2076 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2077
2078 \(fn)" t nil)
2079
2080 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
2081
2082 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
2083
2084 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))) (define-key map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))) (define-key map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))) (define-key map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))) (define-key map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete))) (define-key map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename))) (define-key map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate))) (define-key map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert))) (define-key map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set))) (define-key map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump))) map))
2085
2086 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2087
2088 ;;;***
2089 \f
2090 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
2091 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
2092 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
2093 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
2094 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
2095 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
2096 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2097 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-url-at-point
2098 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program browse-url-browser-function)
2099 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (17383 13296))
2100 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2101
2102 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos cygwin))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser)) ((memq system-type (quote (darwin))) (quote browse-url-default-macosx-browser)) (t (quote browse-url-default-browser))) "\
2103 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2104 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2105 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2106
2107 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2108 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2109 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2110 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2111 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2112
2113 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url")
2114
2115 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
2116 *The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2117
2118 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-firefox-program) "browse-url")
2119
2120 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
2121 *The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2122
2123 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-galeon-program) "browse-url")
2124
2125 (autoload (quote browse-url-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2126 Not documented
2127
2128 \(fn)" nil nil)
2129
2130 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
2131 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2132 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2133 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2134 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2135 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2136
2137 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2138
2139 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
2140 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2141 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2142 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2143 narrowed.
2144
2145 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2146
2147 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
2148 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2149
2150 \(fn)" t nil)
2151
2152 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
2153 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2154
2155 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2156
2157 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
2158 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2159 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2160 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2161
2162 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2163
2164 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2165 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2166 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2167 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2168
2169 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2170
2171 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
2172 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2173 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2174 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2175 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2176 to use.
2177
2178 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2179
2180 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
2181 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2182 Default to the URL around or before point.
2183
2184 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2185 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2186 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2187 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2188
2189 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2190 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2191
2192 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2193 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an
2194 xterm, MMM, and then W3.
2195
2196 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2197
2198 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
2199 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2200 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2201 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2202
2203 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2204 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2205 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2206 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2207
2208 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2209 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2210 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2211
2212 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2213 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2214
2215 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2216
2217 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
2218 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2219 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2220 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2221
2222 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2223 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2224 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2225 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2226
2227 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2228 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2229 new tab in an existing window instead.
2230
2231 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2232 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2233
2234 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2235
2236 (autoload (quote browse-url-firefox) "browse-url" "\
2237 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2238 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2239 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2240 Firefox.
2241
2242 When called interactively, if variable
2243 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2244 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2245 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2246 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2247
2248 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2249 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2250 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2251
2252 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2253 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2254
2255 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2256 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2257 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2258 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2259 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2260 URL in a new window.
2261
2262 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2263
2264 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
2265 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2266 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2267 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2268
2269 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2270 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2271 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2272 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2273
2274 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2275 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2276 new tab in an existing window instead.
2277
2278 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2279 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2280
2281 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2282
2283 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
2284 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2285 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2286 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2287
2288 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2289 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2290 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2291 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2292
2293 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2294 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2295
2296 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2297
2298 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
2299 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2300
2301 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2302 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2303 program is invoked according to the variable
2304 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2305
2306 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2307 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2308 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2309 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2310
2311 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2312 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2313
2314 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2315
2316 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
2317 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
2318 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
2319 variable `browse-url-grail'.
2320
2321 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2322
2323 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
2324 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2325 Default to the URL around or before point.
2326
2327 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2328 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2329 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2330
2331 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2332 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2333 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2334 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2335
2336 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2337 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2338
2339 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2340
2341 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
2342 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2343 Default to the URL around or before point.
2344
2345 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2346
2347 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
2348 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2349 Default to the URL around or before point.
2350
2351 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2352 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2353 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2354
2355 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2356 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2357
2358 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2359
2360 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
2361 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2362 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2363 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2364
2365 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2366
2367 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
2368 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2369 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
2370 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2371 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2372
2373 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2374
2375 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2376 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2377 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
2378 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
2379
2380 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2381 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
2382 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2383 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2384
2385 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2386 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2387
2388 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2389
2390 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
2391 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
2392 Default to the URL around or before point.
2393
2394 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2395
2396 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
2397 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2398 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2399 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2400 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2401 current one.
2402
2403 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2404 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2405 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2406 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2407
2408 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2409 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2410
2411 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2412
2413 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
2414 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2415 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2416 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2417 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2418 don't offer a form of remote control.
2419
2420 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2421
2422 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
2423 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2424 Default to the URL around or before point.
2425
2426 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2427
2428 ;;;***
2429 \f
2430 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (17382
2431 ;;;;;; 1892))
2432 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2433
2434 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
2435 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2436
2437 \(fn)" t nil)
2438
2439 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
2440 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2441
2442 \(fn)" nil nil)
2443
2444 ;;;***
2445 \f
2446 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2447 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (17395 3136))
2448 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2449
2450 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
2451 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2452 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2453 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2454
2455 \(fn)" t nil)
2456
2457 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
2458 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2459 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2460 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2461
2462 \(fn)" t nil)
2463
2464 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
2465 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2466
2467 \(fn)" t nil)
2468
2469 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
2470 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2471 \\<bs-mode-map>
2472 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2473 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
2474 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2475 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2476
2477 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2478 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2479 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2480 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2481 name of buffer configuration.
2482
2483 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2484
2485 ;;;***
2486 \f
2487 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2488 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (17383
2489 ;;;;;; 24124))
2490 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2491
2492 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
2493 Keymap used by buttons.")
2494
2495 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map "\e " (quote backward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
2496 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2497 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2498
2499 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
2500 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2501 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2502 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2503 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2504 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2505
2506 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2507 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2508 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2509 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2510
2511 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2512
2513 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2514 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2515 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2516 specifying properties to add to the button.
2517 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2518 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2519 `define-button-type'.
2520
2521 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2522
2523 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2524
2525 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2526 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2527 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2528 specifying properties to add to the button.
2529 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2530 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2531 `define-button-type'.
2532
2533 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2534
2535 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2536
2537 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2538 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2539 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2540 specifying properties to add to the button.
2541 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2542 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2543 `define-button-type'.
2544
2545 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2546 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2547 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2548 `make-text-button'.
2549
2550 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2551
2552 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2553
2554 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2555 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2556 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2557 specifying properties to add to the button.
2558 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2559 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2560 `define-button-type'.
2561
2562 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2563 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2564 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2565 `insert-text-button'.
2566
2567 Also see `make-text-button'.
2568
2569 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2570
2571 ;;;***
2572 \f
2573 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2574 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2575 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2576 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2577 ;;;;;; (17351 57359))
2578 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2579
2580 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2581 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2582 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2583
2584 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2585
2586 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2587 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2588 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2589 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2590
2591 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2592 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2593 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2594 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2595 whether to compile it.
2596
2597 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2598
2599 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2600 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2601
2602 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2603
2604 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2605 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2606 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
2607 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2608 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2609
2610 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2611
2612 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2613 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2614 Print the result in the echo area.
2615 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2616
2617 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2618
2619 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2620 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2621 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2622
2623 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2624
2625 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2626 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2627 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2628 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2629 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2630 all functions called by those functions.
2631
2632 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2633 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2634 cons, etc.).
2635
2636 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2637 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2638 invoked interactively.
2639
2640 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2641
2642 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2643 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2644 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2645 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2646
2647 \(fn)" nil nil)
2648
2649 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2650 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2651 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2652 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2653 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2654 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2655 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2656 already up-to-date.
2657
2658 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2659
2660 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2661 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2662 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2663 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2664
2665 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2666 `batch-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2667 and corresponding effects.
2668
2669 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2670
2671 ;;;***
2672 \f
2673 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (17385 41891))
2674 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2675
2676 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2677
2678 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2679
2680 ;;;***
2681 \f
2682 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2683 ;;;;;; (17385 41891))
2684 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2685
2686 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2687 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2688 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2689 from the cursor position.
2690
2691 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2692
2693 ;;;***
2694 \f
2695 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2696 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2697 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch calc-settings-file) "calc" "calc/calc.el"
2698 ;;;;;; (17382 10215))
2699 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2700
2701 (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2702 *File in which to record permanent settings.")
2703
2704 (custom-autoload (quote calc-settings-file) "calc")
2705 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2706
2707 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2708 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2709
2710 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2711
2712 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2713 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2714
2715 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2716
2717 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2718 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2719
2720 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2721
2722 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2723 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2724
2725 \(fn)" t nil)
2726
2727 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2728 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2729 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2730 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2731
2732 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2733
2734 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2735 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2736 This is most useful in the X window system.
2737 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2738 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2739
2740 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2741
2742 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2743 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2744 See calc-keypad for details.
2745
2746 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2747
2748 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2749 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2750
2751 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2752
2753 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2754 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2755
2756 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2757
2758 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2759 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2760
2761 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2762
2763 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2764 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2765 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2766
2767 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2768
2769 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\
2770 Not documented
2771
2772 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2773
2774 ;;;***
2775 \f
2776 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (17383
2777 ;;;;;; 24124))
2778 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2779
2780 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2781 Run the Emacs calculator.
2782 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2783
2784 \(fn)" t nil)
2785
2786 ;;;***
2787 \f
2788 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-week-start-day calendar calendar-setup
2789 ;;;;;; solar-holidays bahai-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2790 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2791 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2792 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2793 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2794 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2795 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2796 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2797 ;;;;;; bahai-diary-entry-symbol islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol
2798 ;;;;;; diary-nonmarking-symbol diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2799 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2800 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-bahai-calendar-holidays all-islamic-calendar-holidays
2801 ;;;;;; all-christian-calendar-holidays all-hebrew-calendar-holidays
2802 ;;;;;; mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2803 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2804 ;;;;;; view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset) "calendar"
2805 ;;;;;; "calendar/calendar.el" (17425 13433))
2806 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2807
2808 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2809 The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2810 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2811 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2812 the screen.")
2813
2814 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-offset) "calendar")
2815
2816 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2817 Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry to calendar.
2818 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2819 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2820 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This variable can
2821 be overridden by the value of `calendar-setup'.")
2822
2823 (custom-autoload (quote view-diary-entries-initially) "calendar")
2824
2825 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2826 Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2827 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2828
2829 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-in-calendar) "calendar")
2830
2831 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2832 Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2833 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2834
2835 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting) "calendar")
2836
2837 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2838 Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2839 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2840 displayed.")
2841
2842 (custom-autoload (quote view-calendar-holidays-initially) "calendar")
2843
2844 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2845 Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2846 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2847
2848 (custom-autoload (quote mark-holidays-in-calendar) "calendar")
2849
2850 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2851 If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2852 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2853
2854 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2855
2856 (custom-autoload (quote all-hebrew-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2857
2858 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2859 If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2860 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2861
2862 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2863 calendar.")
2864
2865 (custom-autoload (quote all-christian-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2866
2867 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2868 If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2869 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2870
2871 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2872 calendar.")
2873
2874 (custom-autoload (quote all-islamic-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2875
2876 (defvar all-bahai-calendar-holidays nil "\
2877 If nil, show only major holidays from the Baha'i calendar.
2878 These are the days on which work and school must be suspended.
2879
2880 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Baha'i
2881 calendar.")
2882
2883 (custom-autoload (quote all-bahai-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2884
2885 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2886 List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2887 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2888
2889 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-load-hook) "calendar")
2890
2891 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2892 List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2893 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2894 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2895 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2896
2897 (custom-autoload (quote initial-calendar-window-hook) "calendar")
2898
2899 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
2900 List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
2901 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
2902 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
2903 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
2904 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
2905 a function is also provided for this:
2906 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
2907
2908 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2909 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2910 date is not visible in the window.
2911
2912 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2913 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2914 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2915
2916 (custom-autoload (quote today-visible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
2917
2918 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
2919 List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
2920
2921 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2922 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2923 date is visible in the window.
2924
2925 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2926 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2927 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2928
2929 (custom-autoload (quote today-invisible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
2930
2931 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
2932 List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
2933
2934 For example,
2935
2936 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (diary-view-entries 1)))
2937
2938 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
2939
2940 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-move-hook) "calendar")
2941
2942 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
2943 Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
2944
2945 The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
2946 specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
2947
2948 MONTH/DAY
2949 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
2950 MONTHNAME DAY
2951 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
2952 DAYNAME
2953
2954 with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
2955 that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
2956 number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
2957 digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME
2958 and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
2959 `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
2960 abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
2961 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
2962 capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
2963 `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
2964 date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
2965 year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
2966 in every week.
2967
2968 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
2969 used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
2970 calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
2971 file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
2972
2973 DAY/MONTH
2974 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2975 DAY MONTHNAME
2976 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2977 DAYNAME
2978
2979 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
2980 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
2981
2982 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
2983 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
2984 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
2985 window but will appear in a diary window.
2986
2987 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
2988 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
2989
2990 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
2991 entries (in the default American style):
2992
2993 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
2994 &1/1. Happy New Year!
2995 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
2996 21: Payday
2997 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
2998 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
2999 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
3000 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
3001 mar 16 Dad's birthday
3002 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
3003 &* 15 time cards due.
3004
3005 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
3006 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
3007 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
3008 single diary entry
3009
3010 02/11/1989
3011 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
3012 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
3013 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
3014 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
3015 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
3016 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
3017
3018 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
3019 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
3020 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
3021
3022 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
3023
3024 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
3025
3026 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through
3027 November 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float',
3028 `diary-anniversary', `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year',
3029 `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', `diary-hebrew-date',
3030 `diary-islamic-date', `diary-bahai-date', `diary-mayan-date',
3031 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
3032 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
3033 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer',
3034 `diary-rosh-hodesh', and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the
3035 documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more
3036 details.
3037
3038 Diary entries based on the Hebrew, the Islamic and/or the Baha'i
3039 calendar are also possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they
3040 are ignored unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and
3041 the `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the
3042 documentation for these functions for details.
3043
3044 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
3045 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3046
3047 (custom-autoload (quote diary-file) "calendar")
3048
3049 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
3050 Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
3051
3052 (custom-autoload (quote diary-nonmarking-symbol) "calendar")
3053
3054 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
3055 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
3056
3057 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
3058
3059 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
3060 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
3061
3062 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
3063
3064 (defvar bahai-diary-entry-symbol "B" "\
3065 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Baha'i calendar.")
3066
3067 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
3068
3069 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
3070 The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
3071 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
3072
3073 (custom-autoload (quote diary-include-string) "calendar")
3074
3075 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
3076 The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
3077 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
3078
3079 (custom-autoload (quote sexp-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
3080
3081 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
3082 Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
3083 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew, Islamic and
3084 Baha'i calendars. If this variable is nil, years must be written in
3085 full.")
3086
3087 (custom-autoload (quote abbreviated-calendar-year) "calendar")
3088
3089 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
3090 Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
3091 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
3092 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
3093 are
3094
3095 DAY/MONTH
3096 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
3097 DAY MONTHNAME
3098 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
3099 DAYNAME
3100
3101 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
3102 variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
3103 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period. To take effect,
3104 this variable should be set before the calendar package and its associates
3105 are loaded. Otherwise, use one of the functions `european-calendar' or
3106 `american-calendar' to force the appropriate update.")
3107
3108 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-style) "calendar")
3109
3110 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3111 List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
3112 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3113
3114 (custom-autoload (quote american-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
3115
3116 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3117 List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
3118 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3119
3120 (custom-autoload (quote european-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
3121
3122 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
3123 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
3124 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3125
3126 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
3127
3128 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
3129 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
3130 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3131
3132 (custom-autoload (quote american-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
3133
3134 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
3135 List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
3136 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
3137 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
3138 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
3139 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
3140
3141 (custom-autoload (quote print-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
3142
3143 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3144 List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
3145 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
3146
3147 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
3148 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
3149 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3150 of the form
3151
3152 #include \"filename\"
3153
3154 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3155 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
3156 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
3157 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3158 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
3159
3160 For example, you could use
3161
3162 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
3163 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
3164 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
3165
3166 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
3167 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
3168 lexicographic order.")
3169
3170 (custom-autoload (quote list-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
3171
3172 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
3173 List of functions called after the display of the diary.
3174 Can be used for appointment notification.")
3175
3176 (custom-autoload (quote diary-hook) "calendar")
3177
3178 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
3179 List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
3180 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
3181 diary display.
3182
3183 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
3184 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
3185 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
3186 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
3187 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
3188 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
3189 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
3190
3191 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
3192 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
3193 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
3194 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
3195 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
3196 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
3197 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
3198 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
3199
3200 (custom-autoload (quote diary-display-hook) "calendar")
3201
3202 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
3203 List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
3204 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3205 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3206 `list-hebrew-diary-entries', `list-islamic-diary-entries' and
3207 `list-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3208 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3209
3210 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-listing-hook) "calendar")
3211
3212 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3213 List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
3214
3215 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
3216 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
3217 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3218 of the form
3219 #include \"filename\"
3220 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3221 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
3222 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
3223 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3224 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3225
3226 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
3227
3228 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
3229 List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
3230 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3231 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3232 `mark-hebrew-diary-entries', `mark-islamic-diary-entries' and
3233 `mark-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3234 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3235
3236 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-marking-hook) "calendar")
3237
3238 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
3239 If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
3240 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
3241 are holidays.")
3242
3243 (custom-autoload (quote diary-list-include-blanks) "calendar")
3244
3245 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
3246 Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
3247 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
3248 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
3249 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
3250
3251 (custom-autoload (quote holidays-in-diary-buffer) "calendar")
3252
3253 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3254
3255 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
3256 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
3257 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3258
3259 (custom-autoload (quote general-holidays) "calendar")
3260
3261 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3262
3263 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
3264 Oriental holidays.
3265 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3266
3267 (custom-autoload (quote oriental-holidays) "calendar")
3268
3269 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3270
3271 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
3272 Local holidays.
3273 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3274
3275 (custom-autoload (quote local-holidays) "calendar")
3276
3277 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3278
3279 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
3280 User defined holidays.
3281 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3282
3283 (custom-autoload (quote other-holidays) "calendar")
3284
3285 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3286
3287 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
3288
3289 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3290
3291 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
3292
3293 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3294
3295 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
3296
3297 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3298
3299 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
3300
3301 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3302
3303 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3304 Jewish holidays.
3305 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3306
3307 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-holidays) "calendar")
3308
3309 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3310
3311 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc 0 "Easter Sunday") (holiday-easter-etc -2 "Good Friday") (holiday-easter-etc -46 "Ash Wednesday") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -63 "Septuagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -56 "Sexagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -49 "Shrove Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -48 "Shrove Monday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -47 "Shrove Tuesday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -14 "Passion Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -7 "Palm Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -3 "Maundy Thursday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 35 "Rogation Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 39 "Ascension Day")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 49 "Pentecost (Whitsunday)")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 50 "Whitmonday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 56 "Trinity Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 60 "Corpus Christi")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
3312 Christian holidays.
3313 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3314
3315 (custom-autoload (quote christian-holidays) "calendar")
3316
3317 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3318
3319 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
3320 Islamic holidays.
3321 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3322
3323 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-holidays) "calendar")
3324
3325 (put (quote bahai-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3326
3327 (defvar bahai-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 3 21 (format "Baha'i New Year (Naw-Ruz) %d" (- displayed-year (1- 1844)))) (holiday-fixed 4 21 "First Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 22 "Second Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 23 "Third Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 24 "Fourth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 25 "Fifth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 26 "Sixth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 27 "Seventh Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 28 "Eighth Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 4 29 "Ninth Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 30 "Tenth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 5 1 "Eleventh Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 5 2 "Twelfth Day of Ridvan") (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha")))) "\
3328 Baha'i holidays.
3329 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3330
3331 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-holidays) "calendar")
3332
3333 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3334
3335 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
3336 Sun-related holidays.
3337 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3338
3339 (custom-autoload (quote solar-holidays) "calendar")
3340
3341 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3342
3343 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3344 The frame setup of the calendar.
3345 The choices are: `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3346 dedicated frame); `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3347 frames); `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3348 any other value the current frame is used. Using any of the first
3349 three options overrides the value of `view-diary-entries-initially'.")
3350
3351 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-setup) "calendar")
3352
3353 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
3354 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3355 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3356
3357 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3358 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3359
3360 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3361
3362 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
3363 The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
3364 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.
3365
3366 If you change this variable directly (without using customize)
3367 after starting `calendar', you should call `redraw-calendar' to
3368 update the calendar display to reflect the change, otherwise
3369 movement commands will not work correctly.")
3370
3371 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-week-start-day) "calendar")
3372
3373 ;;;***
3374 \f
3375 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3376 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (17382 1052))
3377 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3378
3379 (autoload (quote canlock-insert-header) "canlock" "\
3380 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3381
3382 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3383
3384 (autoload (quote canlock-verify) "canlock" "\
3385 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3386 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3387 it fails.
3388
3389 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3390
3391 ;;;***
3392 \f
3393 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3394 ;;;;;; (17407 10030))
3395 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3396
3397 (autoload (quote c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "\
3398 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3399
3400 \(fn)" nil nil)
3401
3402 ;;;***
3403 \f
3404 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3405 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3406 ;;;;;; (17407 10030))
3407 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3408
3409 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3410 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3411 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3412 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3413 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3414 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3415 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3416
3417 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3418
3419 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3420 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3421 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3422 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3423 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3424 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3425 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3426 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3427
3428 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3429 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3430 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3431 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3432 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3433 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3434
3435 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3436
3437 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3438 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3439
3440 Key bindings:
3441 \\{c-mode-map}
3442
3443 \(fn)" t nil)
3444
3445 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3446 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3447
3448 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3449 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3450 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3451 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3452 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3453 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3454 message.
3455
3456 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3457
3458 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3459 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3460
3461 Key bindings:
3462 \\{c++-mode-map}
3463
3464 \(fn)" t nil)
3465
3466 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3467 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3468 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3469
3470 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3471 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3472 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3473 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3474 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3475 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3476 message.
3477
3478 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3479
3480 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3481 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3482
3483 Key bindings:
3484 \\{objc-mode-map}
3485
3486 \(fn)" t nil)
3487
3488 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3489 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3490 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3491
3492 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3493 Major mode for editing Java code.
3494 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3495 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3496 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3497 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3498 message.
3499
3500 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3501
3502 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3503 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3504
3505 Key bindings:
3506 \\{java-mode-map}
3507
3508 \(fn)" t nil)
3509
3510 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3511 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3512 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3513
3514 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3515 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3516 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3517 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3518 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3519 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3520 message.
3521
3522 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3523
3524 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3525 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3526
3527 Key bindings:
3528 \\{idl-mode-map}
3529
3530 \(fn)" t nil)
3531
3532 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3533 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3534 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3535 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3536
3537 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3538 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3539 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3540 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3541 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3542 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3543 message.
3544
3545 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3546
3547 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3548 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3549
3550 Key bindings:
3551 \\{pike-mode-map}
3552
3553 \(fn)" t nil)
3554 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3555 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3556 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3557 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3558 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3559 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3560
3561 ;;;***
3562 \f
3563 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3564 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (17407 10030))
3565 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3566
3567 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
3568 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3569 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3570 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3571
3572 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3573
3574 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3575 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3576 might get set too.
3577
3578 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3579 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3580 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3581 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3582 way.
3583
3584 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3585 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3586 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3587 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3588 a null operation.
3589
3590 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3591
3592 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
3593 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3594 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3595 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3596
3597 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3598
3599 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3600 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3601 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3602
3603 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3604
3605 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
3606 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3607 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3608 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3609 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3610
3611 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3612
3613 ;;;***
3614 \f
3615 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-subword" "progmodes/cc-subword.el" (17388
3616 ;;;;;; 22063))
3617 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-subword.el
3618 (autoload 'c-subword-mode "cc-subword" "Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys." t)
3619
3620 ;;;***
3621 \f
3622 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3623 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3624 ;;;;;; (17102 18708))
3625 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3626
3627 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
3628 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3629
3630 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3631
3632 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
3633 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3634
3635 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3636
3637 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3638 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3639
3640 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3641 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3642 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3643 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3644 execution.
3645
3646 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3647
3648 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3649
3650 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3651 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3652
3653 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3654 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3655 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3656 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3657
3658 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3659 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3660 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3661 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3662 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3663 `write' commands.
3664
3665 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3666 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3667 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3668 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3669
3670 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3671 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3672 semantics.
3673
3674 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3675
3676 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3677
3678 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3679
3680 STATEMENT :=
3681 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3682 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3683
3684 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3685 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3686 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3687 | integer
3688
3689 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3690
3691 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3692 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3693 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3694
3695 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3696 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3697 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3698
3699 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3700 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3701
3702 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3703 BREAK := (break)
3704
3705 REPEAT :=
3706 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3707 (repeat)
3708 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3709 ;; (repeat))
3710 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3711 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3712 ;; (read REG)
3713 ;; (repeat))
3714 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3715 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3716 ;; (read REG)
3717 ;; (repeat))
3718 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3719
3720 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3721 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3722 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3723 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3724 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3725 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3726 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3727 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3728 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3729 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3730 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3731 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3732 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3733 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3734 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3735 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3736
3737 WRITE :=
3738 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3739 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3740 ;; representation.
3741 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3742 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3743 ;; (write r7))
3744 | (write EXPRESSION)
3745 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3746 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3747 ;; representation.
3748 | (write integer)
3749 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3750 ;; buffer.
3751 | (write string)
3752 ;; Same as: (write string)
3753 | string
3754 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3755 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3756 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3757 ;; representation.
3758 | (write REG ARRAY)
3759 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3760 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3761 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3762 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3763 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3764 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3765
3766 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3767 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3768
3769 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3770 END := (end)
3771
3772 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3773 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3774 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3775
3776 ARG := REG | integer
3777
3778 OPERATOR :=
3779 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3780 + | - | * | / | %
3781
3782 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3783 | & | `|' | ^
3784
3785 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3786 | << | >>
3787
3788 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3789 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3790 | <8
3791
3792 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3793 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3794 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3795 | >8
3796
3797 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3798 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3799 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3800 | //
3801
3802 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3803 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3804
3805 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3806 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3807 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3808 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3809 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3810 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3811 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3812 | de-sjis
3813
3814 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3815 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3816 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3817 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3818 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3819 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3820 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3821 ;; byte of SJIS.
3822 | en-sjis
3823
3824 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3825 ;; Same meaning as C code
3826 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3827
3828 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3829 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3830 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3831 | <8=
3832
3833 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3834 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3835 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3836
3837 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3838 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3839 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3840 | //=
3841
3842 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3843
3844
3845 TRANSLATE :=
3846 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3847 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3848 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3849 LOOKUP :=
3850 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3851 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3852 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3853 MAP :=
3854 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3855 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3856 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3857 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3858 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3859 MAP-ID := integer
3860
3861 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3862
3863 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3864 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3865 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3866 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3867 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3868 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3869
3870 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3871
3872 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
3873 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3874 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3875
3876 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3877
3878 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3879
3880 ;;;***
3881 \f
3882 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
3883 ;;;;;; (17388 22063))
3884 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3885
3886 (autoload (quote cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "\
3887 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3888 There are no special keybindings by default.
3889
3890 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3891 to the action header.
3892
3893 \(fn)" t nil)
3894
3895 ;;;***
3896 \f
3897 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3898 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3899 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3900 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3901 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3902 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3903 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3904 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
3905 ;;;;;; (17383 16118))
3906 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3907
3908 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
3909 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3910 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3911 the users will view as each check is completed.
3912
3913 \(fn)" t nil)
3914
3915 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3916 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3917 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3918 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3919 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3920 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3921 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3922 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3923
3924 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3925
3926 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3927 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3928 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3929 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3930 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3931 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3932 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3933 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3934
3935 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3936
3937 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3938 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3939 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3940 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3941 spacing are all verified.
3942
3943 \(fn)" t nil)
3944
3945 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3946 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3947 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3948 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3949 otherwise stop after the first error.
3950
3951 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3952
3953 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
3954 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3955 Only documentation strings are checked.
3956 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3957 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3958 a separate buffer.
3959
3960 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3961
3962 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3963 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3964 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3965 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3966 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3967
3968 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3969
3970 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3971 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3972 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3973 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3974 if there is one.
3975
3976 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3977
3978 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
3979 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3980 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3981 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3982 if there is one.
3983 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3984
3985 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3986
3987 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3988 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3989 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3990
3991 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3992
3993 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3994 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3995 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3996 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3997 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3998
3999 \(fn)" t nil)
4000
4001 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4002 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
4003 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
4004 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
4005 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
4006 space at the end of each line.
4007
4008 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
4009
4010 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
4011 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
4012 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
4013 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
4014
4015 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4016
4017 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4018 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4019 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
4020 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
4021
4022 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4023
4024 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4025 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
4026 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4027 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
4028
4029 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4030
4031 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4032 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4033 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4034 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
4035
4036 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4037
4038 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4039 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4040 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4041 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4042
4043 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4044
4045 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
4046 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4047 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4048 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4049
4050 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4051
4052 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4053 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4054 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4055 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4056
4057 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4058
4059 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4060 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4061 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4062 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4063
4064 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4065
4066 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4067 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4068 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4069 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4070
4071 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4072
4073 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
4074 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
4075 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
4076
4077 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4078 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4079 checking of documentation strings.
4080
4081 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4082
4083 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4084
4085 ;;;***
4086 \f
4087 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
4088 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (17246
4089 ;;;;;; 40257))
4090 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4091
4092 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4093 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4094 Return the length of resulting text.
4095
4096 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4097
4098 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4099 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4100
4101 \(fn)" t nil)
4102
4103 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4104 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4105 Return the length of resulting text.
4106
4107 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4108
4109 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4110 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4111
4112 \(fn)" t nil)
4113
4114 ;;;***
4115 \f
4116 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4117 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (17383 24124))
4118 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4119
4120 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
4121 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4122 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4123 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4124 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4125 editing and the result is evaluated.
4126
4127 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4128
4129 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
4130 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4131 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4132 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4133 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4134
4135 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4136
4137 \(fn)" t nil)
4138
4139 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
4140 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4141 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4142 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4143 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4144
4145 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4146 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4147 \\{command-history-map}
4148
4149 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4150 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4151
4152 \(fn)" t nil)
4153
4154 ;;;***
4155 \f
4156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (17383 16118))
4157 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4158
4159 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
4160 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4161 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4162 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4163 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4164 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4165
4166 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4167 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4168
4169 ;;;***
4170 \f
4171 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4172 ;;;;;; (17383 16118))
4173 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4174
4175 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\
4176 Not documented
4177
4178 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4179
4180 ;;;***
4181 \f
4182 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4183 ;;;;;; (17388 22063))
4184 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4185
4186 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
4187 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4188 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4189 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4190
4191 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4192 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4193 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4194 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4195
4196 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4197 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4198
4199 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4200
4201 ;;;***
4202 \f
4203 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (17383
4204 ;;;;;; 24124))
4205 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4206
4207 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
4208 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4209 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4210 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4211 of `scheme-program-name').
4212 If a file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' exists, it is given as initial input.
4213 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4214 discards input when it starts up.
4215 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4216 is run).
4217 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4218
4219 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4220 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
4221
4222 ;;;***
4223 \f
4224 ;;;### (autoloads (cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "international/code-pages.el"
4225 ;;;;;; (17363 41693))
4226 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/code-pages.el
4227
4228 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "\
4229 Make coding system NAME for and 8-bit, extended-ASCII character set.
4230 V is a 128-long vector of characters to translate the upper half of
4231 the character set. DOC-STRING and MNEMONIC are used as the
4232 corresponding args of `make-coding-system'. If MNEMONIC isn't given,
4233 ?* is used.
4234 Return an updated `non-iso-charset-alist'.
4235
4236 \(fn NAME V &optional DOC-STRING MNEMONIC)" nil (quote macro))
4237 (autoload-coding-system 'cp437 '(require 'code-pages))
4238 (autoload-coding-system 'cp737 '(require 'code-pages))
4239 (autoload-coding-system 'cp775 '(require 'code-pages))
4240 (autoload-coding-system 'cp850 '(require 'code-pages))
4241 (autoload-coding-system 'cp851 '(require 'code-pages))
4242 (autoload-coding-system 'cp852 '(require 'code-pages))
4243 (autoload-coding-system 'cp855 '(require 'code-pages))
4244 (autoload-coding-system 'cp857 '(require 'code-pages))
4245 (autoload-coding-system 'cp860 '(require 'code-pages))
4246 (autoload-coding-system 'cp861 '(require 'code-pages))
4247 (autoload-coding-system 'cp862 '(require 'code-pages))
4248 (autoload-coding-system 'cp863 '(require 'code-pages))
4249 (autoload-coding-system 'cp864 '(require 'code-pages))
4250 (autoload-coding-system 'cp865 '(require 'code-pages))
4251 (autoload-coding-system 'cp866 '(require 'code-pages))
4252 (autoload-coding-system 'cp869 '(require 'code-pages))
4253 (autoload-coding-system 'cp874 '(require 'code-pages))
4254 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4255 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4256 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4257 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4258 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4259 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4260 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4261 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4262 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4263 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4264 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4265 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4266 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4267 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4268 (autoload-coding-system 'next '(require 'code-pages))
4269 (autoload-coding-system 'koi8-t '(require 'code-pages))
4270 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-16 '(require 'code-pages))
4271 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-6 '(require 'code-pages))
4272 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-10 '(require 'code-pages))
4273 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-13 '(require 'code-pages))
4274 (autoload-coding-system 'georgian-ps '(require 'code-pages))
4275 (autoload-coding-system 'cp720 '(require 'code-pages))
4276 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1125 '(require 'code-pages))
4277 (autoload-coding-system 'mik '(require 'code-pages))
4278 (autoload-coding-system 'pt154 '(require 'code-pages))
4279 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-11 '(require 'code-pages))
4280
4281 ;;;***
4282 \f
4283 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
4284 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
4285 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (17239 32321))
4286 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
4287
4288 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4289 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
4290 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
4291 ASCII table.
4292
4293 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
4294 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
4295 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
4296 decoder and encoder created by this function.
4297
4298 \(fn CODEPAGE ISO-NAME OFFSET)" nil nil)
4299
4300 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4301 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
4302 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4303
4304 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4305
4306 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4307 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
4308 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4309
4310 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4311
4312 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4313 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
4314 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4315
4316 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4317
4318 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
4319 Return an alist of supported codepages.
4320
4321 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
4322 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
4323 for the character set supported by that codepage.
4324
4325 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
4326 is a vector, and has a charset property.
4327
4328 \(fn)" nil nil)
4329
4330 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
4331 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
4332
4333 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
4334 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
4335 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal.
4336
4337 \(fn CODEPAGE)" t nil)
4338
4339 ;;;***
4340 \f
4341 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4342 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4343 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4344 ;;;;;; (17447 42828))
4345 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4346
4347 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions (quote (comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt)) "\
4348 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4349 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4350 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4351 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4352 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4353 functions have already modified the buffer.
4354
4355 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4356
4357 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4358 either globally or locally.")
4359
4360 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields) (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp) "22.1")
4361
4362 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
4363 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4364 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4365 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4366 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4367 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4368 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
4369 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4370
4371 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4372
4373 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4374
4375 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
4376 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4377 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4378 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4379 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4380 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4381 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4382 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
4383
4384 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4385
4386 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4387
4388 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
4389 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4390 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4391 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4392 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4393 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4394
4395 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4396
4397 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix "" "\
4398 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4399 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4400 directory tracking functions.")
4401
4402 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
4403 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4404 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4405
4406 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4407
4408 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4409
4410 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
4411 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4412 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4413
4414 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4415
4416 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4417
4418 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
4419 Send COMMAND to current process.
4420 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4421 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4422
4423 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4424
4425 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
4426 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4427 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4428 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4429
4430 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4431
4432 ;;;***
4433 \f
4434 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (17406
4435 ;;;;;; 11270))
4436 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4437
4438 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
4439 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4440 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4441 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4442
4443 This command pushes the mark in each window
4444 at the prior location of point in that window.
4445 If both windows display the same buffer,
4446 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4447 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4448
4449 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4450 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4451 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4452 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4453 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4454 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4455 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4456 ignored.
4457
4458 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4459 this command work in interlaced mode:
4460 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4461 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4462 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4463
4464 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4465
4466 ;;;***
4467 \f
4468 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4469 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4470 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4471 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4472 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (17388 22062))
4473 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4474
4475 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4476 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4477
4478 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-mode-hook) "compile")
4479
4480 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4481 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4482
4483 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-window-height) "compile")
4484
4485 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4486 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4487 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4488 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4489 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4490 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4491 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4492
4493 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4494 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4495 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4496 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4497 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4498
4499 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4500 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4501 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4502 describing how the process finished.")
4503
4504 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4505 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4506 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4507 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4508
4509 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4510 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4511 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4512
4513 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-ask-about-save) "compile")
4514
4515 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
4516 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4517 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4518 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4519
4520 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-search-path) "compile")
4521
4522 (defvar compile-command "make -k " "\
4523 *Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4524
4525 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4526 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4527
4528 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4529 (lambda ()
4530 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4531 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4532 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4533 (concat \"make -k \"
4534 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4535
4536 (custom-autoload (quote compile-command) "compile")
4537
4538 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4539 *If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4540 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4541 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4542
4543 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-disable-input) "compile")
4544
4545 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
4546 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4547 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4548 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4549
4550 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4551 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4552
4553 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4554 and move to the source code that caused it.
4555
4556 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4557 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4558 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4559 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4560
4561 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename
4562 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4563 \\[rename-buffer]. Then start the next one. On most systems,
4564 termination of the main compilation process kills its
4565 subprocesses.
4566
4567 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4568 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4569 to a function that generates a unique name.
4570
4571 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4572
4573 (autoload (quote compilation-start) "compile" "\
4574 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4575 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4576 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4577
4578 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4579 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4580 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4581 to determine the buffer name.
4582
4583 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4584 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4585 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4586
4587 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4588
4589 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4590
4591 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
4592 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4593 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4594 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4595 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4596
4597 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4598
4599 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4600
4601 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4602
4603 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4604 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4605 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4606 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4607 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4608 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4609 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4610
4611 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4612
4613 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4614 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4615 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4616 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4617 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4618 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4619
4620 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4621
4622 (autoload (quote compilation-next-error-function) "compile" "\
4623 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4624 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4625
4626 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4627
4628 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode)))
4629
4630 ;;;***
4631 \f
4632 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4633 ;;;;;; (17420 38637))
4634 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4635
4636 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4637 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4638 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4639 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4640 use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4641
4642 (custom-autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete")
4643
4644 (put (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
4645
4646 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
4647 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4648 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4649
4650 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4651 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4652 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4653 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4654
4655 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4656 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4657 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4658 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
4659
4660 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4661 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4662 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4663 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4664
4665 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4666 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4667 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4668 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4669 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4670
4671 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4672
4673 ;;;***
4674 \f
4675 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4676 ;;;;;; (17383 24124))
4677 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4678
4679 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4680 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4681 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4682 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4683 use either \\[customize] or the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4684
4685 (custom-autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion")
4686
4687 (put (quote dynamic-completion-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
4688
4689 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
4690 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4691
4692 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4693
4694 ;;;***
4695 \f
4696 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
4697 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
4698 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region encode-composition-rule)
4699 ;;;;;; "composite" "composite.el" (17318 56743))
4700 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4701
4702 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
4703 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
4704 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
4705 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
4706 `make-composition'.
4707
4708 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
4709
4710 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
4711 | | 1:tc or top-center
4712 | | 2:tr or top-right
4713 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
4714 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
4715 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
4716 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
4717 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
4718 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
4719
4720 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
4721 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
4722 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
4723 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
4724 be added.
4725
4726 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
4727 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
4728 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
4729
4730 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
4731 | | |
4732 | global| |
4733 | glyph | |
4734 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
4735 +----+--*--+
4736 | | new |
4737 | |glyph|
4738 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
4739 ")
4740
4741 (autoload (quote encode-composition-rule) "composite" "\
4742 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4743 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4744 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4745
4746 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4747
4748 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
4749 Compose characters in the current region.
4750
4751 Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or
4752 stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties.
4753
4754 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
4755
4756 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
4757 specifying the region.
4758
4759 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4760 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case,
4761 characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS.
4762
4763 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
4764 of the text in the region.
4765
4766 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
4767
4768 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
4769 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
4770 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
4771 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
4772
4773 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
4774 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
4775 detail.
4776
4777 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4778 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4779 text in the composition.
4780
4781 \(fn START END &optional COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" t nil)
4782
4783 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
4784 Decompose text in the current region.
4785
4786 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4787 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
4788
4789 \(fn START END)" t nil)
4790
4791 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
4792 Compose characters in string STRING.
4793
4794 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
4795 the characters in it.
4796
4797 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
4798 STRING to be composed. They default to the beginning and the end of
4799 STRING respectively.
4800
4801 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4802 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
4803 `compose-region' for more detail.
4804
4805 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4806 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4807 text in the composition.
4808
4809 \(fn STRING &optional START END COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" nil nil)
4810
4811 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
4812 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed.
4813
4814 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
4815
4816 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
4817 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
4818 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
4819 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
4820 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
4821 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
4822 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
4823 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
4824
4825 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4826
4827 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
4828 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
4829
4830 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
4831 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
4832
4833 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
4834 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
4835
4836 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
4837 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
4838
4839 If no composition is found, return nil.
4840
4841 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
4842 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
4843
4844 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
4845 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
4846 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
4847
4848 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
4849
4850 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
4851
4852 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
4853 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
4854 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
4855
4856 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
4857
4858 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen.
4859
4860 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT STRING DETAIL-P)" nil nil)
4861
4862 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
4863 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
4864
4865 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
4866 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
4867 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
4868 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
4869 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
4870 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
4871 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
4872 nil.
4873
4874 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
4875 is:
4876 nil -- if no characters were composed.
4877 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
4878
4879 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
4880
4881 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
4882 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
4883
4884 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'.
4885
4886 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT OBJECT)" nil nil)
4887
4888 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
4889 Compose last characters.
4890 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
4891 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
4892 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
4893 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
4894 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
4895 and that function finds a proper rule to compose the target characters.
4896 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
4897 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
4898 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
4899 after a sequence of character events.
4900
4901 \(fn ARGS)" t nil)
4902 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
4903
4904 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
4905 Convert CHAR to string.
4906
4907 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
4908 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted to string, list of CHAR, or
4909 vector of CHAR respectively.
4910 Optional 3rd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is ignored.
4911
4912 \(fn CHAR &optional TYPE WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE)" nil nil)
4913
4914 (make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1")
4915
4916 ;;;***
4917 \f
4918 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4919 ;;;;;; conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode conf-unix-mode
4920 ;;;;;; conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (17383 15658))
4921 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4922
4923 (autoload (quote conf-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4924 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4925 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4926 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4927 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4928 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4929 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4930
4931 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4932 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4933 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4934
4935 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4936 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4937 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4938
4939 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4940 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4941 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4942 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4943
4944 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4945 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4946 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4947 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4948 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4949 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4950 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4951
4952 \\{conf-mode-map}
4953
4954 \(fn)" t nil)
4955
4956 (autoload (quote conf-unix-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4957 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4958 Comments start with `#'.
4959 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4960
4961 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4962
4963 \[Desktop Entry]
4964 Encoding=UTF-8
4965 Name=The GIMP
4966 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4967 Name[cs]=GIMP
4968
4969 \(fn)" t nil)
4970
4971 (autoload (quote conf-windows-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4972 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4973 Comments start with `;'.
4974 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4975
4976 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4977
4978 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4979 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4980 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4981
4982 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4983 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4984
4985 \(fn)" t nil)
4986
4987 (autoload (quote conf-javaprop-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4988 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4989 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4990 between `/*' and `*/'.
4991 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4992
4993 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4994 // another kind of comment
4995 /* yet another */
4996
4997 name:value
4998 name=value
4999 name value
5000 x.1 =
5001 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
5002 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
5003
5004 \(fn)" t nil)
5005
5006 (autoload (quote conf-space-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5007 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
5008 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
5009 recognized according to `conf-space-keywords'. Interactively
5010 with a prefix ARG of `0' no keywords will be recognized. With
5011 any other prefix arg you will be prompted for a regexp to match
5012 the keywords.
5013
5014 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5015
5016 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
5017
5018 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
5019 image/png png
5020 image/tiff tiff tif
5021
5022 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
5023 class desktop
5024 # Standard multimedia devices
5025 add /dev/audio desktop
5026 add /dev/mixer desktop
5027
5028 \(fn)" t nil)
5029
5030 (autoload (quote conf-colon-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5031 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
5032 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
5033 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5034
5035 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
5036
5037 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
5038 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
5039
5040 \(fn)" t nil)
5041
5042 (autoload (quote conf-ppd-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5043 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
5044 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5045 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5046
5047 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
5048
5049 *DefaultTransfer: Null
5050 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
5051
5052 \(fn)" t nil)
5053
5054 (autoload (quote conf-xdefaults-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5055 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
5056 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5057 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5058
5059 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
5060
5061 *background: gray99
5062 *foreground: black
5063
5064 \(fn)" t nil)
5065
5066 ;;;***
5067 \f
5068 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
5069 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (17382 1892))
5070 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
5071
5072 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
5073 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
5074 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5075 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5076
5077 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5078
5079 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
5080 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
5081 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5082 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5083
5084 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5085
5086 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
5087 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
5088 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
5089 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
5090
5091 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5092
5093 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
5094 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
5095
5096 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
5097
5098 ;;;***
5099 \f
5100 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-fix-years copyright-update)
5101 ;;;;;; "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (17383 16118))
5102 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
5103
5104 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
5105 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
5106 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
5107 the current year after them. If necessary, and
5108 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
5109 following the copyright are updated as well.
5110 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
5111 interactively.
5112
5113 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
5114
5115 (autoload (quote copyright-fix-years) "copyright" "\
5116 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
5117 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
5118
5119 \(fn)" t nil)
5120
5121 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
5122 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
5123
5124 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
5125
5126 ;;;***
5127 \f
5128 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
5129 ;;;;;; (17388 22062))
5130 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
5131
5132 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
5133 Major mode for editing Perl code.
5134 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
5135 Tab indents for Perl code.
5136 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
5137 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
5138
5139 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
5140 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
5141 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
5142 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
5143 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
5144 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
5145 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
5146 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
5147 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
5148 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
5149 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
5150 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
5151
5152 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
5153
5154 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
5155 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
5156
5157 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
5158
5159 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
5160 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
5161 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
5162 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
5163 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
5164 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
5165 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
5166 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
5167 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
5168
5169 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
5170
5171 bite if angry;
5172
5173 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
5174 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
5175 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
5176 to nil.)
5177
5178 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
5179 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
5180 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
5181
5182 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
5183
5184 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
5185 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
5186 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
5187 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
5188 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
5189
5190 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
5191
5192 if (A) { B }
5193
5194 into
5195
5196 B if A;
5197
5198 \\{cperl-mode-map}
5199
5200 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
5201 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
5202 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
5203 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
5204 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
5205 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
5206 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
5207 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
5208 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
5209 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
5210 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
5211 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
5212 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
5213
5214 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
5215 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
5216 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
5217 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
5218 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
5219 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
5220
5221 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
5222 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
5223 man via menu.
5224
5225 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
5226 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
5227 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
5228 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
5229 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
5230
5231 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
5232 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
5233 span the needed amount of lines.
5234
5235 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
5236 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
5237 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
5238 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
5239
5240 Variables controlling indentation style:
5241 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
5242 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
5243 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5244 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
5245 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
5246 `cperl-auto-newline'
5247 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
5248 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
5249 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
5250 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
5251 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
5252 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
5253 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
5254 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
5255 `cperl-indent-level'
5256 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5257 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5258 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5259 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5260 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5261 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5262 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5263 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5264 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5265 `cperl-brace-offset'
5266 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5267 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5268 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5269 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5270 `cperl-label-offset'
5271 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5272 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5273 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5274
5275 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
5276 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
5277 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
5278 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
5279 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
5280
5281 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5282 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
5283 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5284 \(both available from menu).
5285
5286 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5287 column 0 is indented on
5288 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5289
5290 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5291 with no args.
5292
5293 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5294 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5295 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5296
5297 \(fn)" t nil)
5298
5299 ;;;***
5300 \f
5301 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
5302 ;;;;;; (17388 22062))
5303 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5304
5305 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
5306 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5307 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5308 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5309 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5310
5311 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5312
5313 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
5314 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5315
5316 \(fn)" t nil)
5317
5318 ;;;***
5319 \f
5320 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5321 ;;;;;; (17383 13536))
5322 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5323
5324 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5325 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5326 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5327 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5328
5329 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5330 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5331
5332 (custom-autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp")
5333
5334 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
5335 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
5336 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
5337
5338 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5339
5340 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
5341
5342 ;;;***
5343 \f
5344 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5345 ;;;;;; (17383 16118))
5346 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5347
5348 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
5349 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5350 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5351 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5352
5353 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5354 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5355 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5356 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5357
5358 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5359 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5360 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5361
5362 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5363 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5364 'bob', and 'eve'.
5365
5366 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5367 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5368 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5369
5370 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5371
5372 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5373 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5374 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5375
5376 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5377
5378 ;;;***
5379 \f
5380 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5381 ;;;;;; (17444 38116))
5382 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5383
5384 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5385 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5386 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5387 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5388 use either \\[customize] or the function `cua-mode'.")
5389
5390 (custom-autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base")
5391
5392 (put (quote cua-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
5393
5394 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
5395 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
5396 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
5397 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
5398 and typed text replaces the active selection.
5399
5400 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
5401 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
5402 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
5403 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
5404 function of these prefix keys.
5405
5406 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5407 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5408 options:
5409 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5410 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5411 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5412
5413 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5414 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5415 the prefix fallback behavior.
5416
5417 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5418 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5419 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5420 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5421
5422 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5423
5424 (autoload (quote cua-selection-mode) "cua-base" "\
5425 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5426
5427 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5428 (eval-after-load 'CUA-mode
5429 '(error (concat "\n\n"
5430 "CUA-mode is now part of the standard GNU Emacs distribution,\n"
5431 "so you may now enable and customize CUA via the Options menu.\n\n"
5432 "You have loaded an older version of CUA-mode which does\n"
5433 "not work correctly with this version of GNU Emacs.\n\n"
5434 (if user-init-file (concat
5435 "To correct this, remove the loading and customization of the\n"
5436 "old version from the " user-init-file " file.\n\n")))))
5437
5438 ;;;***
5439 \f
5440 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5441 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5442 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5443 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5444 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-customized customize-face-other-window
5445 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5446 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5447 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
5448 ;;;;;; customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (17440 11610))
5449 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5450 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
5451
5452 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
5453 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5454
5455 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5456 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5457
5458 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5459 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5460
5461 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5462
5463 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5464
5465 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5466 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5467 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5468
5469 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5470 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5471
5472 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5473 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5474
5475 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5476 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5477
5478 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5479 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5480
5481 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5482
5483 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5484
5485 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5486 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5487 Return VALUE.
5488
5489 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5490 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5491
5492 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5493 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5494
5495 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5496 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5497
5498 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5499 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5500
5501 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5502
5503 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5504
5505 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
5506 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5507 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5508 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5509 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5510
5511 \(fn)" t nil)
5512
5513 (autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\
5514 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5515 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5516 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5517
5518 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5519
5520 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
5521 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5522
5523 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
5524
5525 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5526 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5527
5528 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
5529
5530 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
5531
5532 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
5533 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5534
5535 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5536
5537 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
5538
5539 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5540 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5541 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5542
5543 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5544
5545 (defalias (quote customize-changed) (quote customize-changed-options))
5546
5547 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
5548 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5549 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5550 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
5551 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5552
5553 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5554 that were added or redefined since that version.
5555
5556 \(fn SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5557
5558 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
5559 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5560 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5561 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5562
5563 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5564 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5565
5566 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5567
5568 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5569 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5570 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5571
5572 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5573 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5574
5575 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5576
5577 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5578 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session.
5579
5580 \(fn)" t nil)
5581
5582 (autoload (quote customize-rogue) "cus-edit" "\
5583 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5584
5585 \(fn)" t nil)
5586
5587 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
5588 Customize all already saved user options.
5589
5590 \(fn)" t nil)
5591
5592 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
5593 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
5594 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5595 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5596 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5597 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5598 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5599 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5600
5601 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5602
5603 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
5604 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5605 With prefix arg, include variables that are not customizable options
5606 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5607
5608 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5609
5610 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
5611 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5612
5613 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5614
5615 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
5616 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5617
5618 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5619
5620 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
5621 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5622 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5623 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5624 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5625 that option.
5626
5627 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5628
5629 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5630 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5631 The result includes selecting that window.
5632 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5633 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5634 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5635 that option.
5636
5637 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5638
5639 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
5640 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5641
5642 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5643
5644 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5645 File used for storing customization information.
5646 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5647 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5648 it should be an absolute file name.
5649
5650 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5651 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5652 something like the following in your init file:
5653
5654 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5655 \(load custom-file)
5656
5657 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5658 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5659
5660 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5661 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5662 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5663 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5664 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5665
5666 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5667 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5668 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5669 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5670 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5671 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5672 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5673 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5674 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5675 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5676
5677 (custom-autoload (quote custom-file) "cus-edit")
5678
5679 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
5680 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5681
5682 \(fn)" nil nil)
5683
5684 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5685 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5686
5687 \(fn)" t nil)
5688
5689 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5690 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5691 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5692
5693 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5694
5695 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5696 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5697 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5698 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5699 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5700
5701 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5702
5703 ;;;***
5704 \f
5705 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-set-faces
5706 ;;;;;; custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el" (17383 24124))
5707 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5708
5709 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
5710 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5711
5712 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5713
5714 (defconst custom-face-attributes (quote ((:family (string :tag "Font Family" :help-echo "Font family or fontset alias name.")) (:width (choice :tag "Width" :help-echo "Font width." :value normal (const :tag "compressed" condensed) (const :tag "condensed" condensed) (const :tag "demiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "expanded" expanded) (const :tag "extracondensed" extra-condensed) (const :tag "extraexpanded" extra-expanded) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "narrow" condensed) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semicondensed" semi-condensed) (const :tag "semiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "ultracondensed" ultra-condensed) (const :tag "ultraexpanded" ultra-expanded) (const :tag "wide" extra-expanded))) (:height (choice :tag "Height" :help-echo "Face's font height." :value 1.0 (integer :tag "Height in 1/10 pt") (number :tag "Scale" 1.0))) (:weight (choice :tag "Weight" :help-echo "Font weight." :value normal (const :tag "black" ultra-bold) (const :tag "bold" bold) (const :tag "book" semi-light) (const :tag "demibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "extralight" extra-light) (const :tag "extrabold" extra-bold) (const :tag "heavy" extra-bold) (const :tag "light" light) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "semilight" semi-light) (const :tag "ultralight" ultra-light) (const :tag "ultrabold" ultra-bold))) (:slant (choice :tag "Slant" :help-echo "Font slant." :value normal (const :tag "italic" italic) (const :tag "oblique" oblique) (const :tag "normal" normal))) (:underline (choice :tag "Underline" :help-echo "Control text underlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:overline (choice :tag "Overline" :help-echo "Control text overlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:strike-through (choice :tag "Strike-through" :help-echo "Control text strike-through." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:box (choice :tag "Box around text" :help-echo "Control box around text." (const :tag "Off" nil) (list :tag "Box" :value (:line-width 2 :color "grey75" :style released-button) (const :format "" :value :line-width) (integer :tag "Width") (const :format "" :value :color) (choice :tag "Color" (const :tag "*" nil) color) (const :format "" :value :style) (choice :tag "Style" (const :tag "Raised" released-button) (const :tag "Sunken" pressed-button) (const :tag "None" nil)))) (lambda (real-value) (and real-value (let ((lwidth (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :line-width)) (and (integerp real-value) real-value) 1)) (color (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :color)) (and (stringp real-value) real-value) nil)) (style (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :style)))) (list :line-width lwidth :color color :style style)))) (lambda (cus-value) (and cus-value (let ((lwidth (plist-get cus-value :line-width)) (color (plist-get cus-value :color)) (style (plist-get cus-value :style))) (cond ((and (null color) (null style)) lwidth) ((and (null lwidth) (null style)) color) (t (nconc (and lwidth (\` (:line-width (\, lwidth)))) (and color (\` (:color (\, color)))) (and style (\` (:style (\, style))))))))))) (:inverse-video (choice :tag "Inverse-video" :help-echo "Control whether text should be in inverse-video." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t))) (:foreground (color :tag "Foreground" :help-echo "Set foreground color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:background (color :tag "Background" :help-echo "Set background color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:stipple (choice :tag "Stipple" :help-echo "Background bit-mask" (const :tag "None" nil) (file :tag "File" :help-echo "Name of bitmap file." :must-match t))) (:inherit (repeat :tag "Inherit" :help-echo "List of faces to inherit attributes from." (face :Tag "Face" default)) (lambda (real-value) (cond ((or (null real-value) (eq real-value (quote unspecified))) nil) ((symbolp real-value) (list real-value)) (t real-value))) (lambda (cus-value) (if (and (consp cus-value) (null (cdr cus-value))) (car cus-value) cus-value))))) "\
5715 Alist of face attributes.
5716
5717 The elements are of the form (KEY TYPE PRE-FILTER POST-FILTER),
5718 where KEY is the name of the attribute, TYPE is a widget type for
5719 editing the attribute, PRE-FILTER is a function to make the attribute's
5720 value suitable for the customization widget, and POST-FILTER is a
5721 function to make the customized value suitable for storing. PRE-FILTER
5722 and POST-FILTER are optional.
5723
5724 The PRE-FILTER should take a single argument, the attribute value as
5725 stored, and should return a value for customization (using the
5726 customization type TYPE).
5727
5728 The POST-FILTER should also take a single argument, the value after
5729 being customized, and should return a value suitable for setting the
5730 given face attribute.")
5731
5732 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
5733 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5734 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5735 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5736
5737 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5738
5739 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5740 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5741 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5742 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5743 between themes and faces.
5744 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5745
5746 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5747 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5748
5749 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5750
5751 (autoload (quote custom-theme-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5752 Reset the specs in THEME of some faces to their specs in other themes.
5753 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5754
5755 (FACE IGNORED)
5756
5757 This means reset FACE. The argument IGNORED is ignored.
5758
5759 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5760
5761 (autoload (quote custom-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5762 Reset the specs of some faces to their specs in specified themes.
5763 This creates settings in the `user' theme.
5764
5765 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5766
5767 (FACE FROM-THEME)
5768
5769 This means reset FACE to its value in FROM-THEME.
5770
5771 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5772
5773 ;;;***
5774 \f
5775 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5776 ;;;;;; (17394 38146))
5777 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5778
5779 (autoload (quote customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "\
5780 Create a custom theme.
5781
5782 \(fn)" t nil)
5783
5784 ;;;***
5785 \f
5786 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5787 ;;;;;; (17383 24124))
5788 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5789
5790 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
5791 Mode used for cvs status output.
5792
5793 \(fn)" t nil)
5794
5795 ;;;***
5796 \f
5797 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5798 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (17388 22062))
5799 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5800
5801 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5802 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5803
5804 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5805 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5806 C++ modes are included.
5807
5808 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5809
5810 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5811
5812 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5813 Turn on CWarn mode.
5814
5815 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5816 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5817
5818 \(fn)" nil nil)
5819
5820 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5821 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5822 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5823 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5824 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5825
5826 (custom-autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn")
5827
5828 (put (quote global-cwarn-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
5829
5830 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5831 Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer.
5832 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
5833 Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
5834 in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on.
5835
5836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5837
5838 ;;;***
5839 \f
5840 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5841 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5842 ;;;;;; (17102 18767))
5843 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5844
5845 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
5846 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5847
5848 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5849
5850 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
5851 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5852
5853 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5854
5855 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
5856 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5857 For readability, the table is slightly
5858 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5859
5860 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5861 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5862 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5863 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5864 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5865
5866 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5867
5868 ;;;***
5869 \f
5870 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5871 ;;;;;; (17383 24124))
5872 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5873 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5874 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5875
5876 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
5877 Completion on current word.
5878 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5879 and presents suggestions for completion.
5880
5881 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5882 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5883 completions.
5884
5885 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
5886 then it searches *all* buffers.
5887
5888 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5889
5890 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
5891 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5892
5893 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5894 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5895 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5896 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5897 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5898
5899 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5900 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5901
5902 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5903 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5904 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5905
5906 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5907 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5908
5909 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5910
5911 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5912
5913 ;;;***
5914 \f
5915 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (17388
5916 ;;;;;; 22062))
5917 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5918
5919 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
5920 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5921
5922 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5923 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5924 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5925
5926 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5927 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5928 Data lines are not indented.
5929
5930 Key bindings:
5931
5932 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5933 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5934
5935 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5936 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5937 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5938 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5939
5940 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5941
5942 dcl-basic-offset
5943 Extra indentation within blocks.
5944
5945 dcl-continuation-offset
5946 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5947
5948 dcl-margin-offset
5949 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5950
5951 dcl-margin-label-offset
5952 Indentation for a label.
5953
5954 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5955 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5956
5957 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5958 dcl-block-end-regexp
5959 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5960 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5961 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5962 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5963 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5964
5965 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5966 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5967 Two such functions are included in the package:
5968 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5969 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5970
5971 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5972 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5973 One such function is included in the package:
5974 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5975
5976 dcl-tab-always-indent
5977 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5978 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5979 margin.
5980
5981 dcl-electric-characters
5982 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5983 typed.
5984
5985 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5986 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5987 which words trigger electric indentation.
5988
5989 dcl-tempo-comma
5990 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5991 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5992 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5993
5994 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5995 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5996 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5997 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5998
5999 dcl-imenu-label-labels
6000 dcl-imenu-label-goto
6001 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
6002 dcl-imenu-label-call
6003 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
6004
6005 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
6006 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6007 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
6008 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6009
6010
6011 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
6012
6013 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
6014 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
6015 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
6016 $ i = 1
6017 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
6018 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
6019 $ label:
6020 $ if i.eq.1
6021 $ then
6022 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
6023 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
6024 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
6025 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
6026 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
6027 \"lined up with the command line\"
6028 $ type sys$input
6029 Data lines are not indented at all.
6030 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
6031 $ endif
6032 $
6033
6034
6035 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
6036 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
6037
6038 \(fn)" t nil)
6039
6040 ;;;***
6041 \f
6042 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
6043 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (17438 13119))
6044 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
6045
6046 (setq debugger (quote debug))
6047
6048 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
6049 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
6050 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
6051 of the evaluator.
6052
6053 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
6054 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
6055 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
6056
6057 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
6058
6059 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6060 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
6061
6062 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6063
6064 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
6065 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
6066 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
6067 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
6068 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
6069 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
6070
6071 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
6072 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
6073
6074 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
6075
6076 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6077 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
6078 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
6079 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6080 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6081
6082 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
6083
6084 ;;;***
6085 \f
6086 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
6087 ;;;;;; (17382 1892))
6088 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
6089
6090 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
6091 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
6092
6093 \(fn)" t nil)
6094
6095 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
6096 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
6097 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
6098 Upper-case letters are commands.
6099
6100 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
6101 modify it.
6102
6103 The most useful commands are:
6104 \\<decipher-mode-map>
6105 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
6106 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
6107 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
6108 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6109 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6110
6111 \(fn)" t nil)
6112
6113 ;;;***
6114 \f
6115 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
6116 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (17383
6117 ;;;;;; 24124))
6118 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
6119
6120 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
6121 Customization of `columns' group.
6122
6123 \(fn)" t nil)
6124
6125 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
6126 Prettify all columns in a text region.
6127
6128 START and END delimits the text region.
6129
6130 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6131
6132 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
6133 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
6134
6135 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
6136
6137 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6138
6139 ;;;***
6140 \f
6141 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (17388
6142 ;;;;;; 22062))
6143 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
6144
6145 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
6146 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
6147 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
6148 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
6149 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
6150 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
6151
6152 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
6153
6154 Customization:
6155
6156 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
6157 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
6158 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
6159 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
6160 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
6161 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
6162 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
6163 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
6164 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
6165 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
6166 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
6167 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
6168 blank line.
6169 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
6170 Directories to search when finding external units.
6171 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
6172 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
6173
6174 Coloring:
6175
6176 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
6177 Face used to color delphi comments.
6178 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
6179 Face used to color delphi strings.
6180 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
6181 Face used to color delphi keywords.
6182 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
6183 Face used to color everything else.
6184
6185 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
6186 no args, if that value is non-nil.
6187
6188 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
6189
6190 ;;;***
6191 \f
6192 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (17383
6193 ;;;;;; 24124))
6194 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
6195
6196 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
6197
6198 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
6199 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
6200 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
6201 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6202 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
6203
6204 (custom-autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel")
6205
6206 (put (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
6207
6208 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
6209 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
6210 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
6211 positive.
6212
6213 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
6214 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
6215 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
6216 any selection.
6217
6218 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6219
6220 ;;;***
6221 \f
6222 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
6223 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (17383 16118))
6224 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
6225
6226 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
6227 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
6228
6229 The arguments to this command are as follow:
6230
6231 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
6232 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
6233 or nil if there is no parent.
6234 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
6235 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
6236 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
6237 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
6238 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
6239
6240 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
6241 arguments are currently understood:
6242 :group GROUP
6243 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6244 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6245 :syntax-table TABLE
6246 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6247 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6248 :abbrev-table TABLE
6249 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6250 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6251
6252 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6253
6254 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
6255
6256 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6257 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6258 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6259
6260 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6261 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6262
6263 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6264 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6265 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6266
6267 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6268 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6269
6270 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6271 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6272
6273 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6274
6275 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6276
6277 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
6278 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6279 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6280 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6281 the first time the mode is used.
6282
6283 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6284
6285 ;;;***
6286 \f
6287 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6288 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (17383 24124))
6289 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6290
6291 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
6292 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
6293 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6294 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6295 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6296 otherwise.
6297
6298 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
6299
6300 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
6301 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
6302 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
6303 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
6304 character composition information (if relevant),
6305 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
6306
6307 \(fn POS)" t nil)
6308
6309 ;;;***
6310 \f
6311 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6312 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-locals-to-save
6313 ;;;;;; desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "desktop.el" (17388 29562))
6314 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6315
6316 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6317 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6318 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
6319
6320 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop")
6321
6322 (put (quote desktop-save-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
6323
6324 (autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "\
6325 Toggle desktop saving mode.
6326 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
6327 otherwise. See variable `desktop-save' for a description of when the
6328 desktop is saved.
6329
6330 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6331
6332 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save (quote (desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace)) "\
6333 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6334 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6335 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6336
6337 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-locals-to-save) "desktop")
6338
6339 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6340 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6341 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6342
6343 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6344 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6345 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6346
6347 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6348 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6349
6350 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6351 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6352 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6353
6354 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6355 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6356 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6357 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6358
6359 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6360
6361 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6362 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6363
6364 Handlers are called with argument list
6365
6366 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6367
6368 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6369
6370 desktop-file-version
6371 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6372 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6373 desktop-buffer-point
6374 desktop-buffer-mark
6375 desktop-buffer-read-only
6376 desktop-buffer-locals
6377
6378 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6379 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6380
6381 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6382 code like
6383
6384 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6385 ...
6386 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6387 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6388
6389 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6390
6391 (put (quote desktop-buffer-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6392
6393 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6394 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6395 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6396 List elements must have the form
6397
6398 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6399
6400 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6401 function.
6402
6403 Handlers are called with argument list
6404
6405 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6406
6407 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6408
6409 desktop-file-version
6410 desktop-buffer-file-name
6411 desktop-buffer-name
6412 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6413 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6414 desktop-buffer-point
6415 desktop-buffer-mark
6416 desktop-buffer-read-only
6417 desktop-buffer-misc
6418
6419 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6420 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6421 created and set.
6422
6423 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6424 code like
6425
6426 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6427 ...
6428 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6429 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6430
6431 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6432
6433 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6434
6435 (put (quote desktop-minor-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6436
6437 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
6438 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6439 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6440 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6441 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6442 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6443 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6444 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6445
6446 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6447
6448 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
6449 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6450 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6451
6452 \(fn)" nil nil)
6453
6454 (autoload (quote desktop-change-dir) "desktop" "\
6455 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6456 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6457 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6458 directory DIRNAME.
6459
6460 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6461
6462 (autoload (quote desktop-save-in-desktop-dir) "desktop" "\
6463 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6464
6465 \(fn)" t nil)
6466
6467 (autoload (quote desktop-revert) "desktop" "\
6468 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6469
6470 \(fn)" t nil)
6471
6472 ;;;***
6473 \f
6474 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6475 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines
6476 ;;;;;; gnus-outlook-display-hook gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max
6477 ;;;;;; gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min) "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el"
6478 ;;;;;; (17382 1052))
6479 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6480
6481 (defvar gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min 45 "\
6482 Minimum length of the cited line above the (possibly) wrapped line.")
6483
6484 (custom-autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min) "deuglify")
6485
6486 (defvar gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max 95 "\
6487 Maximum length of the cited line after unwrapping.")
6488
6489 (custom-autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max) "deuglify")
6490
6491 (defvar gnus-outlook-display-hook nil "\
6492 A hook called after an deuglified article has been prepared.
6493 It is run after `gnus-article-prepare-hook'.")
6494
6495 (custom-autoload (quote gnus-outlook-display-hook) "deuglify")
6496
6497 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines) "deuglify" "\
6498 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6499 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6500 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6501 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6502 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6503
6504 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6505
6506 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution) "deuglify" "\
6507 Repair a broken attribution line.
6508 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6509
6510 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6511
6512 (autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6513 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6514 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6515 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6516
6517 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6518
6519 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6520 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6521
6522 \(fn)" t nil)
6523
6524 ;;;***
6525 \f
6526 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-region)
6527 ;;;;;; "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (17102 18768))
6528 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
6529
6530 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
6531
6532 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" "\
6533 Not documented
6534
6535 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6536
6537 (autoload (quote devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" "\
6538 Not documented
6539
6540 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
6541
6542 ;;;***
6543 \f
6544 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6545 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (17385 41891))
6546 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6547
6548 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
6549 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6550 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6551 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6552 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6553
6554 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6555
6556 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
6557 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6558 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6559 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6560
6561 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
6562 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
6563 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
6564 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
6565
6566 #!/bin/sh
6567 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
6568 emacs -batch \\
6569 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
6570 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
6571 european-calendar-style t \\
6572 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
6573 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
6574 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
6575
6576 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
6577 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
6578 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
6579 to run it every morning at 1am.
6580
6581 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6582
6583 (autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\
6584 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6585
6586 \(fn)" t nil)
6587
6588 ;;;***
6589 \f
6590 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
6591 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (17383 24124))
6592 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
6593
6594 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
6595 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6596
6597 (custom-autoload (quote diff-switches) "diff")
6598
6599 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
6600 *The command to use to run diff.")
6601
6602 (custom-autoload (quote diff-command) "diff")
6603
6604 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
6605 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6606 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
6607 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
6608 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6609 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6610
6611 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6612
6613 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
6614 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6615 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6616 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6617 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6618 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6619
6620 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6621
6622 ;;;***
6623 \f
6624 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6625 ;;;;;; (17439 53835))
6626 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6627
6628 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6629 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6630 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6631 normal diffs.
6632 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6633 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6634 headers for you on-the-fly.
6635
6636 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6637 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6638 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6639
6640 \(fn)" t nil)
6641
6642 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6643 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6644 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6645
6646 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6647
6648 ;;;***
6649 \f
6650 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6651 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
6652 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
6653 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
6654 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (17391 29732))
6655 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6656
6657 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
6658 *Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6659 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6660 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6661 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6662 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6663 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6664 `insert-directory' on `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6665
6666 (custom-autoload (quote dired-listing-switches) "dired")
6667
6668 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6669 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6670
6671 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
6672 *Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
6673 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
6674 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6675 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6676
6677 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6678 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6679
6680 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6681 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6682 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6683 always set this variable to t.")
6684
6685 (custom-autoload (quote dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks) "dired")
6686
6687 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6688 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6689 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6690 A value of t means move to first file.")
6691
6692 (custom-autoload (quote dired-trivial-filenames) "dired")
6693
6694 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6695 *Controls marking of renamed files.
6696 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6697 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6698 are afterward marked with that character.")
6699
6700 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-rename) "dired")
6701
6702 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6703 *Controls marking of copied files.
6704 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6705 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6706
6707 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-copy) "dired")
6708
6709 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6710 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6711 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6712 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6713
6714 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-hardlink) "dired")
6715
6716 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6717 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6718 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6719 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6720
6721 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-symlink) "dired")
6722
6723 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6724 *If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6725 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6726 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6727
6728 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6729
6730 (custom-autoload (quote dired-dwim-target) "dired")
6731
6732 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6733 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6734 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6735
6736 (custom-autoload (quote dired-copy-preserve-time) "dired")
6737
6738 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6739 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6740 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6741 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6742 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6743 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6744
6745 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
6746 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6747 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6748 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6749 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6750 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6751 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6752 list of files to make directory entries for.
6753 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6754 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6755 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6756 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6757
6758 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6759
6760 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6761 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6762
6763 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
6764 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6765
6766 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6767 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6768
6769 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
6770 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6771
6772 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6773
6774 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
6775 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6776
6777 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6778
6779 (autoload (quote dired-mode) "dired" "\
6780 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6781 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6782 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6783 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6784 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6785 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6786 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6787 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6788 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6789 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6790 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6791 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6792 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6793 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6794 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6795 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6796 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6797 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6798 to see why something went wrong.
6799 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6800 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6801 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6802 Type \\[dired-advertised-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6803 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6804 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6805 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6806 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6807 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6808 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6809 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6810 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6811 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
6812
6813 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6814 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
6815 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6816 again for the directory tree.
6817
6818 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6819 for more info):
6820
6821 `dired-listing-switches'
6822 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6823 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6824 `dired-marker-char'
6825 `dired-del-marker'
6826 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6827 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6828 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6829 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6830
6831 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6832
6833 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6834 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6835 `dired-mode-hook'
6836 `dired-load-hook'
6837
6838 Keybindings:
6839 \\{dired-mode-map}
6840
6841 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6842 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6843
6844 ;;;***
6845 \f
6846 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
6847 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
6848 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
6849 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
6850 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
6851 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
6852 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
6853 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
6854 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
6855 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
6856 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-clean-directory
6857 ;;;;;; dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
6858 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-compare-directories dired-backup-diff
6859 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (17383 24124))
6860 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
6861
6862 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
6863 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
6864 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
6865 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
6866 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
6867 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
6868 which is options for `diff'.
6869
6870 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6871
6872 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
6873 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6874 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6875 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6876 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6877 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
6878
6879 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6880
6881 (autoload (quote dired-compare-directories) "dired-aux" "\
6882 Mark files with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
6883 Compare file attributes of files in the current directory
6884 with file attributes in directory DIR2 using PREDICATE on pairs of files
6885 with the same name. Mark files for which PREDICATE returns non-nil.
6886 Mark files with different names if PREDICATE is nil (or interactively
6887 with empty input at the predicate prompt).
6888
6889 PREDICATE is a Lisp expression that can refer to the following variables:
6890
6891 size1, size2 - file size in bytes
6892 mtime1, mtime2 - last modification time in seconds, as a float
6893 fa1, fa2 - list of file attributes
6894 returned by function `file-attributes'
6895
6896 where 1 refers to attribute of file in the current dired buffer
6897 and 2 to attribute of file in second dired buffer.
6898
6899 Examples of PREDICATE:
6900
6901 (> mtime1 mtime2) - mark newer files
6902 (not (= size1 size2)) - mark files with different sizes
6903 (not (string= (nth 8 fa1) (nth 8 fa2))) - mark files with different modes
6904 (not (and (= (nth 2 fa1) (nth 2 fa2)) - mark files with different UID
6905 (= (nth 3 fa1) (nth 3 fa2)))) and GID.
6906
6907 \(fn DIR2 PREDICATE)" t nil)
6908
6909 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
6910 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6911 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
6912
6913 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6914
6915 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
6916 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6917
6918 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6919
6920 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
6921 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6922
6923 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6924
6925 (autoload (quote dired-do-touch) "dired-aux" "\
6926 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6927 This calls touch.
6928
6929 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6930
6931 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
6932 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
6933 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
6934 `lpr-switches' as default.
6935
6936 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6937
6938 (autoload (quote dired-clean-directory) "dired-aux" "\
6939 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
6940 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
6941 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
6942 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
6943
6944 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
6945 with a prefix argument.
6946
6947 \(fn KEEP)" t nil)
6948
6949 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
6950 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
6951 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
6952 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
6953 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
6954
6955 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
6956 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
6957
6958 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
6959 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6960 file name substituted for `?'.
6961
6962 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6963 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
6964
6965 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
6966 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
6967 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
6968 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
6969
6970 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
6971
6972 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
6973 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
6974 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
6975
6976 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
6977 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
6978 in a subdir.
6979
6980 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
6981 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument.
6982
6983 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
6984
6985 (autoload (quote dired-run-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
6986 Not documented
6987
6988 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
6989
6990 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
6991 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
6992 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
6993 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
6994 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
6995 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
6996 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
6997 from the buffer as well.
6998 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
6999 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
7000 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
7001
7002 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
7003
7004 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\
7005 Not documented
7006
7007 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7008
7009 (autoload (quote dired-query) "dired-aux" "\
7010 Not documented
7011
7012 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
7013
7014 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
7015 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
7016
7017 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7018
7019 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
7020 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7021
7022 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7023
7024 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
7025 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7026
7027 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7028
7029 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
7030 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
7031 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
7032 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
7033
7034 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7035 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7036 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7037 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7038 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7039 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7040 See Info node `(emacs-xtra)Subdir switches' for more details.
7041
7042 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
7043
7044 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\
7045 Not documented
7046
7047 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
7048
7049 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\
7050 Not documented
7051
7052 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7053
7054 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\
7055 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
7056
7057 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7058
7059 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\
7060 Not documented
7061
7062 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
7063
7064 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\
7065 Not documented
7066
7067 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
7068
7069 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7070 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
7071
7072 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7073
7074 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
7075 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
7076 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
7077 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7078 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
7079 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
7080 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7081 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7082 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7083
7084 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7085
7086 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
7087 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7088 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7089 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7090 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
7091 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7092 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7093 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7094
7095 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7096
7097 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
7098 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7099 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7100 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7101 and new hard links are made in that directory
7102 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7103 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7104 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7105
7106 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7107
7108 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
7109 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7110 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
7111 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
7112 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
7113 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
7114 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7115
7116 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7117
7118 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7119 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7120
7121 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
7122 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
7123 file if none are marked.
7124
7125 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
7126 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
7127 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
7128 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
7129
7130 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
7131 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
7132
7133 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7134
7135 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7136 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7137 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7138
7139 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7140
7141 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7142 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7143 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7144
7145 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7146
7147 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7148 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7149 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7150
7151 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7152
7153 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
7154 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
7155
7156 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7157
7158 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
7159 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
7160
7161 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7162
7163 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7164 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7165 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
7166 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7167 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
7168 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7169 this subdirectory.
7170 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7171
7172 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7173 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7174 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7175 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7176 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7177 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7178 See Info node `(emacs-xtra)Subdir switches' for more details.
7179
7180 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7181
7182 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7183 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7184 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
7185 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7186 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
7187 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7188 this subdirectory.
7189 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7190
7191 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7192
7193 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7194 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
7195 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
7196
7197 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
7198
7199 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7200 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
7201 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
7202 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
7203
7204 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
7205
7206 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
7207 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
7208 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
7209 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
7210
7211 \(fn)" t nil)
7212
7213 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7214 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
7215 Lower levels are unaffected.
7216
7217 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
7218
7219 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
7220 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
7221
7222 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7223
7224 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
7225 Go down in the dired tree.
7226
7227 \(fn)" t nil)
7228
7229 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7230 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
7231 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
7232 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
7233
7234 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7235
7236 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
7237 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
7238 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
7239 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
7240
7241 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7242
7243 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
7244 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
7245 Stops when a match is found.
7246 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7247
7248 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7249
7250 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7251 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
7252 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
7253 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
7254 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7255
7256 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
7257
7258 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
7259 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
7260 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
7261 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
7262
7263 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
7264
7265 ;;;***
7266 \f
7267 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (17387 38414))
7268 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
7269
7270 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
7271 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
7272 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
7273 If in Dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
7274 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
7275 buffer and try again.
7276
7277 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
7278
7279 ;;;***
7280 \f
7281 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (17383 24124))
7282 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
7283
7284 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
7285 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
7286 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
7287
7288 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
7289
7290 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
7291 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
7292
7293 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
7294 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
7295
7296 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
7297
7298 ;;;***
7299 \f
7300 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (17383
7301 ;;;;;; 16118))
7302 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
7303
7304 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
7305 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
7306 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
7307 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
7308 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
7309 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
7310
7311 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
7312
7313 ;;;***
7314 \f
7315 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
7316 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
7317 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
7318 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
7319 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (17383 24124))
7320 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
7321
7322 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7323 Return a new, empty display table.
7324
7325 \(fn)" nil nil)
7326
7327 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7328 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
7329 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
7330 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7331 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7332
7333 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
7334
7335 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7336 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
7337 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
7338 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7339 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7340
7341 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
7342
7343 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7344 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
7345
7346 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
7347
7348 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7349 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
7350
7351 \(fn)" t nil)
7352
7353 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
7354 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
7355
7356 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7357
7358 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
7359 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7360
7361 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7362
7363 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
7364 Display character C using printable string S.
7365
7366 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
7367
7368 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
7369 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7370 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7371 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7372
7373 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7374
7375 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
7376 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7377 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7378 X frame.
7379
7380 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7381
7382 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
7383 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7384
7385 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7386
7387 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
7388 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7389
7390 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7391
7392 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
7393 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7394
7395 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
7396 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
7397 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
7398 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
7399
7400 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
7401 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
7402 European character display.
7403
7404 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7405 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7406 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7407 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7408
7409 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7410 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
7411 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
7412 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
7413 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
7414
7415 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
7416
7417 ;;;***
7418 \f
7419 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
7420 ;;;;;; (17382 1892))
7421 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7422
7423 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
7424 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7425 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7426 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7427 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7428 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7429 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7430 Default is 2.
7431
7432 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7433
7434 ;;;***
7435 \f
7436 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (17383 24124))
7437 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7438
7439 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist (quote (("^file:///" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^file://" . dnd-open-file) ("^file:" . dnd-open-local-file))) "\
7440 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7441 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7442 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7443 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7444 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7445 private or ask).
7446 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7447 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7448 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7449 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7450 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7451
7452 (custom-autoload (quote dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd")
7453
7454 ;;;***
7455 \f
7456 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
7457 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (17383 15658))
7458 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7459
7460 (autoload (quote dns-mode) "dns-mode" "\
7461 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7462 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7463 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7464 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7465 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7466 table and its own syntax table.
7467
7468 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7469
7470 \(fn)" t nil)
7471
7472 (autoload (quote dns-mode-soa-increment-serial) "dns-mode" "\
7473 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7474
7475 \(fn)" t nil)
7476 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
7477
7478 ;;;***
7479 \f
7480 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (17364 14033))
7481 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7482
7483 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
7484 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7485
7486 \(fn)" t nil)
7487
7488 ;;;***
7489 \f
7490 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
7491 ;;;;;; (17383 24125))
7492 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7493
7494 (defvar double-mode nil "\
7495 Toggle Double mode.
7496 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7497 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
7498
7499 (custom-autoload (quote double-mode) "double")
7500
7501 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
7502 Toggle Double mode.
7503 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
7504
7505 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
7506 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
7507
7508 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7509
7510 ;;;***
7511 \f
7512 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (17382 1892))
7513 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7514
7515 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
7516 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7517
7518 \(fn)" t nil)
7519
7520 ;;;***
7521 \f
7522 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
7523 ;;;;;; (17382 1052))
7524 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
7525
7526 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
7527 Play sounds in message buffers.
7528
7529 \(fn)" t nil)
7530
7531 ;;;***
7532 \f
7533 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
7534 ;;;;;; define-global-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
7535 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (17383 16118))
7536 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7537
7538 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
7539
7540 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7541 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7542 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
7543 and toggle command MODE.
7544
7545 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7546 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7547 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
7548 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7549 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
7550 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
7551 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
7552 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
7553 used (see below).
7554
7555 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
7556 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hook variable
7557 `mode-HOOK'.
7558 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
7559 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
7560 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
7561 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7562 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
7563 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7564 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7565 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7566 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7567 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7568 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7569 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7570 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7571 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7572
7573 For example, you could write
7574 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7575 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
7576 ...BODY CODE...)
7577
7578 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
7579
7580 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) (quote define-global-minor-mode))
7581
7582 (autoload (quote define-global-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7583 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE.
7584 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7585 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7586 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7587 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7588 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7589 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7590 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7591 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7592 or :keymap keywords to `define-global-minor-mode', since these
7593 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7594
7595 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7596 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7597 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7598 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7599 call another major mode in their body.
7600
7601 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
7602
7603 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
7604 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7605 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7606 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7607 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7608 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7609 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7610
7611 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7612
7613 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\
7614 Not documented
7615
7616 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7617
7618 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
7619 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7620 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7621
7622 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7623
7624 ;;;***
7625 \f
7626 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7627 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (17383
7628 ;;;;;; 16118))
7629 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7630
7631 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
7632
7633 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
7634 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7635
7636 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7637 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7638 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7639
7640 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
7641 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7642
7643 :filter FUNCTION
7644
7645 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7646 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7647
7648 :visible INCLUDE
7649
7650 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7651 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7652
7653 :active ENABLE
7654
7655 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
7656 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7657
7658 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7659
7660 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7661
7662 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7663
7664 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7665 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7666
7667 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7668 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7669
7670 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7671
7672 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7673
7674 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7675
7676 :keys KEYS
7677
7678 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7679 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7680 computed automatically.
7681 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7682
7683 :key-sequence KEYS
7684
7685 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7686 menu item.
7687 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7688 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7689 keyboard equivalent.
7690
7691 :active ENABLE
7692
7693 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7694 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7695
7696 :visible INCLUDE
7697
7698 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7699 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7700
7701 :suffix FORM
7702
7703 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7704 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
7705
7706 :style STYLE
7707
7708 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7709 defined:
7710
7711 toggle: A checkbox.
7712 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7713 radio: A radio button.
7714 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7715 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7716 menu bar itself.
7717 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7718
7719 :selected SELECTED
7720
7721 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7722 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7723
7724 :help HELP
7725
7726 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7727
7728 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7729 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7730 as a solid horizontal line.
7731
7732 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7733
7734 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7735
7736 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\
7737 Not documented
7738
7739 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7740
7741 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
7742 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7743 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7744 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7745
7746 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7747
7748 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
7749 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7750 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7751 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7752 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7753 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7754
7755 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7756 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7757 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7758
7759 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7760 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7761
7762 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE)" nil nil)
7763
7764 ;;;***
7765 \f
7766 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7767 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7768 ;;;;;; ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-syntax-file
7769 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer ebnf-eps-file
7770 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-spool-file
7771 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7772 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7773 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (17388 22062))
7774 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7775
7776 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
7777 Customization for ebnf group.
7778
7779 \(fn)" t nil)
7780
7781 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7782 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7783
7784 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7785
7786 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7787 processed.
7788
7789 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7790
7791 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7792
7793 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7794 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7795
7796 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7797 killed after process termination.
7798
7799 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7800
7801 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7802
7803 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7804 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7805
7806 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7807 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7808 it to the printer.
7809
7810 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7811 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7812 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7813 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7814
7815 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7816
7817 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7818 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7819 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7820
7821 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7822
7823 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7824 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7825
7826 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7827
7828 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7829 processed.
7830
7831 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7832
7833 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7834
7835 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7836 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7837
7838 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7839 killed after process termination.
7840
7841 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7842
7843 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7844
7845 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7846 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7847 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7848 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7849
7850 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7851
7852 \(fn)" t nil)
7853
7854 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7855 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7856 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7857
7858 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7859
7860 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7861
7862 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7863 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7864
7865 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7866
7867 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7868 processed.
7869
7870 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7871
7872 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7873
7874 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7875 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7876
7877 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7878 killed after EPS generation.
7879
7880 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7881
7882 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7883
7884 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7885 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
7886
7887 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
7888 The EPS file name has the following form:
7889
7890 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7891
7892 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7893 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7894
7895 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7896 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
7897 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
7898 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7899
7900 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
7901
7902 \(fn)" t nil)
7903
7904 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7905 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
7906
7907 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
7908 The EPS file name has the following form:
7909
7910 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7911
7912 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7913 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7914
7915 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7916 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
7917 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
7918 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7919
7920 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
7921
7922 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7923
7924 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
7925
7926 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7927 Does a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7928
7929 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7930
7931 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7932 processed.
7933
7934 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7935
7936 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7937
7938 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7939 Does a syntactic analysis of the FILE.
7940
7941 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7942 killed after syntax checking.
7943
7944 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7945
7946 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7947
7948 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7949 Does a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7950
7951 \(fn)" t nil)
7952
7953 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7954 Does a syntactic analysis of a region.
7955
7956 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7957
7958 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
7959 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7960
7961 \(fn)" nil nil)
7962
7963 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7964 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7965
7966 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7967
7968 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7969
7970 (autoload (quote ebnf-delete-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7971 Delete style NAME.
7972
7973 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7974
7975 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7976
7977 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7978 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7979
7980 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7981
7982 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7983
7984 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7985 Set STYLE as the current style.
7986
7987 It returns the old style symbol.
7988
7989 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7990
7991 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7992
7993 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7994 Reset current style.
7995
7996 It returns the old style symbol.
7997
7998 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7999
8000 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8001
8002 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8003 Push the current style and set STYLE as the current style.
8004
8005 It returns the old style symbol.
8006
8007 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8008
8009 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8010
8011 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8012 Pop a style and set it as the current style.
8013
8014 It returns the old style symbol.
8015
8016 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8017
8018 \(fn)" t nil)
8019
8020 ;;;***
8021 \f
8022 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
8023 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
8024 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
8025 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
8026 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
8027 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
8028 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
8029 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
8030 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
8031 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
8032 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (17391
8033 ;;;;;; 39495))
8034 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
8035
8036 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8037 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
8038 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
8039 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
8040 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
8041 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
8042
8043 Tree mode key bindings:
8044 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
8045
8046 \(fn)" t nil)
8047
8048 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8049 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
8050
8051 \(fn)" t nil)
8052
8053 (autoload (quote ebrowse-member-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8054 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
8055
8056 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
8057
8058 \(fn)" nil nil)
8059
8060 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8061 View declaration of member at point.
8062
8063 \(fn)" t nil)
8064
8065 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8066 Find declaration of member at point.
8067
8068 \(fn)" t nil)
8069
8070 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8071 View definition of member at point.
8072
8073 \(fn)" t nil)
8074
8075 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8076 Find definition of member at point.
8077
8078 \(fn)" t nil)
8079
8080 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8081 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
8082
8083 \(fn)" t nil)
8084
8085 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8086 View definition of member at point in other window.
8087
8088 \(fn)" t nil)
8089
8090 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8091 Find definition of member at point in other window.
8092
8093 \(fn)" t nil)
8094
8095 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8096 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8097
8098 \(fn)" t nil)
8099
8100 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8101 View definition of member at point in other frame.
8102
8103 \(fn)" t nil)
8104
8105 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8106 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8107
8108 \(fn)" t nil)
8109
8110 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
8111 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
8112 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
8113 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
8114 completion.
8115
8116 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8117
8118 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
8119 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
8120 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
8121 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
8122
8123 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
8124
8125 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search) "ebrowse" "\
8126 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
8127 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
8128 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
8129
8130 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8131
8132 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
8133 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
8134 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
8135
8136 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8137
8138 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
8139 Search for call sites of a member.
8140 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
8141 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
8142 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
8143 looks like a function call to the member.
8144
8145 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
8146
8147 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8148 Move backward in the position stack.
8149 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8150
8151 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8152
8153 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8154 Move forward in the position stack.
8155 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8156
8157 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8158
8159 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
8160 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
8161
8162 \(fn)" t nil)
8163
8164 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8165 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
8166
8167 \(fn)" t nil)
8168
8169 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
8170 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
8171 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
8172 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
8173
8174 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
8175
8176 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
8177 Display statistics for a class tree.
8178
8179 \(fn)" t nil)
8180
8181 ;;;***
8182 \f
8183 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
8184 ;;;;;; (17383 24125))
8185 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
8186
8187 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
8188 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
8189 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
8190 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
8191
8192 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
8193 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
8194 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
8195
8196 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
8197 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
8198 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
8199
8200 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
8201
8202 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
8203
8204 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8205
8206 ;;;***
8207 \f
8208 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
8209 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (17383 24125))
8210 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
8211
8212 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
8213 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
8214 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
8215
8216 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
8217
8218 ;;;***
8219 \f
8220 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
8221 ;;;;;; def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
8222 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (17416 11967))
8223 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
8224
8225 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
8226 *If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
8227 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
8228 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
8229 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
8230
8231 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
8232 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
8233 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
8234 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
8235
8236 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug")
8237
8238 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
8239 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
8240 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
8241 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
8242
8243 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug")
8244
8245 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
8246 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
8247 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
8248 \(naming a function), or a list.
8249
8250 \(fn SYMBOL SPEC)" nil (quote macro))
8251
8252 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
8253
8254 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
8255 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
8256 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
8257 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
8258 using `eval-expression' (which see).
8259
8260 If you do this on a function definition
8261 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
8262 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
8263 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
8264 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
8265
8266 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
8267 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
8268 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
8269 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
8270 already is one.)
8271
8272 \(fn)" t nil)
8273
8274 (autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "\
8275 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
8276
8277 \(fn)" t nil)
8278
8279 (autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" "\
8280 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
8281
8282 \(fn)" t nil)
8283
8284 ;;;***
8285 \f
8286 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
8287 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
8288 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
8289 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
8290 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
8291 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
8292 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
8293 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
8294 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
8295 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (17399 58140))
8296 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
8297
8298 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
8299 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
8300
8301 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8302
8303 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
8304 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
8305
8306 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8307
8308 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
8309
8310 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
8311
8312 (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
8313 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
8314 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
8315 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
8316
8317 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8318
8319 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
8320 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
8321
8322 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8323
8324 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
8325
8326 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
8327 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
8328
8329 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8330
8331 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
8332
8333 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
8334 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
8335 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8336 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8337
8338 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
8339
8340 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
8341
8342 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8343 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
8344 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8345 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8346
8347 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
8348
8349 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
8350
8351 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
8352 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
8353 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
8354 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8355
8356 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
8357
8358 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
8359
8360 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
8361 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
8362 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8363 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8364
8365 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8366
8367 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
8368
8369 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8370 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
8371 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
8372 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
8373 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
8374 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8375
8376 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8377
8378 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8379 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
8380 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8381 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8382
8383 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8384
8385 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
8386
8387 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8388 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
8389 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8390 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8391
8392 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8393
8394 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
8395
8396 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
8397
8398 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8399 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
8400 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8401 follows:
8402 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8403 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8404
8405 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8406
8407 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
8408 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
8409 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8410 follows:
8411 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8412 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8413
8414 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8415
8416 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8417 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8418 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
8419 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
8420 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
8421 region.
8422 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
8423 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
8424
8425 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8426
8427 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
8428 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8429 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
8430 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
8431 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
8432 region.
8433 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
8434 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
8435 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
8436
8437 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8438
8439 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
8440
8441 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
8442 Merge two files without ancestor.
8443
8444 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8445
8446 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8447 Merge two files with ancestor.
8448
8449 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8450
8451 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
8452
8453 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
8454 Merge buffers without ancestor.
8455
8456 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8457
8458 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8459 Merge buffers with ancestor.
8460
8461 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8462
8463 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
8464 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
8465 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8466 buffer.
8467
8468 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8469
8470 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8471 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
8472 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8473 buffer.
8474
8475 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8476
8477 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
8478 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
8479 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
8480 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
8481
8482 \(fn POS)" t nil)
8483
8484 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
8485 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
8486 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
8487 and don't ask the user.
8488 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
8489 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
8490
8491 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8492
8493 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
8494 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
8495 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
8496 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
8497 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
8498 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
8499 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
8500 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
8501
8502 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8503
8504 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
8505
8506 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
8507
8508 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
8509 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
8510 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
8511 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
8512 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
8513
8514 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8515
8516 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
8517
8518 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
8519 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
8520 When called interactively, displays the version.
8521
8522 \(fn)" t nil)
8523
8524 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
8525 Display Ediff's manual.
8526 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8527
8528 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8529
8530 ;;;***
8531 \f
8532 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
8533 ;;;;;; (17399 58140))
8534 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
8535
8536 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\
8537 Not documented
8538
8539 \(fn)" t nil)
8540
8541 ;;;***
8542 \f
8543 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (17399 58140))
8544 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8545
8546 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
8547 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form))
8548
8549 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
8550
8551 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame" . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions" . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff" . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual" . ediff-documentation))))))
8552
8553 ;;;***
8554 \f
8555 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
8556 ;;;;;; (17399 58140))
8557 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
8558
8559 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
8560 Display Ediff's registry.
8561
8562 \(fn)" t nil)
8563
8564 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
8565
8566 ;;;***
8567 \f
8568 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
8569 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (17399 58140))
8570 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
8571
8572 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
8573 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8574 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8575 which see.
8576
8577 \(fn)" t nil)
8578
8579 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
8580 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8581 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8582 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8583
8584 \(fn)" t nil)
8585
8586 ;;;***
8587 \f
8588 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8589 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8590 ;;;;;; (17383 24125))
8591 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8592
8593 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
8594 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
8595 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
8596
8597 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8598 Edit a keyboard macro.
8599 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8600 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8601 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8602 its command name.
8603 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8604
8605 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8606
8607 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8608 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8609
8610 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8611
8612 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8613 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8614
8615 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8616
8617 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8618 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8619 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8620 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8621 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8622 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8623
8624 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8625 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8626 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8627 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8628
8629 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8630
8631 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8632 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8633 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8634 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8635 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8636 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8637
8638 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8639
8640 ;;;***
8641 \f
8642 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8643 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (17383 13537))
8644 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8645
8646 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
8647 Set scroll margins.
8648 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8649 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8650
8651 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8652
8653 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
8654 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8655
8656 \(fn)" t nil)
8657
8658 ;;;***
8659 \f
8660 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8661 ;;;;;; (17383 24125))
8662 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8663
8664 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
8665 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8666 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
8667 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8668 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8669 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8670 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8671 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8672
8673 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8674 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8675
8676 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
8677 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
8678 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
8679 this value is non-nil.
8680
8681 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8682 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8683 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8684
8685 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8686 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8687 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit.
8688
8689 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8690
8691 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\
8692 Not documented
8693
8694 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8695
8696 ;;;***
8697 \f
8698 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8699 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (17383 16118))
8700 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8701
8702 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
8703 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8704
8705 (custom-autoload (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc")
8706
8707 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8708 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
8709 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
8710 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
8711 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
8712 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
8713 of the function called in the expression point is on.
8714
8715 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8716
8717 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8718
8719 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8720 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation).
8721
8722 \(fn)" t nil)
8723
8724 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8725 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8726 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8727 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8728 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8729 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8730 arg list.
8731
8732 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8733 Emacs Lisp mode) that support Eldoc.")
8734
8735 ;;;***
8736 \f
8737 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (17383
8738 ;;;;;; 24125))
8739 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8740
8741 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
8742 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8743
8744 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8745 an elided material again.
8746
8747 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8748
8749 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8750
8751 ;;;***
8752 \f
8753 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8754 ;;;;;; (17383 16118))
8755 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8756
8757 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
8758 Initialize elint.
8759
8760 \(fn)" t nil)
8761
8762 ;;;***
8763 \f
8764 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8765 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (17383
8766 ;;;;;; 16118))
8767 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8768
8769 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
8770 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8771 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8772
8773 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8774
8775 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
8776 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8777 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8778
8779 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8780
8781 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
8782 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8783 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8784
8785 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8786
8787 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8788
8789 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
8790 Display current profiling results.
8791 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8792 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
8793 displayed.
8794
8795 \(fn)" t nil)
8796
8797 ;;;***
8798 \f
8799 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
8800 ;;;;;; (17383 16812))
8801 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8802
8803 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
8804 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8805 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8806
8807 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8808
8809 ;;;***
8810 \f
8811 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8812 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8813 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8814 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8815 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (17167 2962))
8816 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
8817
8818 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
8819 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
8820 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
8821 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
8822 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
8823 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
8824 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
8825 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
8826 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
8827 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
8828 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
8829 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
8830 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
8831 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
8832 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
8833 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
8834
8835 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
8836 Run Emerge on two files.
8837
8838 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8839
8840 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8841 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8842
8843 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8844
8845 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
8846 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8847
8848 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8849
8850 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8851 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8852
8853 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8854
8855 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\
8856 Not documented
8857
8858 \(fn)" nil nil)
8859
8860 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\
8861 Not documented
8862
8863 \(fn)" nil nil)
8864
8865 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\
8866 Not documented
8867
8868 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8869
8870 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\
8871 Not documented
8872
8873 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8874
8875 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
8876 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8877
8878 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8879
8880 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8881 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8882
8883 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8884
8885 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\
8886 Not documented
8887
8888 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8889
8890 ;;;***
8891 \f
8892 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
8893 ;;;;;; (17102 18713))
8894 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
8895
8896 (defvar encoded-kbd-mode nil "\
8897 Non-nil if Encoded-Kbd mode is enabled.
8898 See the command `encoded-kbd-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
8899 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8900 use either \\[customize] or the function `encoded-kbd-mode'.")
8901
8902 (custom-autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb")
8903
8904 (put (quote encoded-kbd-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
8905
8906 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
8907 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
8908 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
8909
8910 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
8911 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
8912 automatically.
8913
8914 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
8915 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
8916 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system].
8917
8918 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8919
8920 ;;;***
8921 \f
8922 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
8923 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (17383 15658))
8924 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8925
8926 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
8927 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8928 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8929 text/enriched format.
8930 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8931
8932 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8933 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
8934
8935 Commands:
8936
8937 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8938
8939 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8940
8941 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\
8942 Not documented
8943
8944 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8945
8946 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\
8947 Not documented
8948
8949 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8950
8951 ;;;***
8952 \f
8953 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-select erc-select-read-args) "erc" "erc/erc.el"
8954 ;;;;;; (17447 52274))
8955 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8956
8957 (autoload (quote erc-select-read-args) "erc" "\
8958 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8959
8960 \(fn)" nil nil)
8961
8962 (autoload (quote erc-select) "erc" "\
8963 Select connection parameters and run ERC.
8964 Non-interactively, it takes keyword arguments
8965 (server (erc-compute-server))
8966 (port (erc-compute-port))
8967 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8968 password
8969 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8970
8971 That is, if called with
8972 (erc-select :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8973 server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8974 erc-compute-port, erc-compute-nick and erc-compute-full-name will
8975 be invoked for those parameters' values
8976
8977 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8978
8979 ;;;***
8980 \f
8981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (17391
8982 ;;;;;; 39324))
8983 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8984 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8985
8986 ;;;***
8987 \f
8988 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (17447 52274))
8989 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8990 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8991
8992 ;;;***
8993 \f
8994 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (17372 48745))
8995 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8996 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8997
8998 ;;;***
8999 \f
9000 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
9001 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (17393 3826))
9002 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
9003
9004 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9005 Parser for /dcc command.
9006 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
9007 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
9008 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
9009
9010 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9011
9012 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9013 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
9014
9015 \(fn)" nil nil)
9016
9017 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook (quote (erc-ctcp-query-DCC)) "\
9018 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
9019
9020 (autoload (quote erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9021 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
9022 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
9023 that subcommand.
9024
9025 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
9026
9027 ;;;***
9028 \f
9029 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
9030 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
9031 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
9032 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
9033 ;;;;;; (17391 39324))
9034 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
9035
9036 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9037 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
9038
9039 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
9040
9041 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-get-login) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9042 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
9043 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
9044 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
9045
9046 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
9047
9048 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-lookup-action) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9049 Not documented
9050
9051 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9052
9053 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-notice-autodetect) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9054 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
9055
9056 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
9057
9058 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-identify) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9059 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
9060
9061 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9062
9063 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-init-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9064 Reset the EZBounce session list to NIL.
9065
9066 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9067
9068 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-end-of-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9069 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9070
9071 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9072
9073 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-add-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9074 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9075
9076 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9077
9078 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9079 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9080
9081 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9082
9083 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9084 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9085
9086 \(fn)" nil nil)
9087
9088 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-initialize) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9089 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9090
9091 \(fn)" nil nil)
9092
9093 ;;;***
9094 \f
9095 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (17391
9096 ;;;;;; 39324))
9097 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9098 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9099
9100 (autoload (quote erc-fill) "erc-fill" "\
9101 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9102 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9103
9104 \(fn)" nil nil)
9105
9106 ;;;***
9107 \f
9108 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (17391
9109 ;;;;;; 39324))
9110 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
9111 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
9112
9113 ;;;***
9114 \f
9115 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
9116 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (17447 52274))
9117 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9118
9119 (autoload (quote erc-identd-start) "erc-identd" "\
9120 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9121 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9122 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9123 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9124 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9125 system.
9126
9127 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9128
9129 (autoload (quote erc-identd-stop) "erc-identd" "\
9130 Not documented
9131
9132 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9133
9134 ;;;***
9135 \f
9136 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9137 ;;;;;; (17391 39324))
9138 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9139
9140 (autoload (quote erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "\
9141 Not documented
9142
9143 \(fn)" nil nil)
9144
9145 ;;;***
9146 \f
9147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (17391 39324))
9148 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9149 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9150
9151 ;;;***
9152 \f
9153 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-chanlist erc-list-channels) "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el"
9154 ;;;;;; (17391 39324))
9155 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
9156 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
9157
9158 (autoload (quote erc-list-channels) "erc-list" "\
9159 Display a buffer containing a list of channels on the current server.
9160 Optional argument CHANNEL specifies a single channel to list (instead of every
9161 available channel).
9162
9163 \(fn &rest CHANNEL)" t nil)
9164
9165 (autoload (quote erc-chanlist) "erc-list" "\
9166 Show a channel listing of the current server in a special mode.
9167 Please note that this function only works with IRC servers which conform
9168 to RFC and send the LIST header (#321) at start of list transmission.
9169
9170 \(fn &optional CHANNELS)" t nil)
9171
9172 ;;;***
9173 \f
9174 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9175 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (17391 39324))
9176 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9177 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9178
9179 (autoload (quote erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log" "\
9180 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9181 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9182 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9183 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
9184 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9185
9186 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9187
9188 (autoload (quote erc-save-buffer-in-logs) "erc-log" "\
9189 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9190 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9191 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9192
9193 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9194 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9195 automatically.
9196
9197 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9198 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9199
9200 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9201
9202 ;;;***
9203 \f
9204 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9205 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9206 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9207 ;;;;;; (17391 39324))
9208 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9209 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9210
9211 (autoload (quote erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "\
9212 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9213
9214 \(fn)" t nil)
9215
9216 (autoload (quote erc-delete-pal) "erc-match" "\
9217 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9218
9219 \(fn)" t nil)
9220
9221 (autoload (quote erc-add-fool) "erc-match" "\
9222 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9223
9224 \(fn)" t nil)
9225
9226 (autoload (quote erc-delete-fool) "erc-match" "\
9227 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9228
9229 \(fn)" t nil)
9230
9231 (autoload (quote erc-add-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9232 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9233
9234 \(fn)" t nil)
9235
9236 (autoload (quote erc-delete-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9237 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9238
9239 \(fn)" t nil)
9240
9241 (autoload (quote erc-add-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9242 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9243
9244 \(fn)" t nil)
9245
9246 (autoload (quote erc-delete-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9247 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9248
9249 \(fn)" t nil)
9250
9251 ;;;***
9252 \f
9253 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9254 ;;;;;; (17391 39324))
9255 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9256 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9257
9258 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "\
9259 Show who's gone.
9260
9261 \(fn)" nil nil)
9262
9263 ;;;***
9264 \f
9265 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9266 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (17391 39324))
9267 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9268
9269 (autoload (quote erc-determine-network) "erc-networks" "\
9270 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9271 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9272 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9273
9274 \(fn)" nil nil)
9275
9276 (autoload (quote erc-server-select) "erc-networks" "\
9277 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9278
9279 \(fn)" t nil)
9280
9281 ;;;***
9282 \f
9283 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9284 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (17391 39324))
9285 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9286 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9287
9288 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9289 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9290 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
9291 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9292
9293 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9294
9295 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9296 Not documented
9297
9298 \(fn)" nil nil)
9299
9300 ;;;***
9301 \f
9302 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (17391 39324))
9303 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9304 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9305
9306 ;;;***
9307 \f
9308 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (17391
9309 ;;;;;; 39324))
9310 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9311 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9312
9313 ;;;***
9314 \f
9315 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (17391 39324))
9316 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9317 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9318
9319 ;;;***
9320 \f
9321 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (17391 39324))
9322 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9323 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9324
9325 ;;;***
9326 \f
9327 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9328 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (17391 39324))
9329 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9330 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9331
9332 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify-mode) "erc-services" "\
9333 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9334
9335 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9336
9337 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify) "erc-services" "\
9338 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9339 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9340
9341 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9342
9343 ;;;***
9344 \f
9345 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (17391 39324))
9346 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9347 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9348
9349 ;;;***
9350 \f
9351 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9352 ;;;;;; (17391 39324))
9353 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9354
9355 (autoload (quote erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "\
9356 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9357 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9358
9359 \(fn)" t nil)
9360
9361 ;;;***
9362 \f
9363 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (17391
9364 ;;;;;; 39324))
9365 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9366 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9367
9368 ;;;***
9369 \f
9370 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (17395 55370))
9371 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9372 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9373
9374 ;;;***
9375 \f
9376 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (17391 39324))
9377 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9378 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9379 (autoload 'erc-track-when-inactive-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9380
9381 ;;;***
9382 \f
9383 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9384 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (17391 39324))
9385 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9386 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9387
9388 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer-to-size) "erc-truncate" "\
9389 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9390 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9391 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9392
9393 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9394
9395 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer) "erc-truncate" "\
9396 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9397 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9398
9399 \(fn)" t nil)
9400
9401 ;;;***
9402 \f
9403 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9404 ;;;;;; (17391 39324))
9405 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9406
9407 (autoload (quote erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "\
9408 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9409
9410 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9411
9412 ;;;***
9413 \f
9414 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (17383
9415 ;;;;;; 14789))
9416 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9417
9418 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
9419 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9420
9421 \\{eshell-mode-map}
9422
9423 \(fn)" nil nil)
9424
9425 ;;;***
9426 \f
9427 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (17383
9428 ;;;;;; 14789))
9429 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
9430
9431 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
9432 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
9433
9434 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9435
9436 ;;;***
9437 \f
9438 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
9439 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (17426 59663))
9440 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9441
9442 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
9443 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9444 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9445 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9446 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9447 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9448 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9449 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9450 buffer selected (or created).
9451
9452 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9453
9454 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
9455 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9456 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9457
9458 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9459
9460 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
9461 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9462 The result might be any Lisp object.
9463 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9464 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9465 corresponding to a successful execution.
9466
9467 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9468
9469 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
9470 Report a bug in Eshell.
9471 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9472 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
9473
9474 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
9475
9476 ;;;***
9477 \f
9478 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9479 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9480 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9481 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9482 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9483 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9484 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9485 ;;;;;; (17407 46937))
9486 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9487
9488 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9489 *File name of tags table.
9490 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9491 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9492 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9493 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
9494
9495 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
9496 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9497 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9498 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9499
9500 (custom-autoload (quote tags-case-fold-search) "etags")
9501
9502 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9503 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9504 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9505 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9506 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9507 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9508
9509 (custom-autoload (quote tags-table-list) "etags")
9510
9511 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
9512 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9513 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9514 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9515 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9516 `auto-compression-mode').")
9517
9518 (custom-autoload (quote tags-compression-info-list) "etags")
9519
9520 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
9521 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9522 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9523 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9524 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9525
9526 (custom-autoload (quote tags-add-tables) "etags")
9527
9528 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9529 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9530 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9531 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9532
9533 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-hook) "etags")
9534
9535 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9536 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9537 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9538 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9539 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9540
9541 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-default-function) "etags")
9542
9543 (autoload (quote tags-table-mode) "etags" "\
9544 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9545
9546 \(fn)" t nil)
9547
9548 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
9549 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9550 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9551 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9552
9553 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9554 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9555 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9556 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9557 file the tag was in.
9558
9559 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9560
9561 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table-buffer) "etags" "\
9562 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9563 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9564 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9565 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9566 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9567 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9568 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9569 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9570
9571 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9572
9573 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
9574 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9575 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9576 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9577 without directory names.
9578
9579 \(fn)" nil nil)
9580
9581 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
9582 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9583 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9584 but does not select the buffer.
9585 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9586
9587 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9588 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9589 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9590 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9591 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9592
9593 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9594
9595 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9596 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9597 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9598
9599 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9600
9601 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9602
9603 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
9604 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9605 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9606 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9607
9608 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9609 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9610 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9611 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9612 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9613
9614 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9615
9616 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9617 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9618 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9619
9620 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9621
9622 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9623 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9624
9625 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
9626 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9627 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9628 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9629 around or before point.
9630
9631 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9632 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9633 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9634 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9635 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9636
9637 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9638
9639 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9640 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9641 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9642
9643 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9644
9645 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9646 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9647
9648 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
9649 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9650 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9651 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9652 around or before point.
9653
9654 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9655 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9656 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9657 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9658 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9659
9660 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9661
9662 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9663 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9664 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9665
9666 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9667
9668 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9669 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9670
9671 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
9672 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9673 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9674
9675 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9676 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9677 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9678 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9679 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9680
9681 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9682
9683 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9684 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9685 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9686
9687 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9688
9689 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9690 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9691 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9692
9693 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
9694 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9695
9696 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9697 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9698 where they were found.
9699
9700 \(fn)" t nil)
9701
9702 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
9703 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9704
9705 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9706 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9707 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9708
9709 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9710 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9711
9712 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9713 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9714
9715 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9716
9717 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
9718 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9719 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9720 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9721
9722 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9723 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9724 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9725 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9726 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9727
9728 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9729 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9730
9731 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
9732 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9733 Stops when a match is found.
9734 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9735
9736 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9737
9738 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9739
9740 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
9741 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9742 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9743 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9744 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9745
9746 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9747
9748 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
9749
9750 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
9751 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9752 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9753 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9754 directory specification.
9755
9756 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9757
9758 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
9759 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9760
9761 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9762
9763 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
9764 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9765 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9766 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9767
9768 \(fn)" t nil)
9769
9770 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
9771 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9772 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9773 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9774 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9775
9776 \(fn)" t nil)
9777
9778 ;;;***
9779 \f
9780 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9781 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9782 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9783 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
9784 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
9785 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
9786 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
9787 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (17316 61871))
9788 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9789
9790 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\
9791 Not documented
9792
9793 \(fn)" nil nil)
9794
9795 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
9796 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9797 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
9798 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9799
9800 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
9801 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
9802 language.
9803
9804 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
9805 even if the buffer is read-only.
9806
9807 See also the descriptions of the variables
9808 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
9809 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9810
9811 \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9812
9813 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9814 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9815
9816 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9817 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9818
9819 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
9820 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
9821 language.
9822
9823 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
9824 buffer is read-only.
9825
9826 See also the descriptions of the variables
9827 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
9828 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9829
9830 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9831
9832 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9833 Execute `ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail' or `ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker' depending on the current major mode.
9834 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
9835
9836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9837
9838 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
9839 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
9840
9841 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
9842 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
9843
9844 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
9845 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.
9846
9847 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9848
9849 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9850 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9851 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9852 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9853
9854 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9855
9856 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
9857 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9858 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9859 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9860
9861 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
9862 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
9863 the primary language.
9864
9865 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9866 buffer is read-only.
9867
9868 See also the descriptions of the variables
9869 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9870 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9871
9872 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9873
9874 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9875 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9876 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9877 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9878
9879 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9880 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
9881 primary language.
9882
9883 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9884 buffer is read-only.
9885
9886 See also the descriptions of the variables
9887 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9888 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9889
9890 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9891
9892 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9893 Execute `ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail' or `ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker' depending on the current major mode.
9894 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
9895
9896 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9897
9898 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
9899 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
9900
9901 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
9902 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
9903 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
9904 3) convert the body into SERA.
9905
9906 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.
9907
9908 \(fn)" t nil)
9909
9910 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9911 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9912 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9913
9914 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9915
9916 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
9917 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9918
9919 \(fn)" t nil)
9920
9921 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
9922 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9923
9924 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9925 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
9926 be 1, 2, or 3.
9927
9928 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9929 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9930 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9931
9932 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.
9933
9934 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9935
9936 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
9937 Allow the user to input special characters.
9938
9939 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9940
9941 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9942 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9943 Each command is always surrounded by braces.
9944
9945 \(fn)" t nil)
9946
9947 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9948 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9949
9950 \(fn)" t nil)
9951
9952 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9953 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9954
9955 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9956 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9957
9958 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9959 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9960
9961 \(fn)" nil nil)
9962
9963 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9964 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9965
9966 \(fn)" nil nil)
9967
9968 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
9969 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9970
9971 \(fn)" nil nil)
9972
9973 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
9974 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9975
9976 \(fn)" nil nil)
9977
9978 ;;;***
9979 \f
9980 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
9981 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
9982 ;;;;;; (17383 13296))
9983 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9984
9985 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
9986 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9987 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9988 server for future sessions.
9989
9990 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9991
9992 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
9993 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9994 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9995
9996 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9997
9998 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
9999 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
10000 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10001
10002 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10003
10004 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
10005 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
10006 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
10007 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
10008 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
10009 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
10010 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
10011 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
10012 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
10013 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
10014 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
10015 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10016
10017 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10018
10019 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
10020 Display a form to query the directory server.
10021 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10022 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10023
10024 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10025
10026 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
10027 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10028 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10029
10030 \(fn)" t nil)
10031
10032 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if eudc-xemacs-p (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
10033
10034 ;;;***
10035 \f
10036 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
10037 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
10038 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (17383 13296))
10039 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10040
10041 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
10042 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10043
10044 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10045
10046 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
10047 Display URL and make it clickable.
10048
10049 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10050
10051 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail) "eudc-bob" "\
10052 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10053
10054 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10055
10056 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
10057 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10058
10059 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10060
10061 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
10062 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10063
10064 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10065
10066 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
10067 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10068
10069 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10070
10071 ;;;***
10072 \f
10073 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10074 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (17383 13296))
10075 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10076
10077 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
10078 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10079 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10080
10081 \(fn)" t nil)
10082
10083 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
10084 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10085
10086 \(fn)" t nil)
10087
10088 ;;;***
10089 \f
10090 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10091 ;;;;;; (17383 13296))
10092 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10093
10094 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
10095 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10096
10097 \(fn)" t nil)
10098
10099 ;;;***
10100 \f
10101 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10102 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10103 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10104 ;;;;;; (17388 22062))
10105 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10106
10107 (autoload (quote executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "\
10108 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10109 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10110
10111 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10112
10113 (autoload (quote executable-interpret) "executable" "\
10114 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10115 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10116 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10117 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10118
10119 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10120
10121 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
10122 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10123 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10124 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10125 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10126 executable.
10127
10128 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10129
10130 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
10131 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10132 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10133
10134 \(fn)" t nil)
10135
10136 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
10137 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10138 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10139 file modes.
10140
10141 \(fn)" nil nil)
10142
10143 ;;;***
10144 \f
10145 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10146 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (17383 24125))
10147 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10148
10149 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
10150 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
10151 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10152 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10153
10154 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10155
10156 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10157 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10158 to generate such functions.
10159
10160 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10161 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10162 beginning of the expanded text.
10163
10164 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10165 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10166 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10167 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10168
10169 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10170
10171 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10172
10173 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
10174 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10175 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10176
10177 \(fn)" t nil)
10178
10179 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
10180 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10181 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10182
10183 \(fn)" t nil)
10184 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10185 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10186
10187 ;;;***
10188 \f
10189 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (17385 42553))
10190 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10191
10192 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
10193 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10194 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10195
10196 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10197 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10198 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10199
10200 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10201
10202 Key definitions:
10203 \\{f90-mode-map}
10204
10205 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10206
10207 `f90-do-indent'
10208 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10209 `f90-if-indent'
10210 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10211 `f90-type-indent'
10212 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10213 `f90-program-indent'
10214 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10215 (default 2).
10216 `f90-continuation-indent'
10217 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10218 `f90-comment-region'
10219 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10220 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10221 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10222 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10223 (default \"!\").
10224 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10225 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10226 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10227 `f90-break-delimiters'
10228 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10229 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10230 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10231 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10232 (default t).
10233 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10234 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10235 `f90-smart-end'
10236 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10237 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10238 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10239 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10240 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10241 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10242 `f90-leave-line-no'
10243 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10244
10245 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10246 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10247
10248 \(fn)" t nil)
10249
10250 ;;;***
10251 \f
10252 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
10253 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
10254 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
10255 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
10256 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (17383 24125))
10257 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
10258 (define-key global-map "\M-o" 'facemenu-keymap)
10259 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
10260
10261 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
10262 Menu keymap for faces.")
10263
10264 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
10265
10266 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
10267 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
10268
10269 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
10270
10271 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
10272 Menu keymap for background colors.")
10273
10274 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
10275
10276 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
10277 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
10278
10279 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
10280
10281 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
10282 Submenu for text justification commands.")
10283
10284 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
10285
10286 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
10287 Submenu for indentation commands.")
10288
10289 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
10290
10291 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
10292 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
10293
10294 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
10295
10296 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
10297
10298 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
10299
10300 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
10301
10302 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
10303 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
10304 This adds FACE to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
10305 will not show through at all will be removed.
10306
10307 Interactively, reads the face name with the minibuffer.
10308
10309 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10310 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10311 requested face.
10312
10313 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10314 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10315 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10316
10317 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
10318
10319 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
10320 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10321 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10322
10323 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10324 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10325 requested face.
10326
10327 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10328 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10329 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10330
10331 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10332
10333 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
10334 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10335 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10336
10337 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10338 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10339 requested face.
10340
10341 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10342 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10343 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10344
10345 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10346
10347 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
10348 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
10349 This function is designed to be called from a menu; FACE is determined
10350 using the event type of the menu entry. If FACE is a symbol whose
10351 name starts with \"fg:\" or \"bg:\", then this functions sets the
10352 foreground or background to the color specified by the rest of the
10353 symbol's name. Any other symbol is considered the name of a face.
10354
10355 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10356 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10357 requested face.
10358
10359 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10360 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before typing a character
10361 to insert cancels the specification.
10362
10363 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
10364
10365 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
10366 Make the region invisible.
10367 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
10368 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10369
10370 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10371
10372 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
10373 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
10374 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
10375 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10376
10377 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10378
10379 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
10380 Make the region unmodifiable.
10381 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
10382 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10383
10384 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10385
10386 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
10387 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
10388
10389 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10390
10391 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
10392 Remove all text properties from the region.
10393
10394 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10395
10396 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
10397 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
10398 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
10399
10400 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10401
10402 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
10403 Read a color using the minibuffer.
10404
10405 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
10406
10407 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
10408 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
10409 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
10410 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list of
10411 colors that the current display can handle. If the optional
10412 argument BUFFER-NAME is nil, it defaults to *Colors*.
10413
10414 \(fn &optional LIST BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
10415
10416 ;;;***
10417 \f
10418 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
10419 ;;;;;; "obsolete/fast-lock.el" (17382 34311))
10420 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/fast-lock.el
10421
10422 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
10423 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
10424 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
10425 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
10426
10427 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
10428
10429 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
10430 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
10431 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
10432
10433 Font Lock caches may be saved:
10434 - When you save the file's buffer.
10435 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
10436 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
10437 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
10438 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
10439
10440 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
10441
10442 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
10443 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
10444 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
10445 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'.
10446
10447 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10448
10449 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
10450 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode.
10451
10452 \(fn)" nil nil)
10453
10454 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
10455
10456 ;;;***
10457 \f
10458 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10459 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10460 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (17258 33756))
10461 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10462
10463 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
10464 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10465 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10466 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10467
10468 \(fn)" nil nil)
10469
10470 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
10471 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts.
10472
10473 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10474
10475 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
10476 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
10477 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10478 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10479
10480 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10481
10482 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
10483 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10484 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10485 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10486 backup file names and the like).
10487
10488 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10489
10490 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
10491 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10492 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10493 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10494 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
10495 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10496 internally by feedmail):
10497
10498 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10499 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10500 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10501 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10502
10503 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
10504 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10505 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10506 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
10507 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil.
10508
10509 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10510
10511 ;;;***
10512 \f
10513 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10514 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (17400 65127))
10515 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10516
10517 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
10518 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10519 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10520 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10521 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10522 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10523 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10524
10525 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10526
10527 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
10528 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10529 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10530 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10531 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10532 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10533 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10534
10535 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10536
10537 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
10538
10539 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
10540 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
10541 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10542 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10543 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10544 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10545
10546 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10547
10548 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
10549 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
10550 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10551 Return value:
10552 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10553 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10554 * otherwise, nil
10555
10556 \(fn E)" t nil)
10557
10558 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
10559 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10560
10561 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10562
10563 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
10564 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10565
10566 \(fn)" t nil)
10567
10568 ;;;***
10569 \f
10570 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
10571 ;;;;;; (17383 24125))
10572 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10573
10574 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
10575 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10576 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10577 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10578 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10579 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10580 \(directories) is done.
10581
10582 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10583 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10584 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10585 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10586
10587 ;;;***
10588 \f
10589 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (17383
10590 ;;;;;; 24125))
10591 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10592
10593 (autoload (quote filesets-init) "filesets" "\
10594 Filesets initialization.
10595 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10596
10597 \(fn)" nil nil)
10598
10599 ;;;***
10600 \f
10601 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
10602 ;;;;;; find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el"
10603 ;;;;;; (17383 24125))
10604 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10605
10606 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
10607 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10608 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10609 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10610 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10611
10612 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-option) "find-dired")
10613
10614 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
10615 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10616 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10617 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10618 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10619
10620 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-subdir-switches) "find-dired")
10621
10622 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
10623 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10624 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10625 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10626
10627 (custom-autoload (quote find-grep-options) "find-dired")
10628
10629 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
10630 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10631 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10632
10633 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10634
10635 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10636 as the final argument.
10637
10638 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10639
10640 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
10641 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10642 and run dired on those files.
10643 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10644 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10645
10646 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10647
10648 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10649
10650 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
10651 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10652 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10653
10654 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10655
10656 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10657
10658 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10659
10660 ;;;***
10661 \f
10662 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10663 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10664 ;;;;;; (17383 24125))
10665 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10666
10667 (defvar ff-special-constructs (quote (("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (setq fname (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))))) "\
10668 *A list of regular expressions for `ff-find-file'.
10669 Specifies how to recognize special constructs such as include files
10670 etc. and an associated method for extracting the filename from that
10671 construct.")
10672
10673 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
10674 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10675 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10676
10677 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10678
10679 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10680
10681 (defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file))
10682
10683 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
10684 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10685 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10686
10687 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10688 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10689
10690 Variables of interest include:
10691
10692 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10693 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10694 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10695
10696 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10697 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10698 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10699
10700 - `ff-ignore-include'
10701 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10702
10703 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10704 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10705
10706 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10707 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10708
10709 - `ff-special-constructs'
10710 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10711 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10712 extracting the filename from that construct.
10713
10714 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10715 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10716
10717 - `ff-search-directories'
10718 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10719 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10720
10721 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10722 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10723
10724 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10725 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10726
10727 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10728 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10729
10730 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10731 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10732
10733 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10734 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10735
10736 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10737
10738 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
10739 Visit the file you click on.
10740
10741 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10742
10743 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
10744 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10745
10746 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10747
10748 ;;;***
10749 \f
10750 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10751 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10752 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10753 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10754 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10755 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10756 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (17410 24020))
10757 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10758
10759 (autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\
10760 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
10761
10762 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10763
10764 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
10765 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10766 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10767 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10768 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10769 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10770
10771 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10772
10773 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
10774 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10775
10776 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10777 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10778 not selected.
10779
10780 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10781 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
10782 in `load-path'.
10783
10784 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10785
10786 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
10787 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10788
10789 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10790 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10791 places point before the definition.
10792 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10793
10794 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10795 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10796 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10797
10798 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10799
10800 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
10801 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10802
10803 See `find-function' for more details.
10804
10805 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10806
10807 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
10808 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10809
10810 See `find-function' for more details.
10811
10812 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10813
10814 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
10815 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10816
10817 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10818 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10819
10820 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10821 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10822
10823 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10824
10825 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
10826 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
10827
10828 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10829 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10830 places point before the definition.
10831
10832 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10833
10834 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10835 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10836 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10837
10838 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10839
10840 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
10841 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10842
10843 See `find-variable' for more details.
10844
10845 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10846
10847 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
10848 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10849
10850 See `find-variable' for more details.
10851
10852 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10853
10854 (autoload (quote find-definition-noselect) "find-func" "\
10855 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10856 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10857 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10858 buffer nor display it.
10859
10860 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10861 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10862
10863 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10864
10865 (autoload (quote find-face-definition) "find-func" "\
10866 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10867
10868 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10869 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10870 places point before the definition.
10871
10872 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10873
10874 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10875 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10876 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10877
10878 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10879
10880 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
10881 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10882 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10883
10884 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10885
10886 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
10887 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10888
10889 \(fn)" t nil)
10890
10891 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
10892 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10893
10894 \(fn)" t nil)
10895
10896 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
10897 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10898
10899 \(fn)" nil nil)
10900
10901 ;;;***
10902 \f
10903 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
10904 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (17393 12443))
10905 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10906
10907 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
10908 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10909
10910 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10911
10912 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
10913 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10914
10915 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10916
10917 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
10918 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
10919
10920 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10921
10922 ;;;***
10923 \f
10924 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
10925 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (17383 24125))
10926 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10927
10928 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
10929 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10930
10931 \(fn)" t nil)
10932
10933 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
10934 Display FILE's commentary section.
10935 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10936
10937 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10938
10939 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
10940 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10941
10942 \(fn)" t nil)
10943
10944 ;;;***
10945 \f
10946 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
10947 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (17383 24125))
10948 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10949
10950 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
10951 Toggle flow control handling.
10952 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10953 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10954
10955 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10956
10957 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
10958 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10959 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10960 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10961 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10962 to get the effect of a C-q.
10963
10964 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10965
10966 ;;;***
10967 \f
10968 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
10969 ;;;;;; (17411 39818))
10970 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10971
10972 (autoload (quote fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "\
10973 Not documented
10974
10975 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10976
10977 (autoload (quote fill-flowed) "flow-fill" "\
10978 Not documented
10979
10980 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10981
10982 ;;;***
10983 \f
10984 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
10985 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (17396 25795))
10986 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10987
10988 (autoload (quote flymake-mode) "flymake" "\
10989 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
10990 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
10991 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
10992
10993 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10994
10995 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-on) "flymake" "\
10996 Turn flymake mode on.
10997
10998 \(fn)" nil nil)
10999
11000 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-off) "flymake" "\
11001 Turn flymake mode off.
11002
11003 \(fn)" nil nil)
11004
11005 ;;;***
11006 \f
11007 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11008 ;;;;;; flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el"
11009 ;;;;;; (17426 59268))
11010 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11011
11012 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
11013 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11014
11015 \(fn)" t nil)
11016 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
11017
11018 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
11019 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
11020 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
11021 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11022 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
11023 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
11024
11025 Bindings:
11026 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11027 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11028 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11029 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11030
11031 Hooks:
11032 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
11033
11034 Remark:
11035 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11036 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
11037 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11038
11039 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11040 consider adding:
11041 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11042 in your .emacs file.
11043
11044 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11045 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11046
11047 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11048
11049 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
11050 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11051
11052 \(fn)" nil nil)
11053
11054 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
11055 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11056
11057 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11058
11059 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
11060 Flyspell whole buffer.
11061
11062 \(fn)" t nil)
11063
11064 ;;;***
11065 \f
11066 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11067 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11068 ;;;;;; (17383 24125))
11069 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11070
11071 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11072 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11073
11074 \(fn)" t nil)
11075
11076 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11077 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11078
11079 \(fn)" t nil)
11080
11081 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
11082 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
11083
11084 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
11085 of two major techniques:
11086
11087 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11088 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11089 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
11090
11091 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11092 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11093 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11094 movement commands.
11095
11096 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11097 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11098 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11099 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11100 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11101 mileage may vary).
11102
11103 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11104 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11105
11106 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
11107
11108 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
11109 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
11110 \(This is the default.)
11111
11112 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
11113 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
11114
11115 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11116 \\{follow-mode-map}
11117
11118 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
11119
11120 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
11121 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
11122
11123 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11124 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11125 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11126 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
11127 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11128 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11129
11130 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
11131 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11132 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11133
11134 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11135 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
11136 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11137
11138 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11139
11140 ;;;***
11141 \f
11142 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (17383
11143 ;;;;;; 16812))
11144 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11145
11146 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
11147 Toggle footnote minor mode.
11148 \\<message-mode-map>
11149 key binding
11150 --- -------
11151
11152 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
11153 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
11154 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
11155 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
11156 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
11157 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
11158
11159 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11160
11161 ;;;***
11162 \f
11163 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11164 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (17383 24125))
11165 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11166
11167 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
11168 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11169
11170 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11171 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11172 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11173 C-c < forms-first-record <
11174 C-c > forms-last-record >
11175 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11176 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11177 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11178 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11179 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11180 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11181 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11182 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11183 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11184 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11185
11186 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11187
11188 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
11189 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11190
11191 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11192
11193 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
11194 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11195
11196 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11197
11198 ;;;***
11199 \f
11200 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
11201 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (17358 30049))
11202 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11203
11204 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
11205 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
11206 A non-nil value specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
11207 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
11208 with a character in column 6.")
11209
11210 (custom-autoload (quote fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran")
11211
11212 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
11213 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11214 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11215
11216 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11217 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11218
11219 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11220
11221 Key definitions:
11222 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11223
11224 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11225
11226 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11227 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11228 `fortran-do-indent'
11229 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11230 `fortran-if-indent'
11231 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11232 `fortran-structure-indent'
11233 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11234 (default 3)
11235 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11236 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11237 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11238 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11239 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11240 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11241 nil don't change the indentation
11242 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11243 value of either
11244 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11245 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11246 depending on the continuation format in use.
11247 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11248 indentation for a line of code.
11249 (default 'fixed)
11250 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11251 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11252 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11253 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11254 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11255 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11256 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11257 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11258 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11259 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11260 column 5.
11261 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11262 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11263 statements (default nil).
11264 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11265 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11266 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11267 `fortran-continuation-string'
11268 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11269 line (default \"$\").
11270 `fortran-comment-region'
11271 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11272 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11273 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11274 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11275 as typed (default t).
11276 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11277 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11278
11279 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11280 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11281
11282 \(fn)" t nil)
11283
11284 ;;;***
11285 \f
11286 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11287 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (17382 1892))
11288 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11289
11290 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
11291 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11292
11293 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11294 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11295
11296 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11297
11298 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
11299 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11300
11301 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11302 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11303
11304 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11305
11306 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
11307 Compile fortune file.
11308
11309 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11310 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11311
11312 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11313
11314 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
11315 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11316
11317 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11318 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11319 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11320 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11321
11322 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11323
11324 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
11325 Display a fortune cookie.
11326
11327 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11328 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11329 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11330 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11331
11332 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11333
11334 ;;;***
11335 \f
11336 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug gdba) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
11337 ;;;;;; (17444 35371))
11338 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
11339
11340 (autoload (quote gdba) "gdb-ui" "\
11341 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11342 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11343 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11344
11345 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11346 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11347 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11348 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11349
11350 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11351 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
11352 `gdb-use-separate-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
11353 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are shown in
11354 some of the buffers.
11355
11356 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11357
11358 The following commands help control operation :
11359
11360 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11361 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11362
11363 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11364 detailed description of this mode.
11365
11366
11367 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11368 | GDB Toolbar |
11369 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11370 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11371 | | |
11372 | | |
11373 | | |
11374 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11375 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11376 | | (comint-mode) |
11377 | | |
11378 | | |
11379 | | |
11380 | | |
11381 | | |
11382 | | |
11383 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11384 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11385 | RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11386 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11387 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11388 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11389
11390 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11391
11392 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11393 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-ring'.")
11394
11395 (custom-autoload (quote gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-ui")
11396
11397 ;;;***
11398 \f
11399 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11400 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (17383
11401 ;;;;;; 16118))
11402 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11403
11404 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11405 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11406 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11407 instead (which see).")
11408
11409 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
11410 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11411
11412 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11413 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11414 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11415 documentation string instead.
11416
11417 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11418 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11419 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11420 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11421 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11422 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11423 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11424 enders are actually possible.
11425
11426 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11427 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11428
11429 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11430 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11431 `font-lock-keywords'.
11432
11433 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11434 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11435 runs the macro expansion.
11436
11437 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11438 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11439 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11440
11441 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11442
11443 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11444
11445 (autoload (quote generic-mode-internal) "generic" "\
11446 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11447
11448 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11449
11450 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
11451 Enter generic mode MODE.
11452
11453 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11454 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11455 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11456
11457 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11458 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11459
11460 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11461
11462 (autoload (quote generic-make-keywords-list) "generic" "\
11463 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11464 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11465 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11466 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11467 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11468 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11469 `font-lock-keywords'.
11470
11471 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11472
11473 ;;;***
11474 \f
11475 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11476 ;;;;;; (17405 58461))
11477 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11478
11479 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
11480 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11481 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11482 at places they belong to.
11483
11484 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11485
11486 ;;;***
11487 \f
11488 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11489 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (17426 3898))
11490 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11491
11492 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
11493 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11494
11495 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11496
11497 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
11498 Read network news.
11499 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11500 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11501 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11502 name of an NNTP server to use.
11503 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11504 server.
11505
11506 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11507
11508 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
11509 Read news as a slave.
11510
11511 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11512
11513 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
11514 Pop up a frame to read news.
11515 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11516 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11517 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11518 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11519 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11520 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11521 current display is used.
11522
11523 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11524
11525 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
11526 Read network news.
11527 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11528 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11529 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11530
11531 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11532
11533 ;;;***
11534 \f
11535 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11536 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11537 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11538 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11539 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11540 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (17440 25582))
11541 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11542
11543 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11544 Start Gnus unplugged.
11545
11546 \(fn)" t nil)
11547
11548 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11549 Start Gnus plugged.
11550
11551 \(fn)" t nil)
11552
11553 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11554 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11555
11556 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11557
11558 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
11559 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11560
11561 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11562 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11563 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11564
11565 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11566 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11567 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11568
11569 \(fn)" t nil)
11570
11571 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc) "gnus-agent" "\
11572 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11573
11574 \(fn)" nil nil)
11575
11576 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-rename-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11577 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11578 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11579 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11580 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11581 supported.
11582
11583 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11584
11585 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-delete-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11586 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11587 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11588 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11589 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11590 supported.
11591
11592 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11593
11594 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list) "gnus-agent" "\
11595 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11596
11597 \(fn)" nil nil)
11598
11599 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active) "gnus-agent" "\
11600 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11601 downloaded into the agent.
11602
11603 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11604
11605 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-find-parameter) "gnus-agent" "\
11606 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11607 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11608 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11609
11610 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11611
11612 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
11613 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11614
11615 \(fn)" t nil)
11616
11617 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\
11618 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11619
11620 \(fn)" t nil)
11621
11622 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-regenerate) "gnus-agent" "\
11623 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11624 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11625
11626 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11627
11628 ;;;***
11629 \f
11630 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11631 ;;;;;; (17437 45961))
11632 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11633
11634 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
11635 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11636
11637 \(fn)" nil nil)
11638
11639 ;;;***
11640 \f
11641 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
11642 ;;;;;; (17382 1052))
11643 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
11644
11645 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
11646 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
11647
11648 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11649
11650 ;;;***
11651 \f
11652 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11653 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11654 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (17382
11655 ;;;;;; 1052))
11656 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11657
11658 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
11659 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11660
11661 Usage:
11662 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11663
11664 \(fn)" t nil)
11665
11666 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
11667 Generate the cache active file.
11668
11669 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11670
11671 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
11672 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11673
11674 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11675
11676 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-rename-group) "gnus-cache" "\
11677 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11678 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11679 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11680 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11681 supported.
11682
11683 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11684
11685 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-delete-group) "gnus-cache" "\
11686 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11687 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11688 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11689 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11690 supported.
11691
11692 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11693
11694 ;;;***
11695 \f
11696 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11697 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (17382 1052))
11698 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11699
11700 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-article) "gnus-delay" "\
11701 Delay this article by some time.
11702 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11703
11704 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11705 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11706
11707 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11708 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11709
11710 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11711 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11712
11713 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11714
11715 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-send-queue) "gnus-delay" "\
11716 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11717
11718 \(fn)" t nil)
11719
11720 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-initialize) "gnus-delay" "\
11721 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11722 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11723 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11724
11725 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11726 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11727
11728 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11729
11730 ;;;***
11731 \f
11732 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11733 ;;;;;; (17382 1052))
11734 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11735
11736 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "\
11737 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11738
11739 \(fn)" nil nil)
11740
11741 ;;;***
11742 \f
11743 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11744 ;;;;;; (17415 62487))
11745 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11746
11747 (autoload (quote gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "\
11748 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11749
11750 \(fn)" t nil)
11751
11752 ;;;***
11753 \f
11754 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11755 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11756 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (17382
11757 ;;;;;; 1052))
11758 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11759
11760 (autoload (quote gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "\
11761 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11762
11763 \(fn)" t nil)
11764
11765 (autoload (quote gnus-insert-random-x-face-header) "gnus-fun" "\
11766 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11767
11768 \(fn)" t nil)
11769
11770 (autoload (quote gnus-x-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
11771 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11772
11773 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11774
11775 (autoload (quote gnus-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
11776 Return a Face header based on an image file.
11777
11778 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11779
11780 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-face-to-png) "gnus-fun" "\
11781 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11782 The PNG is returned as a string.
11783
11784 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
11785
11786 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-png-to-face) "gnus-fun" "\
11787 Convert FILE to a Face.
11788 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
11789 726 bytes.
11790
11791 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
11792
11793 ;;;***
11794 \f
11795 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
11796 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (17426 3898))
11797 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
11798
11799 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
11800 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
11801 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
11802
11803 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
11804
11805 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
11806 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
11807
11808 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
11809
11810 ;;;***
11811 \f
11812 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
11813 ;;;;;; (17382 1052))
11814 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
11815
11816 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
11817
11818 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
11819 Run batched scoring.
11820 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
11821
11822 \(fn)" t nil)
11823
11824 ;;;***
11825 \f
11826 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
11827 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
11828 ;;;;;; (17382 1052))
11829 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
11830
11831 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
11832 Not documented
11833
11834 \(fn)" nil nil)
11835
11836 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-insinuate) "gnus-ml" "\
11837 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
11838 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
11839
11840 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11841
11842 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
11843 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
11844
11845 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
11846
11847 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11848
11849 ;;;***
11850 \f
11851 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
11852 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
11853 ;;;;;; (17382 1052))
11854 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
11855
11856 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
11857 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
11858 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
11859 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
11860 group parameters.
11861
11862 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
11863 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
11864 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
11865 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
11866
11867 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
11868 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
11869 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
11870 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
11871 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
11872 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
11873 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
11874 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
11875 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
11876 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
11877
11878 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
11879
11880 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
11881 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
11882 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
11883 nil CATCH-ALL).
11884
11885 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
11886 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup.
11887
11888 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
11889
11890 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
11891 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11892 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
11893
11894 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods.
11895
11896 \(fn)" nil nil)
11897
11898 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
11899 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11900 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
11901
11902 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
11903
11904 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
11905 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
11906 existing groups are considered.
11907
11908 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
11909 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
11910 returned.
11911
11912 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
11913 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
11914 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
11915 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
11916 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
11917 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
11918 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
11919 clauses will be generated.
11920
11921 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
11922 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
11923 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
11924 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
11925 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
11926 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
11927
11928 For example, given the following group parameters:
11929
11930 nnml:mail.bar:
11931 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
11932 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
11933 nnml:mail.foo:
11934 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
11935 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
11936 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
11937 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
11938 nnml:mail.others:
11939 \((split-spec . catch-all))
11940
11941 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
11942
11943 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
11944 \"mail.bar\")
11945 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
11946 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
11947 \"mail.others\")
11948
11949 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
11950
11951 ;;;***
11952 \f
11953 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
11954 ;;;;;; (17382 1052))
11955 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
11956
11957 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
11958 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
11959 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
11960
11961 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
11962
11963 ;;;***
11964 \f
11965 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
11966 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (17382 1052))
11967 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
11968
11969 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
11970 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
11971 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
11972 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
11973
11974 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
11975
11976 (autoload (quote gnus-button-mailto) "gnus-msg" "\
11977 Mail to ADDRESS.
11978
11979 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
11980
11981 (autoload (quote gnus-button-reply) "gnus-msg" "\
11982 Like `message-reply'.
11983
11984 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
11985
11986 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
11987
11988 ;;;***
11989 \f
11990 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
11991 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (17426 3898))
11992 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
11993
11994 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-scan-groups) "gnus-nocem" "\
11995 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
11996
11997 \(fn)" t nil)
11998
11999 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-load-cache) "gnus-nocem" "\
12000 Load the NoCeM cache.
12001
12002 \(fn)" t nil)
12003
12004 ;;;***
12005 \f
12006 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12007 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12008 ;;;;;; (17382 1052))
12009 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12010
12011 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12012 Display picons in the From header.
12013 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12014
12015 \(fn)" t nil)
12016
12017 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-mail-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12018 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12019 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12020
12021 \(fn)" t nil)
12022
12023 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12024 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12025 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12026
12027 \(fn)" t nil)
12028
12029 ;;;***
12030 \f
12031 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12032 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12033 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12034 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12035 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (17382 1052))
12036 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12037
12038 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range" "\
12039 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12040 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12041 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12042
12043 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12044
12045 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-ndifference) "gnus-range" "\
12046 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12047 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12048 LIST1 is modified.
12049
12050 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12051
12052 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-complement) "gnus-range" "\
12053 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12054 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12055
12056 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12057
12058 (autoload (quote gnus-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12059 Not documented
12060
12061 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12062
12063 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12064 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12065 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12066
12067 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12068
12069 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-range-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12070 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12071 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12072
12073 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12074
12075 (defalias (quote gnus-set-sorted-intersection) (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection))
12076
12077 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection) "gnus-range" "\
12078 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12079 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12080
12081 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12082
12083 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-union) "gnus-range" "\
12084 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12085 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12086
12087 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12088
12089 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nunion) "gnus-range" "\
12090 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12091 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12092
12093 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12094
12095 (autoload (quote gnus-add-to-sorted-list) "gnus-range" "\
12096 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12097
12098 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12099
12100 ;;;***
12101 \f
12102 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12103 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (17382 1052))
12104 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12105
12106 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-initialize) "gnus-registry" "\
12107 Not documented
12108
12109 \(fn)" t nil)
12110
12111 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-install-hooks) "gnus-registry" "\
12112 Install the registry hooks.
12113
12114 \(fn)" t nil)
12115
12116 ;;;***
12117 \f
12118 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12119 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (17382
12120 ;;;;;; 1052))
12121 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12122
12123 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "\
12124 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12125 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12126 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12127 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12128 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12129
12130 \(fn)" t nil)
12131
12132 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-generate) "gnus-sieve" "\
12133 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12134 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12135 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12136 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12137
12138 \(fn)" t nil)
12139
12140 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-article-add-rule) "gnus-sieve" "\
12141 Not documented
12142
12143 \(fn)" t nil)
12144
12145 ;;;***
12146 \f
12147 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
12148 ;;;;;; (17382 1052))
12149 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
12150
12151 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
12152 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
12153 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
12154 for matching on group names.
12155
12156 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
12157 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
12158
12159 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
12160
12161 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
12162
12163 \(fn)" t nil)
12164
12165 ;;;***
12166 \f
12167 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12168 ;;;;;; (17382 1052))
12169 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12170
12171 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
12172 Update the format specification near point.
12173
12174 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12175
12176 ;;;***
12177 \f
12178 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
12179 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (17426
12180 ;;;;;; 3898))
12181 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12182
12183 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
12184 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12185
12186 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12187
12188 (autoload (quote gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news) "gnus-start" "\
12189 Not documented
12190
12191 \(fn)" nil nil)
12192
12193 ;;;***
12194 \f
12195 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12196 ;;;;;; (17382 1052))
12197 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12198
12199 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
12200 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12201
12202 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12203
12204 ;;;***
12205 \f
12206 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (17382 1892))
12207 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12208
12209 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
12210 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12211
12212 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
12213 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12214 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12215
12216 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12217 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12218 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12219
12220 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12221 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12222
12223 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12224 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12225
12226 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12227
12228 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12229
12230 ;;;***
12231 \f
12232 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr"
12233 ;;;;;; "net/goto-addr.el" (17383 13296))
12234 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12235
12236 (define-obsolete-function-alias (quote goto-address-at-mouse) (quote goto-address-at-point) "22.1")
12237
12238 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
12239 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12240 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12241 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12242 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12243
12244 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12245
12246 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
12247 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12248 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12249 or to send e-mail.
12250 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12251 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12252
12253 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12254 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12255
12256 \(fn)" t nil)
12257
12258 ;;;***
12259 \f
12260 ;;;### (autoloads (grep-tree grep-find grep-mode grep grep-compute-defaults
12261 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12262 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (17432 38016))
12263 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12264
12265 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12266 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12267
12268 (custom-autoload (quote grep-window-height) "grep")
12269
12270 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12271 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12272 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12273 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12274 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12275
12276 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12277 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12278
12279 (custom-autoload (quote grep-command) "grep")
12280
12281 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12282 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12283 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12284 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12285
12286 (custom-autoload (quote grep-find-command) "grep")
12287
12288 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12289 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12290
12291 (custom-autoload (quote grep-setup-hook) "grep")
12292
12293 (defvar grep-regexp-alist (quote (("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1))) "\
12294 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12295
12296 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
12297 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12298 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12299
12300 (defvar find-program "find" "\
12301 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12302 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12303
12304 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12305 Whether \\[grep-find] uses the `xargs' utility by default.
12306
12307 If nil, it uses `find -exec'; if `gnu', it uses `find -print0' and `xargs -0';
12308 if not nil and not `gnu', it uses `find -print' and `xargs'.
12309
12310 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12311
12312 (defvar grep-history nil)
12313
12314 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
12315
12316 (autoload (quote grep-process-setup) "grep" "\
12317 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12318 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12319
12320 \(fn)" nil nil)
12321
12322 (autoload (quote grep-compute-defaults) "grep" "\
12323 Not documented
12324
12325 \(fn)" nil nil)
12326
12327 (autoload (quote grep) "grep" "\
12328 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12329 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12330 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
12331 where grep found matches.
12332
12333 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
12334 easily repeat a grep command.
12335
12336 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12337 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12338 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
12339 if that history list is empty).
12340
12341 If specified, optional second arg HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is the regexp to
12342 temporarily highlight in visited source lines.
12343
12344 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS &optional HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" t nil)
12345
12346 (autoload (quote grep-mode) "grep" "\
12347 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12348
12349 \(fn)" nil nil)
12350
12351 (autoload (quote grep-find) "grep" "\
12352 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12353 Collect output in a buffer.
12354 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12355 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12356
12357 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12358 easily repeat a find command.
12359
12360 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12361
12362 (defalias (quote find-grep) (quote grep-find))
12363
12364 (autoload (quote grep-tree) "grep" "\
12365 Grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12366 Collect output in a buffer.
12367 Interactively, prompt separately for each search parameter.
12368 With prefix arg, reuse previous REGEXP.
12369 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12370 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-tree-files-aliases', e.g.
12371 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12372
12373 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12374 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12375
12376 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12377 easily repeat a find command.
12378
12379 When used non-interactively, optional arg SUBDIRS limits the search to
12380 those sub directories of DIR.
12381
12382 \(fn REGEXP FILES DIR &optional SUBDIRS)" t nil)
12383
12384 ;;;***
12385 \f
12386 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (17383 24126))
12387 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12388
12389 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
12390 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12391 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12392 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12393 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12394
12395 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12396
12397 ;;;***
12398 \f
12399 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode bashdb jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx
12400 ;;;;;; sdb gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (17446 52773))
12401 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12402
12403 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
12404 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12405 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12406 directory and source-file directory for your debugger. By
12407 default this command starts GDB using a graphical interface. See
12408 `gdba' for more information.
12409
12410 To run GDB in text command mode, set `gud-gdb-command-name' to
12411 \"gdb --fullname\" and include the pathname, if necessary.
12412
12413 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12414
12415 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
12416 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12417 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12418 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12419
12420 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12421
12422 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
12423 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12424 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12425 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12426
12427 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12428
12429 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
12430 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12431 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12432 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12433
12434 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12435 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12436
12437 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12438
12439 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
12440 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12441 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12442 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12443
12444 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12445
12446 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
12447 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12448 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12449 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12450
12451 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12452
12453 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
12454 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12455 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12456 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12457 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12458
12459 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12460 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12461 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12462 original source file access method.
12463
12464 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12465 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12466
12467 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12468
12469 (autoload (quote bashdb) "gud" "\
12470 Run bashdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12471 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12472 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12473
12474 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12475 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
12476
12477 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("/\\.gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode)))
12478
12479 (autoload (quote gdb-script-mode) "gud" "\
12480 Major mode for editing GDB scripts
12481
12482 \(fn)" t nil)
12483
12484 ;;;***
12485 \f
12486 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (17382
12487 ;;;;;; 1892))
12488 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12489
12490 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
12491 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12492 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12493 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12494
12495 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12496 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12497 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12498 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12499
12500 \(fn)" t nil)
12501
12502 ;;;***
12503 \f
12504 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12505 ;;;;;; (17075 55477))
12506 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12507
12508 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
12509 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12510
12511 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12512
12513 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
12514 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12515 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12516 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12517
12518 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12519
12520 \(fn)" t nil)
12521
12522 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
12523 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12524 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12525 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12526 to be updated.
12527
12528 \(fn)" t nil)
12529
12530 ;;;***
12531 \f
12532 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12533 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12534 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12535 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (17383 24126))
12536 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12537
12538 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12539 Return the help-echo string at point.
12540 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12541 property, or nil, is returned.
12542 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12543 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12544 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12545
12546 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12547
12548 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-kbd-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12549 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12550 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12551 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If
12552 this produces no string either, return nil.
12553
12554 \(fn)" nil nil)
12555
12556 (autoload (quote display-local-help) "help-at-pt" "\
12557 Display local help in the echo area.
12558 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12559 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12560 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12561 printed instead.
12562
12563 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12564 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12565 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12566
12567 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12568
12569 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-cancel-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12570 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12571 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12572
12573 \(fn)" t nil)
12574
12575 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-set-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12576 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12577 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12578
12579 \(fn)" t nil)
12580
12581 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle (quote never) "\
12582 *Automatically show local help on point-over.
12583 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12584 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12585 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12586 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12587 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12588 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12589 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12590 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12591 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12592
12593 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12594 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12595 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12596 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12597 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12598
12599 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12600 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12601 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12602 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12603 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12604 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12605 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12606 The default is `never'.")
12607
12608 (custom-autoload (quote help-at-pt-display-when-idle) "help-at-pt")
12609
12610 (autoload (quote scan-buf-move-to-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12611 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12612 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12613 hook.variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12614 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12615 considered different regions.
12616
12617 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12618 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12619 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12620 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12621 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12622 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12623 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12624 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12625 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12626
12627 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
12628
12629 (autoload (quote scan-buf-next-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12630 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12631 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12632 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12633 different regions.
12634
12635 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12636 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12637 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12638 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12639 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12640 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12641 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12642 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12643
12644 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12645 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12646 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12647 rarely happens in practice.
12648
12649 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12650
12651 (autoload (quote scan-buf-previous-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12652 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12653 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12654 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12655 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12656 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
12657
12658 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12659
12660 ;;;***
12661 \f
12662 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
12663 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-simplify-lib-file-name
12664 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function help-with-tutorial) "help-fns"
12665 ;;;;;; "help-fns.el" (17399 44613))
12666 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
12667
12668 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "\
12669 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
12670 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
12671 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
12672 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
12673 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
12674
12675 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12676
12677 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
12678 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
12679
12680 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
12681
12682 (autoload (quote help-C-file-name) "help-fns" "\
12683 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
12684 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
12685
12686 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
12687
12688 (autoload (quote describe-simplify-lib-file-name) "help-fns" "\
12689 Simplify a library name FILE to a relative name, and make it a source file.
12690
12691 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12692
12693 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\
12694 Not documented
12695
12696 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
12697
12698 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
12699 Return the bound variable symbol found around point.
12700 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
12701 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
12702
12703 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12704
12705 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
12706 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
12707 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
12708 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer),
12709 it is displayed along with the global value.
12710
12711 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12712
12713 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
12714 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
12715 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
12716 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
12717
12718 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12719
12720 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
12721 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
12722 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
12723 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
12724 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
12725
12726 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12727
12728 ;;;***
12729 \f
12730 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
12731 ;;;;;; (17383 24126))
12732 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
12733
12734 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
12735 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
12736 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
12737 and window listing and describing the options.
12738 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
12739 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
12740
12741 (custom-autoload (quote three-step-help) "help-macro")
12742
12743 ;;;***
12744 \f
12745 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
12746 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
12747 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (17437 64109))
12748 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
12749
12750 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
12751 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
12752 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
12753 Commands:
12754 \\{help-mode-map}
12755
12756 \(fn)" t nil)
12757
12758 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\
12759 Not documented
12760
12761 \(fn)" nil nil)
12762
12763 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\
12764 Not documented
12765
12766 \(fn)" nil nil)
12767
12768 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
12769 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
12770
12771 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
12772 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
12773 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
12774 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
12775
12776 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
12777 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
12778 restore it properly when going back.
12779
12780 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
12781
12782 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
12783 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
12784
12785 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
12786 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
12787 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
12788 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
12789 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
12790 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
12791 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
12792 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
12793
12794 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
12795 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
12796 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
12797 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
12798
12799 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
12800 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
12801 that.
12802
12803 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12804
12805 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
12806 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
12807 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
12808 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
12809 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12810 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12811
12812 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12813
12814 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
12815 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
12816 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
12817 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12818 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12819
12820 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12821
12822 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
12823 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
12824
12825 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
12826
12827 ;;;***
12828 \f
12829 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
12830 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (17383 16118))
12831 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
12832
12833 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
12834 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
12835
12836 \(fn)" t nil)
12837
12838 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
12839 Provide help for current mode.
12840
12841 \(fn)" t nil)
12842
12843 ;;;***
12844 \f
12845 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
12846 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (17383 24126))
12847 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
12848
12849 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
12850 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
12851 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
12852 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
12853 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
12854
12855 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
12856 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
12857
12858 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
12859 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
12860 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
12861 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
12862
12863 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
12864 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
12865 periods.
12866
12867 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
12868 in hexl format.
12869
12870 A sample format:
12871
12872 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
12873 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
12874 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
12875 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
12876 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
12877 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
12878 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
12879 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
12880 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
12881 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
12882 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
12883 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
12884 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
12885 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
12886 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
12887
12888 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
12889 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
12890 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
12891
12892 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
12893 also supported.
12894
12895 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
12896
12897 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
12898 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
12899 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
12900
12901 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
12902 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
12903 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
12904
12905 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
12906 into the buffer at the current point.
12907
12908 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
12909 into the buffer at the current point.
12910
12911 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
12912 into the buffer at the current point.
12913
12914 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
12915
12916 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
12917 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
12918
12919 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
12920
12921 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
12922
12923 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12924
12925 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
12926 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
12927 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists.
12928
12929 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
12930
12931 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
12932 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
12933 This discards the buffer's undo information.
12934
12935 \(fn)" t nil)
12936
12937 ;;;***
12938 \f
12939 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
12940 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
12941 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
12942 ;;;;;; (17383 24126))
12943 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
12944
12945 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
12946 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
12947
12948 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
12949 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
12950 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
12951 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
12952 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
12953 called interactively, are:
12954
12955 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12956 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12957
12958 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
12959 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
12960 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
12961 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
12962
12963 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12964 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12965
12966 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
12967 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
12968
12969 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
12970 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
12971 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
12972 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
12973 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
12974 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
12975
12976 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
12977 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
12978
12979 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
12980 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
12981 Hi-lock: FOO
12982 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
12983 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
12984 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
12985 Patterns will be read until
12986 Hi-lock: end
12987 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
12988
12989 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12990
12991 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
12992 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
12993 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12994 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12995 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
12996
12997 (custom-autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock")
12998
12999 (put (quote global-hi-lock-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
13000
13001 (autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13002 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every buffer.
13003 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13004 Hi-Lock mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
13005 in which `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' turns it on.
13006
13007 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13008
13009 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
13010
13011 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13012 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13013
13014 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13015 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13016 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13017 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13018
13019 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13020
13021 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
13022
13023 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13024 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13025
13026 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13027 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13028 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13029 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13030
13031 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13032
13033 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
13034
13035 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13036 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13037
13038 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13039 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13040
13041 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13042
13043 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
13044
13045 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13046 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13047
13048 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13049 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13050 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13051 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13052 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13053
13054 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13055
13056 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
13057 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13058
13059 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13060 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13061 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13062
13063 \(fn)" t nil)
13064
13065 ;;;***
13066 \f
13067 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
13068 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (17388 22062))
13069 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13070
13071 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
13072 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
13073 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13074 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
13075 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
13076 how the hiding is done:
13077
13078 `hide-ifdef-env'
13079 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13080 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13081 is used.
13082
13083 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13084 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13085 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13086 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13087 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13088
13089 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13090 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13091 #endif lines when hiding.
13092
13093 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13094 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13095 is activated.
13096
13097 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13098 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13099 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13100
13101 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13102
13103 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13104
13105 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
13106 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
13107
13108 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-initially) "hideif")
13109
13110 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
13111 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
13112
13113 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-read-only) "hideif")
13114
13115 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
13116 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
13117
13118 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-lines) "hideif")
13119
13120 ;;;***
13121 \f
13122 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13123 ;;;;;; (17388 22062))
13124 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13125
13126 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
13127 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13128 Each element has the form
13129 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13130
13131 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13132 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13133
13134 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13135 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13136
13137 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13138 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13139 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13140 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13141 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13142 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13143
13144 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13145 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13146
13147 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13148 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13149
13150 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13151 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13152 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13153
13154 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
13155 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
13156 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13157 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13158 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13159 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13160
13161 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13162 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13163 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13164
13165 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13166 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13167
13168 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13169
13170 Key bindings:
13171 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13172
13173 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13174
13175 ;;;***
13176 \f
13177 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
13178 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13179 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13180 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
13181 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (17387 44422))
13182 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13183
13184 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
13185 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13186 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13187
13188 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13189
13190 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
13191 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
13192
13193 Without an argument:
13194 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
13195 or passive state as determined by the variable
13196 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
13197 and passive state.
13198
13199 With an argument ARG:
13200 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
13201 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
13202 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
13203
13204 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
13205 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
13206 not displayed in a different face.
13207
13208 Functions:
13209 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13210 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13211 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13212 buffer with the contents of a file
13213 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13214 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
13215 various faces
13216
13217 Hook variables:
13218 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode
13219 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
13220 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode
13221
13222 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13223
13224 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13225 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13226
13227 \(fn)" t nil)
13228
13229 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13230 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13231
13232 \(fn)" t nil)
13233
13234 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
13235 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
13236
13237 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13238 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13239 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13240 shown in the last face in the list.
13241
13242 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13243 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13244 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13245
13246 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13247
13248 \(fn)" t nil)
13249
13250 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-buffers) "hilit-chg" "\
13251 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13252
13253 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13254
13255 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13256 to save the file.
13257
13258 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13259 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13260
13261 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13262 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13263 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13264
13265 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13266
13267 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
13268 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13269
13270 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13271 this function is called interactively.
13272
13273 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13274 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13275 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13276
13277 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13278 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13279 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13280
13281 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13282
13283 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
13284 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
13285
13286 When called interactively:
13287 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
13288 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
13289 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
13290 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
13291
13292 When called from a program:
13293 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
13294 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
13295 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
13296 - otherwise just turn it on
13297
13298 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
13299 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
13300 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
13301 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
13302
13303 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13304
13305 ;;;***
13306 \f
13307 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13308 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13309 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13310 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13311 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (17383 24126))
13312 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13313
13314 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
13315 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13316 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13317 or insert functions in this list.")
13318
13319 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp")
13320
13321 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13322 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13323
13324 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp")
13325
13326 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13327 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13328
13329 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space) "hippie-exp")
13330
13331 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13332 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13333
13334 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol) "hippie-exp")
13335
13336 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13337 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13338
13339 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-no-restriction) "hippie-exp")
13340
13341 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13342 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13343 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13344
13345 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-max-buffers) "hippie-exp")
13346
13347 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
13348 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13349 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13350 \(as atoms)")
13351
13352 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-ignore-buffers) "hippie-exp")
13353
13354 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13355 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13356 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13357 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13358 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13359
13360 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-only-buffers) "hippie-exp")
13361
13362 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
13363 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13364 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13365 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13366 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13367 expansions.
13368 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13369 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13370 undoes the expansion.
13371
13372 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13373
13374 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
13375 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13376 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13377 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13378
13379 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13380
13381 ;;;***
13382 \f
13383 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13384 ;;;;;; (17363 41687))
13385 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13386
13387 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13388 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13389 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13390
13391 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13392 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13393 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13394 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13395 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13396
13397 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13398 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13399 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13400 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13401
13402 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13403
13404 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13405 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13406 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13407 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13408 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13409
13410 (custom-autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line")
13411
13412 (put (quote global-hl-line-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
13413
13414 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13415 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13416 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13417
13418 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13419 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13420
13421 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13422
13423 ;;;***
13424 \f
13425 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
13426 ;;;;;; (17426 49056))
13427 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13428
13429 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
13430 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13431 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
13432
13433 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13434
13435 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13436
13437 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
13438 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13439
13440 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'.
13441 If you want to control what holidays are displayed, use a
13442 different list. For example,
13443
13444 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13445 (append general-holidays local-holidays other-holidays))
13446
13447 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the 3
13448 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13449
13450 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13451 holidays, based on the variables `solar-holidays' etc. See the
13452 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13453 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13454 of a holiday list.
13455
13456 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13457
13458 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
13459
13460 ;;;***
13461 \f
13462 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
13463 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (17382 34311))
13464 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
13465
13466 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
13467 This function is obsolete.
13468 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
13469 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
13470
13471 \(fn)" nil nil)
13472
13473 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
13474 This function is obsolete.
13475 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
13476 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
13477
13478 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13479
13480 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
13481 This function is obsolete.
13482 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
13483 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
13484
13485 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13486
13487 ;;;***
13488 \f
13489 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (17396
13490 ;;;;;; 25556))
13491 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13492
13493 (autoload (quote html2text) "html2text" "\
13494 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13495
13496 \(fn)" t nil)
13497
13498 ;;;***
13499 \f
13500 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
13501 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers
13502 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-help-buffers ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers
13503 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers
13504 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp
13505 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
13506 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
13507 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
13508 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
13509 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
13510 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
13511 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
13512 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
13513 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
13514 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
13515 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
13516 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
13517 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
13518 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
13519 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
13520 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
13521 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
13522 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (17442 18621))
13523 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
13524
13525 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13526 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
13527 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
13528
13529 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13530
13531 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13532 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
13533
13534 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13535
13536 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13537 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
13538
13539 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
13540
13541 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13542 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
13543
13544 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13545
13546 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13547 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
13548
13549 \(fn)" t nil)
13550
13551 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13552 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13553
13554 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13555
13556 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13557 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13558
13559 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13560 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext")
13561 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext")
13562 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext")
13563 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext")
13564 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext")
13565 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext")
13566 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext")
13567 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13568 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext")
13569 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13570 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext")
13571
13572 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\
13573 Not documented
13574
13575 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
13576
13577 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13578 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
13579
13580 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13581
13582 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13583 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
13584
13585 \(fn)" t nil)
13586
13587 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13588 Remove the first filter group.
13589
13590 \(fn)" t nil)
13591
13592 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13593 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
13594
13595 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
13596
13597 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13598 Remove all filter groups.
13599
13600 \(fn)" t nil)
13601
13602 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13603 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
13604
13605 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13606
13607 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13608 Kill the filter group named NAME.
13609 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
13610
13611 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13612
13613 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
13614 Kill the filter group at point.
13615 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
13616
13617 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
13618
13619 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
13620 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
13621
13622 \(fn)" t nil)
13623
13624 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13625 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
13626
13627 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13628
13629 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13630 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
13631 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
13632 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
13633
13634 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
13635
13636 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13637 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
13638 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
13639
13640 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13641
13642 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13643 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
13644 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
13645 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
13646 of replacing the current filters.
13647
13648 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13649
13650 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
13651 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
13652
13653 \(fn)" t nil)
13654
13655 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13656 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
13657
13658 \(fn)" t nil)
13659
13660 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13661 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
13662
13663 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
13664 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
13665 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
13666
13667 \(fn)" t nil)
13668
13669 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13670 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
13671
13672 \(fn)" t nil)
13673
13674 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13675 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
13676
13677 \(fn)" t nil)
13678
13679 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13680 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
13681 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
13682 filter into parts.
13683
13684 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
13685
13686 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13687 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13688 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
13689
13690 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
13691
13692 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13693 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13694
13695 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13696
13697 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13698 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
13699
13700 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13701
13702 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13703 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13704 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
13705 of replacing the current filters.
13706
13707 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13708 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext")
13709 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext")
13710 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext")
13711 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext")
13712 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext")
13713 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext")
13714 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext")
13715 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext")
13716
13717 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13718 Toggle the current sorting mode.
13719 Default sorting modes are:
13720 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
13721 Name - the name of the buffer
13722 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
13723 Size - the size of the buffer
13724
13725 \(fn)" t nil)
13726
13727 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
13728 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
13729
13730 \(fn)" t nil)
13731 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext")
13732 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext")
13733 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext")
13734 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext")
13735
13736 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
13737 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
13738
13739 \(fn)" t nil)
13740
13741 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
13742 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
13743 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
13744 for this Ibuffer session.
13745
13746 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13747
13748 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
13749 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
13750 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
13751 for this Ibuffer session.
13752
13753 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13754
13755 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
13756 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
13757
13758 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
13759 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
13760
13761 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
13762 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
13763
13764 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
13765
13766 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
13767 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
13768
13769 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
13770 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
13771
13772 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
13773
13774 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
13775 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
13776
13777 \(fn)" t nil)
13778
13779 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
13780 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
13781
13782 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
13783 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
13784 hidden group filter, open it.
13785
13786 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
13787 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
13788 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
13789
13790 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13791
13792 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
13793 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
13794 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
13795
13796 \(fn)" t nil)
13797
13798 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
13799 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
13800
13801 The names are separated by a space.
13802 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
13803
13804 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
13805 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
13806 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
13807 to `ibuffer-default-directory' iff non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
13808
13809 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
13810
13811 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13812
13813 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
13814 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
13815
13816 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13817
13818 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
13819 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
13820
13821 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13822
13823 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
13824 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
13825
13826 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13827
13828 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13829 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
13830
13831 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
13832
13833 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13834 Mark all modified buffers.
13835
13836 \(fn)" t nil)
13837
13838 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13839 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
13840
13841 \(fn)" t nil)
13842
13843 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13844 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
13845
13846 \(fn)" t nil)
13847
13848 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13849 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
13850
13851 \(fn)" t nil)
13852
13853 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13854 Mark buffers whose associated file is compressed.
13855
13856 \(fn)" t nil)
13857
13858 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13859 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days.
13860
13861 \(fn)" t nil)
13862
13863 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13864 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
13865
13866 \(fn)" t nil)
13867
13868 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13869 Mark all read-only buffers.
13870
13871 \(fn)" t nil)
13872
13873 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13874 Mark all `dired' buffers.
13875
13876 \(fn)" t nil)
13877
13878 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
13879 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
13880 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
13881 defaults to one.
13882
13883 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
13884
13885 ;;;***
13886 \f
13887 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
13888 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (17383
13889 ;;;;;; 24126))
13890 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
13891
13892 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
13893 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
13894
13895 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
13896 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
13897 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
13898
13899 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
13900 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
13901 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
13902 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
13903 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
13904 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
13905
13906 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
13907 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
13908 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
13909 change its definition, you should explicitly call
13910 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
13911
13912 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13913
13914 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
13915 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
13916 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
13917 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
13918 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
13919
13920 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
13921 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
13922 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
13923
13924 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13925
13926 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
13927 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
13928 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
13929 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
13930 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
13931 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
13932
13933 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
13934 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
13935 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
13936 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
13937 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
13938 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
13939 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
13940 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
13941 values are:
13942 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
13943 t - the function it always modifies buffers
13944 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
13945 buffer's modification flag.
13946 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
13947 prompted before performing this operation.
13948 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
13949 operation is complete, in the form:
13950 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
13951 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
13952 confirmation message, in the form:
13953 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
13954 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
13955 macro for exactly what it does.
13956
13957 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13958
13959 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
13960 Define a filter named NAME.
13961 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
13962 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
13963 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
13964
13965 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
13966 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
13967 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
13968 bound to the current value of the filter.
13969
13970 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13971
13972 ;;;***
13973 \f
13974 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
13975 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (17378 33493))
13976 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
13977
13978 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
13979 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
13980 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13981 buffers which are visiting a file.
13982
13983 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
13984
13985 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
13986 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
13987 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13988 buffers which are visiting a file.
13989
13990 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
13991
13992 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
13993 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
13994 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
13995
13996 All arguments are optional.
13997 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
13998 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
13999 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14000 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14001 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14002 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14003 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14004 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14005 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14006 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14007 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14008 that value locally in this buffer.
14009
14010 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14011
14012 ;;;***
14013 \f
14014 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14015 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14016 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (17397 11797))
14017 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14018
14019 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-file) "icalendar" "\
14020 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14021 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14022 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14023
14024 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14025
14026 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-region) "icalendar" "\
14027 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14028 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14029 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14030 ICAL-FILENAME.
14031 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14032 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14033 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14034
14035 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14036
14037 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-file) "icalendar" "\
14038 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14039 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14040 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14041 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14042 non-marking or not.
14043
14044 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14045
14046 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-buffer) "icalendar" "\
14047 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14048
14049 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14050 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14051 DIARY-FILE.
14052
14053 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14054 when DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14055 DO-NOT-ASK is set to t, so that you are asked fore each event.
14056
14057 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14058 non-marking.
14059
14060 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14061 means that an error has occured. Error messages will be in the
14062 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14063
14064 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14065
14066 ;;;***
14067 \f
14068 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (17398
14069 ;;;;;; 17947))
14070 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14071
14072 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14073 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14074 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14075 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14076 use either \\[customize] or the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14077
14078 (custom-autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete")
14079
14080 (put (quote icomplete-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
14081
14082 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
14083 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
14084 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive.
14085
14086 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14087
14088 ;;;***
14089 \f
14090 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (17388 22062))
14091 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14092
14093 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
14094 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14095 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14096 Tab indents for Icon code.
14097 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14098 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14099 \\{icon-mode-map}
14100 Variables controlling indentation style:
14101 icon-tab-always-indent
14102 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14103 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14104 icon-auto-newline
14105 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14106 inserted in Icon code.
14107 icon-indent-level
14108 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14109 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14110 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14111 icon-continued-statement-offset
14112 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14113 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14114 icon-continued-brace-offset
14115 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14116 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14117 icon-brace-offset
14118 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14119 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14120 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14121 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14122
14123 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14124 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14125
14126 \(fn)" t nil)
14127
14128 ;;;***
14129 \f
14130 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14131 ;;;;;; (17388 22062))
14132 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14133
14134 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
14135 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14136 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14137 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14138
14139 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14140 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14141 separate frames.
14142
14143 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14144 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14145
14146 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14147 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14148 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14149
14150 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14151
14152 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14153
14154 ;;;***
14155 \f
14156 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14157 ;;;;;; (17388 22062))
14158 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14159
14160 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
14161 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 5.7_22).
14162
14163 The main features of this mode are
14164
14165 1. Indentation and Formatting
14166 --------------------------
14167 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14168 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14169
14170 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14171 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14172 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14173 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14174
14175 Comments are indented as follows:
14176
14177 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14178 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14179 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14180
14181 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14182
14183 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14184 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14185 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14186 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14187 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14188 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14189
14190 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14191 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14192 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14193 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14194
14195 2. Routine Info
14196 ------------
14197 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14198 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14199 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14200 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14201 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14202 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14203 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14204 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14205 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14206 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14207
14208 3. Online IDL Help
14209 ---------------
14210 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14211 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single
14212 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. The
14213 HTML help files package must be installed for this to work -- check
14214 the IDLWAVE webpage for the correct package for your version. See
14215 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14216
14217 4. Completion
14218 ----------
14219 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14220 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14221 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14222 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14223 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14224 upper case.
14225
14226 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14227 --------------------------------
14228 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14229 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
14230
14231 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14232 \\fu FUNCTION template
14233 \\c CASE statement template
14234 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14235 \\f FOR loop template
14236 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14237 \\w WHILE loop template
14238 \\i IF statement template
14239 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14240 \\b BEGIN
14241
14242 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14243 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14244
14245 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14246 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14247 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14248 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14249
14250 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14251 -------------------------
14252 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14253 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14254
14255 7. Automatic END completion
14256 ------------------------
14257 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14258 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14259
14260 8. Hooks
14261 -----
14262 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14263 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14264
14265 9. Documentation and Customization
14266 -------------------------------
14267 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14268 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14269 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14270 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
14271 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14272
14273 10.Keybindings
14274 -----------
14275 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14276 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14277 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14278
14279 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14280
14281 \(fn)" t nil)
14282 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[Pp][Rr][Oo]\\'" . idlwave-mode))
14283
14284 ;;;***
14285 \f
14286 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14287 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14288 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14289 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14290 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14291 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14292 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14293 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (17435
14294 ;;;;;; 26372))
14295 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14296
14297 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14298 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14299 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14300 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14301 displaying...)
14302 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14303 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14304 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14305
14306 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14307 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14308
14309 (custom-autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido")
14310
14311 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
14312 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
14313 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14314 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14315 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14316 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14317 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14318 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14319 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14320
14321 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14322
14323 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
14324 Switch to another buffer.
14325 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14326 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14327 in another frame.
14328
14329 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14330 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14331 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14332 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14333 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14334
14335 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14336 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14337
14338 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14339 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14340
14341 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14342 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14343 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14344 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14345 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14346 in a separate window.
14347 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14348 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14349 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14350 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14351 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14352 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14353 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into ido-find-file.
14354 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14355 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14356
14357 \(fn)" t nil)
14358
14359 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
14360 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14361 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14362 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14363
14364 \(fn)" t nil)
14365
14366 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
14367 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14368 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14369 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14370
14371 \(fn)" t nil)
14372
14373 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
14374 Kill a buffer.
14375 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14376 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14377
14378 \(fn)" t nil)
14379
14380 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
14381 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14382 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14383 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14384
14385 \(fn)" t nil)
14386
14387 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
14388 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14389 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14390 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14391
14392 \(fn)" t nil)
14393
14394 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
14395 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14396
14397 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14398
14399 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
14400 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14401 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14402 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14403 visible in another frame.
14404
14405 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14406 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14407 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14408 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14409 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14410 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14411
14412 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14413 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14414
14415 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14416 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14417
14418 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14419 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14420 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14421 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14422 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14423 in a separate window.
14424 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14425 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14426 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14427 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14428 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14429 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14430 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14431 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14432 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14433 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14434 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14435 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14436 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14437 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14438 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14439
14440 \(fn)" t nil)
14441
14442 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
14443 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14444 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14445 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14446
14447 \(fn)" t nil)
14448
14449 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
14450 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14451 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14452 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14453
14454 \(fn)" t nil)
14455
14456 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
14457 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14458 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14459 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14460
14461 \(fn)" t nil)
14462
14463 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
14464 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14465 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14466 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14467
14468 \(fn)" t nil)
14469
14470 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
14471 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14472 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14473 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14474
14475 \(fn)" t nil)
14476
14477 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
14478 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14479 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14480 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14481
14482 \(fn)" t nil)
14483
14484 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
14485 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14486 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14487 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14488
14489 \(fn)" t nil)
14490
14491 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
14492 Write current buffer to a file.
14493 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14494 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14495
14496 \(fn)" t nil)
14497
14498 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
14499 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14500 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14501 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14502
14503 \(fn)" t nil)
14504
14505 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
14506 Call dired the ido way.
14507 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14508 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14509
14510 \(fn)" t nil)
14511
14512 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
14513 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14514 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14515 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14516 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14517 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14518
14519 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14520
14521 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
14522 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14523 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14524 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14525
14526 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14527
14528 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
14529 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14530 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14531 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14532
14533 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14534
14535 (autoload (quote ido-completing-read) "ido" "\
14536 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14537 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14538 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14539 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14540 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
14541 with `completing-read'.
14542 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14543 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14544 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14545 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14546 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14547 with point positioned at the end.
14548 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14549 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14550
14551 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
14552
14553 ;;;***
14554 \f
14555 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (17383 24126))
14556 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14557 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
14558
14559 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
14560 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14561 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14562
14563 \(fn)" t nil)
14564
14565 ;;;***
14566 \f
14567 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
14568 ;;;;;; (17383 24126))
14569 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14570
14571 (autoload (quote turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14572 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
14573
14574 \(fn)" t nil)
14575
14576 (autoload (quote iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14577 Toggle inline image minor mode.
14578
14579 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14580
14581 ;;;***
14582 \f
14583 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
14584 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-available-p
14585 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-name image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-buffer
14586 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (17437 41119))
14587 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14588
14589 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
14590 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14591 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14592 be determined.
14593
14594 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14595
14596 (autoload (quote image-type-from-buffer) "image" "\
14597 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14598 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14599 be determined.
14600
14601 \(fn)" nil nil)
14602
14603 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
14604 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14605 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14606 be determined.
14607
14608 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14609
14610 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-name) "image" "\
14611 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14612 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14613 be determined.
14614
14615 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14616
14617 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
14618 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14619 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14620
14621 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14622
14623 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
14624 Create an image.
14625 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14626 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14627 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14628 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14629 use its file extension as image type.
14630 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14631 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14632 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14633 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14634
14635 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14636
14637 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14638
14639 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
14640 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14641 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14642 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14643 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14644 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14645 POS may be an integer or marker.
14646 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14647 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14648 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14649 means display it in the right marginal area.
14650
14651 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14652
14653 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
14654 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14655 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14656 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14657 defaulted if you omit it.
14658 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14659 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14660 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14661 means display it in the right marginal area.
14662 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14663 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14664 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14665 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14666 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14667
14668 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14669
14670 (autoload (quote insert-sliced-image) "image" "\
14671 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14672 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14673 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14674 defaulted if you omit it.
14675 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14676 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14677 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14678 means display it in the right marginal area.
14679 The image is automatically split into ROW x COLS slices.
14680
14681 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14682
14683 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
14684 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14685 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14686 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14687
14688 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14689
14690 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
14691 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14692
14693 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14694
14695 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14696 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14697 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14698 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14699 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14700 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14701 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14702 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14703 satisfied.
14704
14705 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
14706
14707 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14708
14709 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
14710
14711 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
14712 Define SYMBOL as an image.
14713
14714 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
14715 documentation string.
14716
14717 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14718 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14719 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14720 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14721 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14722 string containing the actual image data. The first image
14723 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
14724 define SYMBOL.
14725
14726 Example:
14727
14728 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
14729 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
14730
14731 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
14732
14733 ;;;***
14734 \f
14735 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
14736 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
14737 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (17383 24126))
14738 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
14739
14740 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
14741 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
14742 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
14743 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
14744
14745 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
14746 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14747 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14748 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14749
14750 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-extensions) "image-file")
14751
14752 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
14753 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
14754 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
14755 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
14756
14757 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
14758 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14759 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14760 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14761
14762 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-regexps) "image-file")
14763
14764 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
14765 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
14766
14767 \(fn)" nil nil)
14768
14769 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
14770 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
14771 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
14772 the command `insert-file-contents'.
14773
14774 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
14775
14776 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
14777 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
14778 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14779 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14780 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
14781
14782 (custom-autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file")
14783
14784 (put (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
14785
14786 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
14787 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
14788 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
14789 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
14790
14791 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
14792 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
14793 `image-file-name-regexps'.
14794
14795 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14796
14797 ;;;***
14798 \f
14799 ;;;### (autoloads (image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode image-mode)
14800 ;;;;;; "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (17387 39216))
14801 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
14802 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14803 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14804 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14805 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14806 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14807 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
14808
14809 (autoload (quote image-mode) "image-mode" "\
14810 Major mode for image files.
14811 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
14812 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
14813
14814 \(fn)" t nil)
14815
14816 (autoload (quote image-minor-mode) "image-mode" "\
14817 Toggle Image minor mode.
14818 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14819 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
14820
14821 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14822
14823 (autoload (quote image-mode-maybe) "image-mode" "\
14824 Set major or minor mode for image files.
14825 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
14826 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
14827 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
14828 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
14829
14830 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
14831 information on these modes.
14832
14833 \(fn)" t nil)
14834
14835 ;;;***
14836 \f
14837 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
14838 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (17383 24126))
14839 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
14840
14841 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
14842 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
14843
14844 Affects only the mouse index menu.
14845
14846 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
14847 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
14848 in the buffer.
14849
14850 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
14851
14852 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
14853 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
14854 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
14855
14856 (custom-autoload (quote imenu-sort-function) "imenu")
14857
14858 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
14859 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
14860
14861 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
14862 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
14863 pattern's structure.
14864
14865 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
14866 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
14867 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
14868 during matching.")
14869
14870 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
14871
14872 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
14873 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
14874
14875 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
14876 of the current buffer as an alist.
14877
14878 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
14879 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
14880 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
14881 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
14882 if it is a sub-alist.
14883
14884 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.")
14885
14886 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
14887
14888 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
14889 Function for finding the next index position.
14890
14891 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
14892 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
14893 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
14894 file.
14895
14896 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
14897 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
14898
14899 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
14900
14901 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
14902 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
14903
14904 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
14905 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
14906 It should return the name for that index item.")
14907
14908 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
14909
14910 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
14911 Function to compare string with index item.
14912
14913 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
14914 non-nil if they match.
14915
14916 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
14917 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
14918 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
14919 arguments match\".")
14920
14921 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
14922
14923 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
14924 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
14925 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
14926
14927 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
14928
14929 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
14930
14931 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
14932
14933 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
14934 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
14935 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
14936 See the command `imenu' for more information.
14937
14938 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14939
14940 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
14941 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
14942
14943 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
14944
14945 \(fn)" t nil)
14946
14947 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
14948 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
14949 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
14950 for more information.
14951
14952 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
14953
14954 ;;;***
14955 \f
14956 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
14957 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
14958 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (17339 56590))
14959 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
14960
14961 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
14962 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
14963
14964 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
14965
14966 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\
14967 Not documented
14968
14969 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
14970
14971 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\
14972 Not documented
14973
14974 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
14975
14976 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\
14977 Not documented
14978
14979 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
14980
14981 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
14982 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
14983 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
14984 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
14985 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'.
14986
14987 \(fn INDEX &optional SCRIPT)" nil nil)
14988
14989 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
14990 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
14991 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
14992 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
14993 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'.
14994
14995 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
14996
14997 ;;;***
14998 \f
14999 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
15000 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15001 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (17388 22062))
15002 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15003
15004 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
15005 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15006 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15007 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15008 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15009
15010 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp")
15011
15012 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
15013 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15014
15015 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-program) "inf-lisp")
15016
15017 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
15018 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15019 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15020 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15021 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15022 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15023 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15024 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15025
15026 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-load-command) "inf-lisp")
15027
15028 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
15029 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15030 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15031 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15032 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15033
15034 This variable is only used if the variable
15035 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15036
15037 More precise choices:
15038 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15039 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15040 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
15041
15042 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15043
15044 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-prompt) "inf-lisp")
15045
15046 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
15047 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
15048
15049 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
15050 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15051 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15052 to that buffer.
15053 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15054 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15055 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15056 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15057
15058 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15059 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
15060
15061 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
15062
15063 ;;;***
15064 \f
15065 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
15066 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-apropos Info-index
15067 ;;;;;; Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15068 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (17427 20646))
15069 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15070
15071 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
15072 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15073
15074 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15075 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15076 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
15077
15078 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
15079 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15080 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15081 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15082 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15083 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
15084 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15085 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15086 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15087 with the top-level Info directory.
15088
15089 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15090 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15091 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15092 appended to the Info buffer name.
15093
15094 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15095 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15096 in all the directories in that path.
15097
15098 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15099
15100 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\
15101 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15102
15103 \(fn)" t nil)
15104
15105 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
15106 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15107 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15108 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15109
15110 \(fn)" nil nil)
15111
15112 (autoload (quote Info-on-current-buffer) "info" "\
15113 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15114 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15115 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15116
15117 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15118
15119 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
15120 Go to the Info directory node.
15121
15122 \(fn)" t nil)
15123
15124 (autoload (quote Info-index) "info" "\
15125 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15126 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15127 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15128 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15129 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15130
15131 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15132
15133 (autoload (quote info-apropos) "info" "\
15134 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15135 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15136
15137 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15138
15139 (autoload (quote Info-mode) "info" "\
15140 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15141 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15142 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15143 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15144
15145 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15146 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15147
15148 Selecting other nodes:
15149 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15150 Follow a node reference you click on.
15151 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15152 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15153 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15154 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15155 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15156 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15157 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15158 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15159 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15160 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15161 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15162 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15163 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15164 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15165 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15166 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15167 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15168 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15169 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15170 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15171
15172 Moving within a node:
15173 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15174 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15175 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15176 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15177 move up to the parent node.
15178 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15179 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15180 if there is none.
15181 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15182
15183 Advanced commands:
15184 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15185 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15186 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15187 \\[Info-search-next] Search for another occurrence of regexp
15188 from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-search] command.
15189 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15190 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15191 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15192 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15193 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15194 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15195 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15196 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15197 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15198 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15199 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15200
15201 \(fn)" nil nil)
15202 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15203
15204 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
15205 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15206 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15207 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15208 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15209 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15210
15211 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15212 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15213
15214 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
15215 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15216 KEY is a string.
15217 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15218 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15219 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15220 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15221
15222 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15223
15224 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
15225 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15226 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15227
15228 \(fn)" t nil)
15229
15230 ;;;***
15231 \f
15232 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15233 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15234 ;;;;;; (17383 24126))
15235 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15236
15237 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
15238 Throw away all cached data.
15239 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15240 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15241 system.
15242
15243 \(fn)" t nil)
15244 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15245
15246 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
15247 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15248 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
15249 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
15250 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15251 The default symbol is the one found at point.
15252
15253 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15254
15255 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15256 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15257
15258 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
15259 Display the documentation of a file.
15260 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15261 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15262 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15263 The default file name is the one found at point.
15264
15265 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15266
15267 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15268
15269 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
15270 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15271
15272 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15273
15274 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
15275 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15276
15277 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15278
15279 ;;;***
15280 \f
15281 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
15282 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (17383 24126))
15283 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15284
15285 (autoload (quote info-xref-check) "info-xref" "\
15286 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15287
15288 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15289
15290 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all) "info-xref" "\
15291 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
15292 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
15293
15294 \(fn)" t nil)
15295
15296 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all-custom) "info-xref" "\
15297 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15298 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
15299
15300 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
15301 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
15302 quite a while.
15303
15304 \(fn)" t nil)
15305
15306 ;;;***
15307 \f
15308 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
15309 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (17383 24126))
15310 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15311
15312 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
15313 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15314
15315 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15316
15317 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
15318 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15319 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
15320
15321 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15322 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15323 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15324
15325 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15326 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15327 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15328 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15329
15330 \(fn)" t nil)
15331
15332 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
15333 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15334 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15335
15336 \(fn)" t nil)
15337
15338 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
15339 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15340 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15341 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15342 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15343
15344 \(fn)" nil nil)
15345
15346 ;;;***
15347 \f
15348 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15349 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15350 ;;;;;; (17120 44797))
15351 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15352
15353 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15354 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15355
15356 \(fn)" t nil)
15357
15358 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15359 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15360
15361 \(fn)" t nil)
15362
15363 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\
15364 Not documented
15365
15366 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15367
15368 ;;;***
15369 \f
15370 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (17383
15371 ;;;;;; 24126))
15372 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15373
15374 (autoload (quote isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "\
15375 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15376 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15377 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15378 accessed via isearchb.
15379
15380 \(fn)" t nil)
15381
15382 ;;;***
15383 \f
15384 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "obsolete/iso-acc.el"
15385 ;;;;;; (17382 34311))
15386 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/iso-acc.el
15387
15388 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
15389 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
15390 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
15391 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
15392 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
15393 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
15394
15395 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
15396 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
15397
15398 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
15399 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
15400 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
15401 \"s gives German sharp s.
15402 /a gives a with ring.
15403 /e gives an a-e ligature.
15404 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
15405 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
15406 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
15407
15408 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
15409 and a negative argument disables it.
15410
15411 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15412
15413 ;;;***
15414 \f
15415 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15416 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15417 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15418 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (17102 18714))
15419 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15420
15421 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
15422 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15423 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15424 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15425
15426 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15427
15428 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
15429 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15430 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15431 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15432
15433 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15434
15435 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
15436 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15437 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15438 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15439
15440 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15441
15442 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15443 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15444 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15445 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15446
15447 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15448
15449 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15450 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15451 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15452 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15453
15454 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15455
15456 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
15457 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15458 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15459 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15460
15461 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15462
15463 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
15464 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15465 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15466 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15467
15468 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15469
15470 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
15471 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15472 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15473 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15474
15475 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15476
15477 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15478 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15479 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15480 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15481
15482 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15483
15484 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
15485 Warn that format is read-only.
15486
15487 \(fn)" t nil)
15488
15489 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
15490 Warn that format is write-only.
15491
15492 \(fn)" t nil)
15493
15494 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
15495 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15496
15497 \(fn)" t nil)
15498
15499 ;;;***
15500 \f
15501 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15502 ;;;;;; (17102 18715))
15503 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15504 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
15505 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
15506 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
15507
15508 ;;;***
15509 \f
15510 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
15511 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
15512 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
15513 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-local-dictionary-alist
15514 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
15515 ;;;;;; (17436 5419))
15516 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15517
15518 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
15519 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15520 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
15521 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
15522
15523 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell")
15524
15525 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
15526 *List of local or customized dictionary definitions.
15527 These can override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15528
15529 To make permanent changes to your dictionary definitions, you
15530 will need to make your changes in this variable, save, and then
15531 re-start emacs.")
15532
15533 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-local-dictionary-alist) "ispell")
15534
15535 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
15536
15537 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
15538
15539 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-3) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-3) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-'.@]" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\".@]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
15540
15541 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-.]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
15542
15543 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "." nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
15544
15545 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("russianw" "[\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "[^\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "" nil nil nil windows-1251) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("slovenian" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovenian") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
15546
15547 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
15548 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
15549
15550 Each element of this list is also a list:
15551
15552 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
15553 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
15554
15555 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
15556 nil means the default dictionary.
15557
15558 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
15559 word.
15560
15561 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
15562
15563 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
15564 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
15565 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
15566 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
15567 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
15568 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
15569 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
15570 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
15571 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
15572
15573 CASECHAS, NOT-CASECHARS, and OTHERCHARS must be a unibyte string
15574 containing bytes of CHARACTER-SET. In addition, if they contain
15575 a non-ASCII byte, the regular expression must be a single
15576 `character set' construct that doesn't specify a character range
15577 for non-ASCII bytes.
15578
15579 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
15580 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
15581 single word.
15582
15583 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
15584 subprocess.
15585
15586 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
15587 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
15588 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
15589 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
15590 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
15591 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
15592 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
15593 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
15594
15595 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
15596
15597 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
15598 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
15599 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
15600
15601 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
15602 Key map for ispell menu.")
15603
15604 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
15605 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
15606 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
15607 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
15608
15609 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) (quote reload)))
15610
15611 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
15612
15613 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
15614
15615 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode (quote mail-mode)) :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
15616
15617 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
15618 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
15619 The alist key must be a regular expression.
15620 Valid forms include:
15621 (KEY) - just skip the key.
15622 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
15623 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
15624 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
15625
15626 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
15627 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
15628 First list is used raw.
15629 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
15630
15631 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
15632 for skipping in latex mode.")
15633
15634 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists (quote (("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]"))) "\
15635 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
15636 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
15637 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
15638 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
15639 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
15640
15641 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
15642 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
15643 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
15644 in a window allowing you to choose one.
15645
15646 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
15647 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
15648 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
15649 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
15650 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
15651
15652 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
15653 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
15654
15655 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
15656 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15657
15658 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
15659 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
15660
15661 return values:
15662 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
15663 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
15664 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
15665 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
15666 quit spell session exited.
15667
15668 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil)
15669
15670 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
15671 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
15672 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
15673
15674 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
15675
15676 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
15677 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
15678
15679 Selections are:
15680
15681 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
15682 SPC: Accept word this time.
15683 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
15684 `a': Accept word for this session.
15685 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
15686 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
15687 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
15688 `?': Show these commands.
15689 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
15690 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
15691 the aborted check to be completed later.
15692 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
15693 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
15694 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
15695 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
15696 `C-l': redraws screen
15697 `C-r': recursive edit
15698 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame
15699
15700 \(fn)" nil nil)
15701
15702 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
15703 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
15704 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
15705
15706 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
15707
15708 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
15709 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
15710 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
15711 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
15712
15713 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
15714
15715 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
15716
15717 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
15718 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
15719 Return nil if spell session is quit,
15720 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
15721
15722 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
15723
15724 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
15725 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
15726
15727 \(fn)" t nil)
15728
15729 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
15730 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
15731
15732 \(fn)" t nil)
15733
15734 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
15735 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
15736
15737 \(fn)" t nil)
15738
15739 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
15740 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
15741 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
15742 sequence inside of a word.
15743
15744 Standard ispell choices are then available.
15745
15746 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
15747
15748 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
15749 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
15750
15751 \(fn)" t nil)
15752
15753 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
15754 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
15755 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
15756 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
15757
15758 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
15759 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
15760 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
15761 available on the net.
15762
15763 \(fn)" t nil)
15764
15765 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
15766 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
15767 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
15768
15769 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
15770 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
15771
15772 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
15773 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
15774
15775 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15776
15777 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
15778 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
15779 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
15780 Don't check included messages.
15781
15782 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
15783 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
15784 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
15785
15786 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
15787 in your .emacs file:
15788 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
15789 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
15790 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
15791 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
15792
15793 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
15794 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
15795 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
15796
15797 \(fn)" t nil)
15798
15799 ;;;***
15800 \f
15801 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (17435
15802 ;;;;;; 10813))
15803 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
15804
15805 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
15806 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
15807 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15808 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15809 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
15810
15811 (custom-autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb")
15812
15813 (put (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
15814
15815 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
15816 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
15817 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
15818 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
15819 `iswitchb' for details.
15820
15821 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15822
15823 ;;;***
15824 \f
15825 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
15826 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
15827 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
15828 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (17102 18773))
15829 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
15830
15831 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\
15832 Not documented
15833
15834 \(fn)" nil nil)
15835
15836 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
15837 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
15838 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15839 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15840 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
15841 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
15842 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
15843 necessary to represent OBJ.
15844
15845 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
15846
15847 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
15848 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
15849 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15850 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15851
15852 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
15853
15854 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
15855 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
15856 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15857 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15858 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
15859
15860 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
15861
15862 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
15863 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
15864 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15865 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15866
15867 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
15868
15869 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
15870 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
15871 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
15872 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15873
15874 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
15875
15876 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
15877 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
15878
15879 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15880
15881 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
15882 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
15883 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15884 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15885 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
15886
15887 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
15888
15889 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
15890 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
15891 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15892 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15893 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
15894
15895 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
15896
15897 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
15898 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
15899 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
15900
15901 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
15902
15903 ;;;***
15904 \f
15905 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
15906 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (17410 23317))
15907 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
15908
15909 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
15910 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
15911 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
15912 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
15913
15914 (autoload (quote jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr" "\
15915 Not documented
15916
15917 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
15918
15919 (autoload (quote jka-compr-uninstall) "jka-compr" "\
15920 Uninstall jka-compr.
15921 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
15922 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
15923 by `jka-compr-installed'.
15924
15925 \(fn)" nil nil)
15926
15927 ;;;***
15928 \f
15929 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
15930 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
15931 ;;;;;; (17383 13537))
15932 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
15933
15934 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
15935 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15936 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15937 decimal key must be specified.")
15938
15939 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad")
15940
15941 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
15942 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
15943 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15944 decimal key must be specified.")
15945
15946 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-setup) "keypad")
15947
15948 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
15949 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15950 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15951 decimal key must be specified.")
15952
15953 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-shifted-setup) "keypad")
15954
15955 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
15956 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15957 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15958 decimal key must be specified.")
15959
15960 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) "keypad")
15961
15962 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
15963 Set keypad bindings in function-key-map according to SETUP.
15964 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
15965 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
15966 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
15967 keys are bound.
15968
15969 Setup Binding
15970 -------------------------------------------------------------
15971 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
15972 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
15973 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
15974 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
15975 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
15976 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
15977 in the global and local keymaps.
15978
15979 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
15980 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
15981
15982 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
15983
15984 ;;;***
15985 \f
15986 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
15987 ;;;;;; (17301 53989))
15988 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
15989
15990 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
15991 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
15992 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
15993
15994 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
15995 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
15996 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
15997 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
15998 shorter.
15999
16000 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16001 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16002 the context of text formatting.
16003
16004 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16005
16006 ;;;***
16007 \f
16008 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (17102
16009 ;;;;;; 18717))
16010 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16011
16012 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16013 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16014 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16015 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16016 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16017 positions that contains the current selection.")
16018
16019 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
16020 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16021 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16022 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16023 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16024 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16025 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16026
16027 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16028
16029 ;;;***
16030 \f
16031 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16032 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16033 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
16034 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (17383 24126))
16035 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16036 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16037 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16038 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16039 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16040 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16041 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16042 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16043
16044 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\
16045 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16046 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16047 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16048 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16049
16050 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16051
16052 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16053 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16054 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16055
16056 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16057 defining the macro.
16058
16059 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16060 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16061 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16062
16063 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16064 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16065
16066 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16067
16068 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\
16069 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16070 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16071 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16072 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16073 under that name.
16074
16075 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16076 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16077 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16078
16079 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16080
16081 (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16082 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16083 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16084
16085 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16086 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16087 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16088 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16089
16090 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16091 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16092
16093 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16094
16095 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\
16096 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16097 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16098
16099 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16100 macro.
16101
16102 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16103 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16104
16105 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16106 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16107 inserts previous kmacro-counter (but do not modify counter).
16108
16109 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16110 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16111
16112 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16113
16114 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16115 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16116 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16117 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16118
16119 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16120
16121 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16122 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16123 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16124 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16125
16126 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16127 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16128
16129 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16130
16131 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\
16132 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16133 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16134
16135 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16136
16137 ;;;***
16138 \f
16139 ;;;### (autoloads (kannada-post-read-conversion kannada-compose-string
16140 ;;;;;; kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "language/knd-util.el"
16141 ;;;;;; (17102 18774))
16142 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/knd-util.el
16143
16144 (defconst kannada-consonant "[\x51f75-\x51fb9]")
16145
16146 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "\
16147 Not documented
16148
16149 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16150
16151 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-string) "knd-util" "\
16152 Not documented
16153
16154 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
16155
16156 (autoload (quote kannada-post-read-conversion) "knd-util" "\
16157 Not documented
16158
16159 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16160
16161 ;;;***
16162 \f
16163 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16164 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (17102 18775))
16165 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16166
16167 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
16168 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16169 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16170
16171 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\
16172 Not documented
16173
16174 \(fn)" nil nil)
16175
16176 ;;;***
16177 \f
16178 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16179 ;;;;;; (17393 12443))
16180 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16181
16182 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
16183
16184 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
16185 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16186
16187 \(fn)" t nil)
16188
16189 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
16190
16191 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
16192 Start or resume an Lm game.
16193 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16194 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16195
16196 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16197 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16198 none / 1 | yes | no
16199 2 | yes | yes
16200 3 | no | yes
16201 4 | no | no
16202
16203 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
16204 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16205 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16206
16207 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16208
16209 ;;;***
16210 \f
16211 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
16212 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
16213 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (17102
16214 ;;;;;; 18775))
16215 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16216
16217 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\
16218 Not documented
16219
16220 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16221
16222 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
16223 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16224 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16225 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16226 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16227 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16228
16229 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16230 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16231
16232 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16233
16234 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
16235 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16236
16237 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16238
16239 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" "\
16240 Not documented
16241
16242 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16243
16244 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
16245 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
16246 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
16247 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
16248 to compose.
16249
16250 The return value is number of composed characters.
16251
16252 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
16253
16254 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\
16255 Not documented
16256
16257 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16258
16259 ;;;***
16260 \f
16261 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16262 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16263 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (17370 39824))
16264 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16265
16266 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (quote (("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16267 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16268 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16269 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16270
16271 (custom-autoload (quote latex-inputenc-coding-alist) "latexenc")
16272
16273 (autoload (quote latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16274 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16275 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16276
16277 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16278
16279 (autoload (quote latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc) "latexenc" "\
16280 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16281 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16282
16283 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16284
16285 (autoload (quote latexenc-find-file-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16286 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16287 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16288 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16289
16290 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16291
16292 ;;;***
16293 \f
16294 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16295 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (17102 18720))
16296 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16297
16298 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16299 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16300 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16301 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16302 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16303 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16304 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16305 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16306
16307 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16308 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16309
16310 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16311 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16312
16313 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp")
16314
16315 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
16316 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16317 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16318 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16319 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16320 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
16321 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
16322 a Unicode font with which to display them.
16323
16324 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16325
16326 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16327 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16328 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16329 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16330
16331 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16332 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16333
16334 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) "latin1-disp")
16335
16336 ;;;***
16337 \f
16338 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
16339 ;;;;;; "obsolete/lazy-lock.el" (17382 34311))
16340 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/lazy-lock.el
16341
16342 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
16343 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
16344 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
16345 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
16346
16347 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
16348
16349 For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see
16350 `jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in
16351 JIT Lock's favor.
16352
16353 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
16354
16355 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
16356 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
16357 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
16358 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
16359 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
16360 for large buffers.
16361
16362 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
16363 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
16364 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
16365 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
16366 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
16367
16368 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
16369 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
16370 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
16371 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
16372 slow to keep up with your typing.
16373
16374 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
16375 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
16376 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
16377 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
16378 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
16379 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
16380
16381 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
16382 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
16383 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
16384 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
16385
16386 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behavior fontifies modified
16387 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
16388 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
16389 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
16390
16391 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
16392 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
16393 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
16394 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
16395 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'.
16396
16397 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16398
16399 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
16400 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode.
16401
16402 \(fn)" nil nil)
16403
16404 ;;;***
16405 \f
16406 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16407 ;;;;;; (17388 22062))
16408 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16409
16410 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode)))
16411
16412 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode)))
16413
16414 (autoload (quote ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "\
16415 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16416
16417 \(fn)" t nil)
16418
16419 ;;;***
16420 \f
16421 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16422 ;;;;;; (17383 24126))
16423 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16424
16425 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16426 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16427
16428 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16429 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16430
16431 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16432 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16433
16434 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
16435 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16436 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16437 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
16438 for later transmission to Lisp job.
16439 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16440 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16441 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16442 and transmit saved text.
16443 \\{ledit-mode-map}
16444 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16445 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16446
16447 \(fn)" t nil)
16448
16449 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\
16450 Not documented
16451
16452 \(fn)" nil nil)
16453
16454 ;;;***
16455 \f
16456 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (17382 1892))
16457 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16458
16459 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
16460 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16461 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16462 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16463 generations (this defaults to 1).
16464
16465 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16466
16467 ;;;***
16468 \f
16469 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (17410
16470 ;;;;;; 23522))
16471 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16472
16473 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
16474 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
16475 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16476 is nil, raise an error.
16477
16478 This function tries to undo modifications made by the package to
16479 hooks. Packages may define a hook FEATURE-unload-hook that is called
16480 instead of the normal heuristics for doing this. Such a hook should
16481 undo all the relevant global state changes that may have been made by
16482 loading the package or executing functions in it. It has access to
16483 the package's feature list (before anything is unbound) in the
16484 variable `unload-hook-features-list' and could remove features from it
16485 in the event that the package has done something normally-ill-advised,
16486 such as redefining an Emacs function.
16487
16488 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16489
16490 ;;;***
16491 \f
16492 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16493 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (17432 49887))
16494 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16495
16496 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
16497 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16498 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16499
16500 (custom-autoload (quote locate-ls-subdir-switches) "locate")
16501
16502 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
16503 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16504 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16505 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16506
16507 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16508 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16509 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16510 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16511 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16512 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16513 the version.)
16514
16515 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16516 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16517
16518 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16519 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16520
16521 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER)" t nil)
16522
16523 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
16524 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16525 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16526 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16527 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16528 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16529 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16530 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16531 to constrain a big search.
16532
16533 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16534 except that FILTER is not optional.
16535
16536 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER)" t nil)
16537
16538 ;;;***
16539 \f
16540 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (17383 24126))
16541 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
16542
16543 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
16544 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16545 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
16546 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
16547 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
16548 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
16549 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
16550 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16551 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
16552 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
16553 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
16554 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
16555 uses the current buffer.
16556
16557 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16558
16559 ;;;***
16560 \f
16561 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (17383
16562 ;;;;;; 24126))
16563 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
16564
16565 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
16566 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16567
16568 \(fn)" t nil)
16569
16570 ;;;***
16571 \f
16572 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (17383
16573 ;;;;;; 24126))
16574 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16575
16576 (autoload (quote longlines-mode) "longlines" "\
16577 Toggle Long Lines mode.
16578 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
16579 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
16580 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
16581
16582 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
16583 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
16584 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16585
16586 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
16587 are indicated with a symbol.
16588
16589 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16590
16591 ;;;***
16592 \f
16593 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16594 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (17383
16595 ;;;;;; 24126))
16596 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16597
16598 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
16599
16600 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
16601
16602 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
16603 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16604 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16605
16606 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16607 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16608
16609 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16610 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16611 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16612 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16613 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16614 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16615 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16616
16617 (custom-autoload (quote printer-name) "lpr")
16618
16619 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16620 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16621 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16622 switch on this list.
16623 See `lpr-command'.")
16624
16625 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-switches) "lpr")
16626
16627 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
16628 *Name of program for printing a file.
16629
16630 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16631 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16632 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16633 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16634 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16635 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16636 argument.")
16637
16638 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-command) "lpr")
16639
16640 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
16641 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16642 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16643 for customization of the printer command.
16644
16645 \(fn)" t nil)
16646
16647 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
16648 Paginate and print buffer contents.
16649
16650 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16651 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16652 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16653 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16654
16655 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16656 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16657
16658 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16659 for further customization of the printer command.
16660
16661 \(fn)" t nil)
16662
16663 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
16664 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
16665 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16666 for customization of the printer command.
16667
16668 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16669
16670 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
16671 Paginate and print the region contents.
16672
16673 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16674 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16675 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16676 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16677
16678 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16679 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16680
16681 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16682 for further customization of the printer command.
16683
16684 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16685
16686 ;;;***
16687 \f
16688 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
16689 ;;;;;; (17383 24126))
16690 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
16691
16692 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
16693 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
16694 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
16695
16696 (custom-autoload (quote ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp")
16697
16698 ;;;***
16699 \f
16700 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (17385
16701 ;;;;;; 41891))
16702 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
16703
16704 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
16705 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
16706 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
16707
16708 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
16709
16710 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16711
16712 ;;;***
16713 \f
16714 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (17388
16715 ;;;;;; 22062))
16716 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
16717
16718 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
16719 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
16720 \\{m4-mode-map}
16721
16722 \(fn)" t nil)
16723
16724 ;;;***
16725 \f
16726 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
16727 ;;;;;; (17383 16118))
16728 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
16729
16730 (autoload (quote macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "\
16731 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
16732 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
16733 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
16734 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
16735
16736 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
16737
16738 ;;;***
16739 \f
16740 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
16741 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (17383 24126))
16742 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
16743
16744 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
16745 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
16746 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
16747 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
16748 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
16749
16750 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
16751
16752 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
16753 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
16754 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
16755 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
16756
16757 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
16758 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
16759 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
16760 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
16761 bindings.
16762
16763 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
16764 use this command, and then save the file.
16765
16766 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
16767
16768 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
16769 Query user during kbd macro execution.
16770 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
16771 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
16772 each time the macro executes.
16773 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
16774 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
16775 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
16776 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
16777 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
16778 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
16779 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
16780
16781 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
16782
16783 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
16784 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
16785 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
16786 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
16787
16788 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
16789 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
16790 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
16791 execute.
16792
16793 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
16794 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
16795
16796 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
16797 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
16798 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
16799 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
16800 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
16801
16802 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
16803 looked like this:
16804
16805 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
16806 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
16807 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
16808
16809 You could enter the names in this format:
16810
16811 foo
16812 bar
16813 baz
16814
16815 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
16816
16817 \\C-x (
16818 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
16819 \\C-x )
16820
16821 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
16822 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
16823
16824 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
16825 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
16826
16827 ;;;***
16828 \f
16829 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
16830 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (17383 16812))
16831 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
16832
16833 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
16834 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
16835 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
16836 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
16837 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
16838 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
16839
16840 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
16841 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
16842 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
16843 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
16844 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
16845
16846 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
16847 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
16848 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
16849 consing a string.)
16850
16851 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
16852
16853 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
16854 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
16855
16856 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
16857
16858 ;;;***
16859 \f
16860 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
16861 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
16862 ;;;;;; (17383 16812))
16863 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
16864
16865 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
16866 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
16867
16868 \(fn)" nil nil)
16869
16870 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\
16871 Not documented
16872
16873 \(fn)" nil nil)
16874
16875 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
16876 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
16877
16878 (custom-autoload (quote mail-hist-keep-history) "mail-hist")
16879
16880 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
16881 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
16882 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
16883 message.
16884
16885 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
16886
16887 \(fn)" nil nil)
16888
16889 ;;;***
16890 \f
16891 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
16892 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
16893 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (17383
16894 ;;;;;; 16812))
16895 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
16896
16897 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
16898 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
16899 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
16900 often correct parser.")
16901
16902 (custom-autoload (quote mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils")
16903
16904 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\
16905 Not documented
16906
16907 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
16908
16909 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
16910 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
16911 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16912 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16913
16914 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16915
16916 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
16917 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
16918 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16919 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16920
16921 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16922
16923 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
16924 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
16925 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16926 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16927 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
16928 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
16929 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
16930 as Rmail does.
16931
16932 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
16933
16934 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
16935 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
16936 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
16937 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
16938 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
16939 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
16940
16941 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
16942
16943 ;;;***
16944 \f
16945 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
16946 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (17383 16812))
16947 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
16948
16949 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
16950 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
16951
16952 \(fn)" nil nil)
16953
16954 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
16955 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
16956 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
16957
16958 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
16959
16960 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
16961 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
16962 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
16963
16964 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
16965
16966 ;;;***
16967 \f
16968 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
16969 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (17383
16970 ;;;;;; 16812))
16971 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
16972
16973 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
16974 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
16975 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
16976 king@grassland.com
16977 If `parens', they look like:
16978 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
16979 If `angles', they look like:
16980 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
16981
16982 (custom-autoload (quote mail-complete-style) "mailalias")
16983
16984 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
16985 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
16986 If interactive, expand in header fields.
16987 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
16988 their `Resent-' variants.
16989
16990 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
16991 removed from alias expansions.
16992
16993 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
16994
16995 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
16996 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
16997 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
16998
16999 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17000 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17001 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17002 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17003
17004 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17005
17006 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
17007 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17008 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17009 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
17010
17011 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17012
17013 ;;;***
17014 \f
17015 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17016 ;;;;;; (17383 16812))
17017 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17018
17019 (autoload (quote mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "\
17020 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17021 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17022 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17023
17024 \(fn)" nil nil)
17025
17026 ;;;***
17027 \f
17028 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17029 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17030 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (17388 22062))
17031 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17032
17033 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
17034 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17035
17036 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17037 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17038 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17039 `makefile-imake-mode'All but the
17040 last should be correctly chosen based on the file name, except if
17041 it is *.mk. This function ends by invoking the function(s)
17042 `makefile-mode-hook'.
17043
17044 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17045 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17046 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17047 dependency, despite the colon.
17048
17049 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17050
17051 In the browser, use the following keys:
17052
17053 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17054
17055 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17056
17057 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17058 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17059
17060 `makefile-target-colon':
17061 The string that gets appended to all target names
17062 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17063 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17064
17065 `makefile-macro-assign':
17066 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17067 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17068 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17069 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17070 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17071 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17072
17073 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17074 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17075 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17076
17077 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17078 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17079
17080 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17081 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17082 up or down in the browser.
17083
17084 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17085 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17086
17087 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17088 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17089
17090 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17091 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17092 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17093 has been selected in the browser.
17094
17095 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17096 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17097 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17098 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17099 filenames are omitted.
17100
17101 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17102 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17103 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17104 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17105 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17106 the backslash itself intact.
17107 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17108 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17109
17110 `makefile-browser-hook':
17111 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17112 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17113
17114 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17115 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17116 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17117 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17118
17119 \(fn)" t nil)
17120
17121 (autoload (quote makefile-automake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17122 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17123
17124 \(fn)" t nil)
17125
17126 (autoload (quote makefile-gmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17127 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17128
17129 \(fn)" t nil)
17130
17131 (autoload (quote makefile-makepp-mode) "make-mode" "\
17132 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17133
17134 \(fn)" t nil)
17135
17136 (autoload (quote makefile-bsdmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17137 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17138
17139 \(fn)" t nil)
17140
17141 (autoload (quote makefile-imake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17142 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17143
17144 \(fn)" t nil)
17145
17146 ;;;***
17147 \f
17148 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (17383
17149 ;;;;;; 24126))
17150 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17151
17152 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
17153 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17154 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17155
17156 \(fn)" t nil)
17157
17158 ;;;***
17159 \f
17160 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (17383 24126))
17161 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17162
17163 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
17164
17165 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
17166 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17167 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
17168 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
17169 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
17170 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
17171 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
17172
17173 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
17174 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
17175 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
17176 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
17177
17178 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17179
17180 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
17181 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17182
17183 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17184
17185 ;;;***
17186 \f
17187 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (17148 25016))
17188 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17189
17190 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
17191 Toggle Master mode.
17192 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
17193 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
17194 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
17195
17196 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
17197 following commands:
17198
17199 \\{master-mode-map}
17200
17201 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17202 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17203 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17204
17205 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17206
17207 ;;;***
17208 \f
17209 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (17390
17210 ;;;;;; 3585))
17211 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
17212
17213 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
17214
17215 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
17216 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
17217 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17218 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17219 use either \\[customize] or the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
17220
17221 (custom-autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar")
17222
17223 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
17224
17225 (autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "\
17226 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
17227 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
17228 created in the future.
17229 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
17230 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
17231
17232 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17233
17234 ;;;***
17235 \f
17236 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
17237 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17238 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17239 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17240 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17241 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-insert-empty-line
17242 ;;;;;; message-signature-file message-signature message-indent-citation-function
17243 ;;;;;; message-cite-function message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function
17244 ;;;;;; message-send-mail-function message-user-organization-file
17245 ;;;;;; message-signature-separator message-from-style) "message"
17246 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (17437 45960))
17247 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17248
17249 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
17250 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
17251
17252 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
17253 king@grassland.com
17254 If `parens', they look like:
17255 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17256 If `angles', they look like:
17257 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
17258
17259 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
17260 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
17261
17262 (custom-autoload (quote message-from-style) "message")
17263
17264 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
17265 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
17266
17267 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-separator) "message")
17268
17269 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
17270 *Local news organization file.")
17271
17272 (custom-autoload (quote message-user-organization-file) "message")
17273
17274 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
17275 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
17276 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
17277 variable `mail-header-separator'.
17278
17279 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
17280 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
17281 `message-smtpmail-send-it', `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
17282
17283 See also `send-mail-function'.")
17284
17285 (custom-autoload (quote message-send-mail-function) "message")
17286
17287 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
17288 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.
17289
17290 Note that Gnus provides a feature where the reader can click on
17291 `writes:' to hide the cited text. If you change this line too much,
17292 people who read your message will have to change their Gnus
17293 configuration. See the variable `gnus-cite-attribution-suffix'.")
17294
17295 (custom-autoload (quote message-citation-line-function) "message")
17296
17297 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
17298 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
17299 Fix `message-cite-prefix-regexp' if it is set to an abnormal value.
17300 See also `message-yank-cited-prefix'.")
17301
17302 (custom-autoload (quote message-yank-prefix) "message")
17303
17304 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
17305 *Function for citing an original message.
17306 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
17307 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
17308 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
17309
17310 (custom-autoload (quote message-cite-function) "message")
17311
17312 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
17313 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
17314 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
17315 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
17316 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
17317
17318 (custom-autoload (quote message-indent-citation-function) "message")
17319
17320 (defvar message-signature t "\
17321 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
17322 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
17323 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
17324 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
17325
17326 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature) "message")
17327
17328 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
17329 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
17330 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
17331 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
17332
17333 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-file) "message")
17334
17335 (defvar message-signature-insert-empty-line t "\
17336 *If non-nil, insert an empty line before the signature separator.")
17337
17338 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-insert-empty-line) "message")
17339
17340 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
17341
17342 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
17343 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17344 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17345 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17346 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17347 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17348 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17349 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17350 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17351 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17352 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17353 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17354 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17355 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17356 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17357 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17358 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17359 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17360 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17361 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17362 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17363 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17364 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17365 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17366 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17367 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17368 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17369 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17370 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17371 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17372 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17373 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17374 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17375 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17376 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17377 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17378 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17379
17380 \(fn)" t nil)
17381
17382 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
17383 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17384 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs.
17385
17386 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
17387
17388 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
17389 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17390
17391 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17392
17393 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
17394 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17395
17396 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
17397
17398 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
17399 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17400
17401 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17402
17403 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
17404 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17405 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17406
17407 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17408
17409 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
17410 Cancel an article you posted.
17411 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17412
17413 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17414
17415 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
17416 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17417 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17418 header line with the old Message-ID.
17419
17420 \(fn)" t nil)
17421
17422 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
17423 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17424
17425 \(fn)" t nil)
17426
17427 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
17428 Forward the current message via mail.
17429 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17430 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17431
17432 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17433
17434 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\
17435 Not documented
17436
17437 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17438
17439 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\
17440 Not documented
17441
17442 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17443
17444 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
17445 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17446
17447 \(fn)" t nil)
17448
17449 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
17450 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17451
17452 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17453
17454 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
17455 Re-mail the current message.
17456 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17457 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17458 you.
17459
17460 \(fn)" t nil)
17461
17462 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
17463 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17464
17465 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17466
17467 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
17468 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17469
17470 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17471
17472 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
17473 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17474
17475 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17476
17477 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
17478 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17479
17480 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17481
17482 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
17483 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17484 Works by overstriking characters.
17485 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17486 which specify the range to operate on.
17487
17488 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17489
17490 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
17491 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17492 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17493 which specify the range to operate on.
17494
17495 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17496
17497 ;;;***
17498 \f
17499 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17500 ;;;;;; (17388 22062))
17501 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17502
17503 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17504 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17505 Special commands:
17506 \\{meta-mode-map}
17507
17508 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
17509 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17510
17511 \(fn)" t nil)
17512
17513 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17514 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17515 Special commands:
17516 \\{meta-mode-map}
17517
17518 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
17519 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17520
17521 \(fn)" t nil)
17522
17523 ;;;***
17524 \f
17525 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17526 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17527 ;;;;;; (17383 16812))
17528 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17529
17530 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
17531 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17532 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17533
17534 \(fn)" t nil)
17535
17536 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
17537 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17538 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17539 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17540 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17541 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17542 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17543
17544 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17545
17546 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
17547 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17548 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17549 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17550 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17551 means current).
17552 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17553 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17554
17555 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17556
17557 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
17558 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17559 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17560 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17561 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17562 means current).
17563 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17564 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17565
17566 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17567
17568 ;;;***
17569 \f
17570 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17571 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17572 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (17437 48486))
17573 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17574
17575 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
17576 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17577 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17578
17579 \(fn)" t nil)
17580
17581 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
17582 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17583 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17584
17585 \(fn)" t nil)
17586
17587 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
17588 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17589
17590 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17591 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17592 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17593
17594 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17595 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17596
17597 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17598 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17599
17600 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17601
17602 (define-mail-user-agent (quote mh-e-user-agent) (quote mh-user-agent-compose) (quote mh-send-letter) (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) (quote mh-before-send-letter-hook))
17603
17604 (autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\
17605 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17606 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17607 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17608 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17609 as `compose-mail'.
17610
17611 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17612 initial Subject field, respectively.
17613
17614 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17615 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17616 are strings.
17617
17618 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
17619 ignored.
17620
17621 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
17622
17623 (autoload (quote mh-send-letter) "mh-comp" "\
17624 Save draft and send message.
17625
17626 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17627 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17628 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17629 Mail Delivery*\".
17630
17631 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17632 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17633 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17634
17635 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17636 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17637 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17638 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17639 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17640 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17641
17642 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17643 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17644
17645 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17646
17647 (autoload (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) "mh-comp" "\
17648 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17649
17650 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17651 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17652 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17653 delete the draft message.
17654
17655 \(fn)" t nil)
17656
17657 ;;;***
17658 \f
17659 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (17448 13451))
17660 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17661
17662 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17663
17664 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17665
17666 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17667
17668 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
17669 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17670
17671 \(fn)" t nil)
17672
17673 ;;;***
17674 \f
17675 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
17676 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (17432 18686))
17677 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
17678
17679 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-folder" "\
17680 Incorporate new mail with MH.
17681 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17682
17683 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17684 the MH mail system.
17685
17686 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17687
17688 (autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-folder" "\
17689 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
17690 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17691
17692 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17693 the MH mail system.
17694
17695 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17696
17697 (autoload (quote mh-folder-mode) "mh-folder" "\
17698 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
17699
17700 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
17701 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
17702 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
17703 separate command.
17704
17705 Options that control this mode can be changed with
17706 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
17707 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
17708 format.
17709
17710 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
17711
17712 Ranges
17713 ======
17714 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
17715 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
17716 can be used in several ways.
17717
17718 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
17719 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
17720 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
17721 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
17722 page):
17723
17724 <num1>-<num2>
17725 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
17726 The range must be nonempty.
17727
17728 <num>:N
17729 <num>:+N
17730 <num>:-N
17731 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
17732 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
17733 last.
17734
17735 first:N
17736 prev:N
17737 next:N
17738 last:N
17739 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
17740
17741 all
17742 All of the messages.
17743
17744 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
17745 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
17746
17747 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
17748 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
17749 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
17750
17751 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
17752
17753 \(fn)" t nil)
17754
17755 ;;;***
17756 \f
17757 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
17758 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (17416 12817))
17759 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
17760
17761 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
17762 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
17763 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
17764 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
17765 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
17766 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
17767 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
17768 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
17769 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
17770 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
17771 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
17772
17773 \(fn)" t nil)
17774
17775 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
17776 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
17777 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
17778 to its second argument TM.
17779
17780 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
17781
17782 ;;;***
17783 \f
17784 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
17785 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (17383 24126))
17786 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
17787
17788 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
17789 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
17790 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17791 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17792 use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
17793
17794 (custom-autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef")
17795
17796 (put (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
17797
17798 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
17799 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
17800 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
17801 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
17802 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
17803 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
17804 default indication.
17805
17806 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17807 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17808
17809 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17810
17811 ;;;***
17812 \f
17813 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
17814 ;;;;;; (17388 22062))
17815 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
17816
17817 (autoload (quote mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "\
17818 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
17819 \\{mixal-mode-map}
17820
17821 \(fn)" t nil)
17822
17823 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode)))
17824
17825 ;;;***
17826 \f
17827 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-post-read-conversion
17828 ;;;;;; malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el"
17829 ;;;;;; (17339 56590))
17830 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
17831
17832 (autoload (quote malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "\
17833 Not documented
17834
17835 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
17836
17837 (autoload (quote malayalam-post-read-conversion) "mlm-util" "\
17838 Not documented
17839
17840 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
17841
17842 (autoload (quote malayalam-composition-function) "mlm-util" "\
17843 Compose Malayalam characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
17844 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
17845 PATTERN regexp.
17846
17847 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
17848
17849 ;;;***
17850 \f
17851 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
17852 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (17437 45960))
17853 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
17854
17855 (autoload (quote mm-extern-cache-contents) "mm-extern" "\
17856 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
17857
17858 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
17859
17860 (autoload (quote mm-inline-external-body) "mm-extern" "\
17861 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
17862 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17863 the entire message.
17864 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17865
17866 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17867
17868 ;;;***
17869 \f
17870 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
17871 ;;;;;; (17382 1052))
17872 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
17873
17874 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
17875 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
17876 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17877 the entire message.
17878 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17879
17880 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17881
17882 ;;;***
17883 \f
17884 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
17885 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (17382 1052))
17886 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
17887
17888 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents) "mm-url" "\
17889 Insert file contents of URL.
17890 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
17891
17892 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17893
17894 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents-external) "mm-url" "\
17895 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
17896
17897 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17898
17899 ;;;***
17900 \f
17901 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
17902 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (17437 45961))
17903 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
17904
17905 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
17906 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
17907 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
17908 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
17909 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
17910
17911 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
17912
17913 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect-text-parts) "mm-uu" "\
17914 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
17915 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
17916
17917 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
17918
17919 ;;;***
17920 \f
17921 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
17922 ;;;;;; (17388 8140))
17923 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
17924
17925 (autoload (quote mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "\
17926 Not documented
17927
17928 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17929
17930 (autoload (quote mml1991-sign) "mml1991" "\
17931 Not documented
17932
17933 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17934
17935 ;;;***
17936 \f
17937 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
17938 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
17939 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (17388 8140))
17940 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
17941
17942 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt) "mml2015" "\
17943 Not documented
17944
17945 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17946
17947 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt-test) "mml2015" "\
17948 Not documented
17949
17950 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17951
17952 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify) "mml2015" "\
17953 Not documented
17954
17955 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17956
17957 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify-test) "mml2015" "\
17958 Not documented
17959
17960 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17961
17962 (autoload (quote mml2015-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
17963 Not documented
17964
17965 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17966
17967 (autoload (quote mml2015-sign) "mml2015" "\
17968 Not documented
17969
17970 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17971
17972 (autoload (quote mml2015-self-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
17973 Not documented
17974
17975 \(fn)" nil nil)
17976
17977 ;;;***
17978 \f
17979 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
17980 ;;;;;; (17276 44726))
17981 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
17982
17983 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
17984 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
17985 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
17986 followed by the first character of the construct.
17987 \\<m2-mode-map>
17988 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
17989 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
17990 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
17991 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
17992 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
17993 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
17994 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
17995 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
17996 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
17997 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
17998 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
17999 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18000 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18001 \\[m2-link] link
18002
18003 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18004 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18005 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18006
18007 \(fn)" t nil)
18008
18009 ;;;***
18010 \f
18011 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
18012 ;;;;;; (17382 1892))
18013 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18014
18015 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
18016 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18017
18018 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18019
18020 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
18021 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18022
18023 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18024
18025 ;;;***
18026 \f
18027 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (17383
18028 ;;;;;; 24126))
18029 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
18030
18031 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
18032 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
18033 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18034 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18035 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
18036
18037 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel")
18038
18039 (put (quote mouse-sel-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
18040
18041 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
18042 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
18043 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
18044 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
18045
18046 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
18047
18048 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
18049
18050 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
18051
18052 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
18053 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
18054 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
18055 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
18056 Triple-clicking selects lines.
18057 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
18058
18059 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
18060 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
18061 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
18062 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
18063 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
18064
18065 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
18066 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
18067
18068 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
18069 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
18070
18071 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
18072
18073 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
18074 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
18075 primary selection and region.
18076
18077 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18078
18079 ;;;***
18080 \f
18081 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (17382 1892))
18082 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18083
18084 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
18085 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18086
18087 \(fn)" t nil)
18088
18089 ;;;***
18090 \f
18091 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (17383 24126))
18092 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18093
18094 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18095 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18096 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18097 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18098 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
18099
18100 (custom-autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb")
18101
18102 (put (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
18103
18104 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
18105 Toggle Msb mode.
18106 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
18107 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18108 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18109
18110 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18111
18112 ;;;***
18113 \f
18114 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
18115 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18116 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18117 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18118 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18119 ;;;;;; (17239 32324))
18120 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18121
18122 (defvar non-iso-charset-alist (\` ((mac-roman (ascii latin-iso8859-1 mule-unicode-2500-33ff mule-unicode-0100-24ff mule-unicode-e000-ffff) mac-roman-decoder ((0 255))) (viscii (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-viscii-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (vietnamese-tcvn (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-tcvn-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (koi8-r (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-koi8-r-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (alternativnyj (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-alternativnyj-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (koi8-u (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5 mule-unicode-0100-24ff) cyrillic-koi8-u-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (big5 (ascii chinese-big5-1 chinese-big5-2) decode-big5-char ((32 127) ((161 254) 64 126 161 254))) (sjis (ascii katakana-jisx0201 japanese-jisx0208) decode-sjis-char ((32 127 161 223) ((129 159 224 239) 64 126 128 252))))) "\
18123 Alist of charset names vs the corresponding information.
18124 This is mis-named for historical reasons. The charsets are actually
18125 non-built-in ones. They correspond to Emacs coding systems, not Emacs
18126 charsets, i.e. what Emacs can read (or write) by mapping to (or
18127 from) Emacs internal charsets that typically correspond to a limited
18128 set of ISO charsets.
18129
18130 Each element has the following format:
18131 (CHARSET CHARSET-LIST TRANSLATION-METHOD [ CODE-RANGE ])
18132
18133 CHARSET is the name (symbol) of the charset.
18134
18135 CHARSET-LIST is a list of Emacs charsets into which characters of
18136 CHARSET are mapped.
18137
18138 TRANSLATION-METHOD is a translation table (symbol) to translate a
18139 character code of CHARSET to the corresponding Emacs character
18140 code. It can also be a function to call with one argument, a
18141 character code in CHARSET.
18142
18143 CODE-RANGE specifies the valid code ranges of CHARSET.
18144 It is a list of RANGEs, where each RANGE is of the form:
18145 (FROM1 TO1 FROM2 TO2 ...)
18146 or
18147 ((FROM1-1 TO1-1 FROM1-2 TO1-2 ...) . (FROM2-1 TO2-1 FROM2-2 TO2-2 ...))
18148 In the first form, valid codes are between FROM1 and TO1, or FROM2 and
18149 TO2, or...
18150 The second form is used for 2-byte codes. The car part is the ranges
18151 of the first byte, and the cdr part is the ranges of the second byte.")
18152
18153 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
18154 Display a list of all character sets.
18155
18156 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
18157 internal Emacs use.
18158
18159 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
18160 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
18161 hexadecimal digits.
18162 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
18163 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
18164
18165 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18166 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18167 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
18168 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18169
18170 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18171 but still shows the full information.
18172
18173 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18174
18175 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
18176 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18177 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
18178 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
18179 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18180
18181 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18182 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18183 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18184 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
18185 detailed meanings of these arguments.
18186
18187 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18188
18189 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
18190 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
18191 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
18192 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
18193 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18194
18195 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18196
18197 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
18198 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18199
18200 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18201
18202 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18203 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18204
18205 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18206
18207 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
18208 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18209
18210 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18211 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18212 in place of `..':
18213 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18214 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18215 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18216 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18217 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18218 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18219 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18220 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18221 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18222 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18223 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18224 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18225 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18226 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18227 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18228 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18229
18230 \(fn)" t nil)
18231
18232 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18233 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18234
18235 \(fn)" t nil)
18236
18237 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
18238 Display a list of all coding systems.
18239 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18240
18241 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18242 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18243
18244 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18245
18246 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
18247 Display a list of all coding categories.
18248
18249 \(fn)" nil nil)
18250
18251 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
18252 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME.
18253
18254 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18255
18256 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
18257 Display information about FONTSET.
18258 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18259
18260 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18261
18262 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
18263 Display a list of all fontsets.
18264 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18265 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18266 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18267
18268 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18269
18270 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
18271 Display information about all input methods.
18272
18273 \(fn)" t nil)
18274
18275 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
18276 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18277
18278 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18279 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18280 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18281 system which uses fontsets).
18282
18283 \(fn)" t nil)
18284
18285 ;;;***
18286 \f
18287 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18288 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18289 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18290 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18291 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18292 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (17102 18726))
18293 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18294
18295 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
18296 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18297 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18298
18299 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18300
18301 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18302
18303 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18304 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18305
18306 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18307 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18308
18309 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
18310 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18311
18312 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18313
18314 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
18315 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18316 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18317 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18318 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18319 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18320 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18321
18322 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18323 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18324 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18325 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18326 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18327 middle of a character in STR.
18328
18329 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18330 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18331
18332 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18333 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18334 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18335 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18336 defaults to \"...\".
18337
18338 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18339
18340 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18341 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18342
18343 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18344 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18345 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18346
18347 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18348 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18349 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18350
18351 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18352 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18353 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18354 is considered.
18355 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18356 longer than KEYSEQ.
18357 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18358
18359 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18360
18361 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18362 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18363 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18364 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18365 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18366 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18367 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18368 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18369 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18370 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18371 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18372
18373 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18374
18375 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18376 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18377
18378 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18379
18380 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18381 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18382
18383 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18384
18385 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
18386 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property.
18387
18388 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18389
18390 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
18391 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property.
18392
18393 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18394
18395 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
18396 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18397 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18398 coding systems ordered by priority.
18399
18400 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18401
18402 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
18403 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18404 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18405 language environment LANG-ENV.
18406
18407 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18408
18409 (autoload (quote char-displayable-p) "mule-util" "\
18410 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18411 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18412 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
18413 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
18414 basis, this may not be accurate.
18415
18416 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18417
18418 ;;;***
18419 \f
18420 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
18421 ;;;;;; (17393 49300))
18422 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
18423
18424 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
18425 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
18426 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18427 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18428 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
18429
18430 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel")
18431
18432 (put (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
18433
18434 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
18435 Toggle mouse wheel support.
18436 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18437 Return non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18438
18439 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18440
18441 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
18442 Enable mouse wheel support.
18443
18444 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
18445
18446 ;;;***
18447 \f
18448 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18449 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18450 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute)
18451 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (17383 13296))
18452 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18453
18454 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
18455 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18456
18457 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18458
18459 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
18460 Ping HOST.
18461 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18462 `ping-program-options'.
18463
18464 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18465
18466 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
18467 Run ipconfig program.
18468
18469 \(fn)" t nil)
18470
18471 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
18472
18473 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
18474 Run netstat program.
18475
18476 \(fn)" t nil)
18477
18478 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
18479 Run the arp program.
18480
18481 \(fn)" t nil)
18482
18483 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
18484 Run the route program.
18485
18486 \(fn)" t nil)
18487
18488 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18489 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18490
18491 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18492
18493 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
18494 Run nslookup program.
18495
18496 \(fn)" t nil)
18497
18498 (autoload (quote dns-lookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18499 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18500
18501 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18502
18503 (autoload (quote run-dig) "net-utils" "\
18504 Run dig program.
18505
18506 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18507
18508 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
18509 Run ftp program.
18510
18511 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18512
18513 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
18514 Finger USER on HOST.
18515
18516 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18517
18518 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
18519 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18520 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18521 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18522
18523 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18524
18525 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\
18526 Not documented
18527
18528 \(fn)" t nil)
18529
18530 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
18531 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18532
18533 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18534
18535 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
18536 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18537
18538 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18539
18540 ;;;***
18541 \f
18542 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
18543 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-region uncomment-region
18544 ;;;;;; comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent comment-indent-default
18545 ;;;;;; comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line comment-padding
18546 ;;;;;; comment-style comment-column) "newcomment" "newcomment.el"
18547 ;;;;;; (17379 35991))
18548 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
18549
18550 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
18551
18552 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
18553
18554 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
18555
18556 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
18557
18558 (defvar comment-use-syntax (quote undecided) "\
18559 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
18560 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
18561 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
18562 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
18563 Major modes should set this variable.")
18564
18565 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
18566 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
18567 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
18568 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
18569 Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
18570 not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.")
18571
18572 (custom-autoload (quote comment-column) "newcomment")
18573
18574 (defvar comment-start nil "\
18575 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
18576
18577 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
18578 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
18579 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
18580 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
18581
18582 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
18583 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
18584
18585 (defvar comment-end "" "\
18586 *String to insert to end a new comment.
18587 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
18588
18589 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
18590 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
18591 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
18592 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
18593 column indentation or nil.
18594 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
18595
18596 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
18597 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
18598 The function has no args.
18599
18600 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
18601 comments always start in column zero.")
18602
18603 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
18604 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
18605 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
18606
18607 (custom-autoload (quote comment-style) "newcomment")
18608
18609 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
18610 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
18611 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
18612 of the corresponding number of spaces.
18613
18614 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
18615 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
18616
18617 (custom-autoload (quote comment-padding) "newcomment")
18618
18619 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
18620 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
18621 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
18622 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
18623 customize this variable.
18624
18625 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
18626 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
18627
18628 (custom-autoload (quote comment-multi-line) "newcomment")
18629
18630 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\
18631 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
18632 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
18633 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
18634 the variables are properly set.
18635
18636 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
18637
18638 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
18639 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
18640
18641 \(fn)" nil nil)
18642
18643 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
18644 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
18645 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
18646
18647 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
18648
18649 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
18650 Set the comment column based on point.
18651 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
18652 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
18653 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
18654 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
18655
18656 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18657
18658 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
18659 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
18660 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
18661
18662 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18663
18664 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
18665 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
18666 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
18667 comment markers.
18668
18669 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18670
18671 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
18672 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
18673 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
18674 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
18675 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
18676 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
18677 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
18678 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
18679
18680 The strings used as comment starts are built from
18681 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
18682
18683 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18684
18685 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
18686 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
18687 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
18688 is passed on to the respective function.
18689
18690 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18691
18692 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
18693 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
18694 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
18695 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
18696 case it calls `uncomment-region').
18697 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
18698 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
18699 Else, call `comment-indent'.
18700 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
18701
18702 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18703
18704 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
18705 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
18706 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
18707
18708 (custom-autoload (quote comment-auto-fill-only-comments) "newcomment")
18709
18710 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
18711 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
18712 This indents the body of the continued comment
18713 under the previous comment line.
18714
18715 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
18716 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
18717 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
18718
18719 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
18720 or comment indentation.
18721
18722 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
18723 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
18724
18725 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
18726
18727 ;;;***
18728 \f
18729 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-start
18730 ;;;;;; newsticker-ticker-running-p newsticker-running-p) "newsticker"
18731 ;;;;;; "net/newsticker.el" (17383 13296))
18732 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
18733
18734 (autoload (quote newsticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
18735 Check whether newsticker is running.
18736 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18737 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
18738
18739 \(fn)" nil nil)
18740
18741 (autoload (quote newsticker-ticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
18742 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
18743 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18744 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
18745 empty.
18746
18747 \(fn)" nil nil)
18748
18749 (autoload (quote newsticker-start) "newsticker" "\
18750 Start the newsticker.
18751 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
18752 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
18753 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
18754 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
18755
18756 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
18757
18758 (autoload (quote newsticker-start-ticker) "newsticker" "\
18759 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
18760 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
18761 running already.
18762
18763 \(fn)" t nil)
18764
18765 (autoload (quote newsticker-show-news) "newsticker" "\
18766 Switch to newsticker buffer. You may want to bind this to a key.
18767
18768 \(fn)" t nil)
18769
18770 ;;;***
18771 \f
18772 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
18773 ;;;;;; (17382 1052))
18774 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
18775
18776 (autoload (quote nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "\
18777 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
18778
18779 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18780
18781 ;;;***
18782 \f
18783 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (17382
18784 ;;;;;; 1052))
18785 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
18786
18787 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
18788 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
18789 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
18790 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
18791 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
18792 symbol in the alist.
18793
18794 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
18795
18796 ;;;***
18797 \f
18798 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
18799 ;;;;;; (17388 8140))
18800 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
18801
18802 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
18803 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
18804 This command does not work if you use short group names.
18805
18806 \(fn)" t nil)
18807
18808 ;;;***
18809 \f
18810 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
18811 ;;;;;; (17382 1052))
18812 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
18813
18814 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
18815 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
18816 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
18817
18818 \(fn)" t nil)
18819
18820 ;;;***
18821 \f
18822 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
18823 ;;;;;; (17382 1052))
18824 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
18825
18826 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
18827 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
18828
18829 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18830
18831 ;;;***
18832 \f
18833 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
18834 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (17382 1052))
18835 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
18836
18837 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
18838 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
18839
18840 \(fn)" t nil)
18841
18842 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
18843 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
18844
18845 \(fn)" t nil)
18846
18847 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
18848 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
18849
18850 \(fn)" t nil)
18851
18852 ;;;***
18853 \f
18854 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
18855 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (17383 24126))
18856 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
18857
18858 (defvar disabled-command-function (quote disabled-command-function) "\
18859 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
18860 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
18861
18862 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote disabled-command-hook) (quote disabled-command-function) "22.1")
18863
18864 (autoload (quote disabled-command-function) "novice" "\
18865 Not documented
18866
18867 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
18868
18869 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
18870 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
18871 COMMAND must be a symbol.
18872 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
18873 to future sessions.
18874
18875 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18876
18877 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
18878 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
18879 COMMAND must be a symbol.
18880 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
18881 to future sessions.
18882
18883 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18884
18885 ;;;***
18886 \f
18887 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
18888 ;;;;;; (17383 55314))
18889 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
18890
18891 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
18892 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
18893 \\{nroff-mode-map}
18894 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
18895 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
18896 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
18897
18898 \(fn)" t nil)
18899
18900 ;;;***
18901 \f
18902 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
18903 ;;;;;; (17388 22062))
18904 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
18905
18906 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
18907 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
18908 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
18909 specified by `octave-help-files'.
18910 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
18911
18912 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
18913
18914 ;;;***
18915 \f
18916 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
18917 ;;;;;; (17388 22062))
18918 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
18919
18920 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
18921 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
18922 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
18923
18924 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
18925
18926 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
18927 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
18928
18929 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
18930 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
18931 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
18932
18933 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18934
18935 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
18936
18937 ;;;***
18938 \f
18939 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
18940 ;;;;;; (17426 59496))
18941 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
18942
18943 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
18944 Major mode for editing Octave code.
18945
18946 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
18947 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
18948 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
18949 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
18950
18951 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
18952 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
18953 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
18954 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
18955 is why you need this mode!).
18956
18957 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
18958 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
18959 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
18960
18961 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
18962
18963 Keybindings
18964 ===========
18965
18966 \\{octave-mode-map}
18967
18968 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
18969 ==============================================
18970
18971 octave-auto-indent
18972 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
18973 Default is nil.
18974
18975 octave-auto-newline
18976 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
18977 Default is nil.
18978
18979 octave-blink-matching-block
18980 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
18981 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
18982
18983 octave-block-offset
18984 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
18985 Default is 2.
18986
18987 octave-continuation-offset
18988 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
18989 Default is 4.
18990
18991 octave-continuation-string
18992 String used for Octave continuation lines.
18993 Default is a backslash.
18994
18995 octave-mode-startup-message
18996 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
18997 Default is t.
18998
18999 octave-send-echo-input
19000 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19001 command to the inferior Octave process.
19002
19003 octave-send-line-auto-forward
19004 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19005 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19006
19007 octave-send-echo-input
19008 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19009
19010 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19011
19012 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19013 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19014
19015 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
19016 (setq auto-mode-alist
19017 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
19018
19019 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
19020 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19021
19022 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19023 (lambda ()
19024 (abbrev-mode 1)
19025 (auto-fill-mode 1)
19026 (if (eq window-system 'x)
19027 (font-lock-mode 1))))
19028
19029 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19030 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19031 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19032 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19033
19034 \(fn)" t nil)
19035
19036 ;;;***
19037 \f
19038 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "obsolete/options.el"
19039 ;;;;;; (17382 34311))
19040 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/options.el
19041
19042 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
19043 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
19044 It is now better to use Customize instead.
19045
19046 \(fn)" t nil)
19047
19048 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
19049 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
19050 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
19051 in which there are commands to set the option values.
19052 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
19053
19054 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete.
19055
19056 \(fn)" t nil)
19057
19058 ;;;***
19059 \f
19060 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
19061 ;;;;;; orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl org-remember-handler org-remember-annotation
19062 ;;;;;; org-store-link org-tags-view org-diary org-todo-list org-agenda-list
19063 ;;;;;; org-agenda org-agenda-mode org-mode) "org" "textmodes/org.el"
19064 ;;;;;; (17447 40021))
19065 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org.el
19066
19067 (autoload (quote org-mode) "org" "\
19068 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19069 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19070
19071 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19072 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19073 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19074 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19075 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19076 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19077 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19078 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19079 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19080 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19081
19082 The following commands are available:
19083
19084 \\{org-mode-map}
19085
19086 \(fn)" t nil)
19087
19088 (autoload (quote org-agenda-mode) "org" "\
19089 Mode for time-sorted view on action items in Org-mode files.
19090
19091 The following commands are available:
19092
19093 \\{org-agenda-mode-map}
19094
19095 \(fn)" t nil)
19096
19097 (autoload (quote org-agenda) "org" "\
19098 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19099 Prompts for a character to select a command. Any prefix arg will be passed
19100 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19101
19102 a Call `org-agenda' to display the agenda for the current day or week.
19103 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19104 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19105 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19106 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19107 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19108 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19109
19110 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19111 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19112 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19113
19114 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19115 first press `1' to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily (until the
19116 next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19117
19118 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19119
19120 (autoload (quote org-agenda-list) "org" "\
19121 Produce a weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19122 The view will be for the current week, but from the overview buffer you
19123 will be able to go to other weeks.
19124 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all unfinished TODO items will
19125 also be shown, under the current date.
19126 With two \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all TODO entries marked DONE
19127 on the days are also shown. See the variable `org-log-done' for how
19128 to turn on logging.
19129 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19130 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19131 NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
19132
19133 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS KEEP-MODES)" t nil)
19134
19135 (autoload (quote org-todo-list) "org" "\
19136 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19137 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19138 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19139 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19140 `org-todo-keywords'.
19141
19142 \(fn ARG &optional KEEP-MODES)" t nil)
19143
19144 (autoload (quote org-diary) "org" "\
19145 Return diary information from org-files.
19146 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19147 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19148 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19149 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
19150
19151 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
19152 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
19153 also be listed, on the expiration day.
19154
19155 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
19156 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
19157 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
19158 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
19159
19160 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
19161 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
19162 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
19163
19164 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
19165 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
19166 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
19167 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
19168
19169 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19170
19171 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19172
19173 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19174 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19175
19176 &%%(org-diary)
19177
19178 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19179 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp) are used. So the example above may
19180 also be written as
19181
19182 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :scheduled)
19183
19184 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19185 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19186 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19187
19188 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19189
19190 (autoload (quote org-tags-view) "org" "\
19191 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19192 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19193
19194 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH KEEP-MODES)" t nil)
19195
19196 (autoload (quote org-store-link) "org" "\
19197 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19198 This link can later be inserted into an org-buffer with
19199 \\[org-insert-link].
19200 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19201 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-usenet-links-prefer-google'.
19202 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19203
19204 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19205
19206 (autoload (quote org-remember-annotation) "org" "\
19207 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
19208 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
19209 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
19210 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
19211
19212 \(fn)" nil nil)
19213
19214 (autoload (quote org-remember-handler) "org" "\
19215 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
19216 First prompts for an org file. If the user just presses return, the value
19217 of `org-default-notes-file' is used.
19218 Then the command offers the headings tree of the selected file in order to
19219 file the text at a specific location.
19220 You can either immediately press RET to get the note appended to the
19221 file, or you can use vertical cursor motion and visibility cycling (TAB) to
19222 find a better place. Then press RET or <left> or <right> in insert the note.
19223
19224 Key Cursor position Note gets inserted
19225 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
19226 RET buffer-start as level 2 heading at end of file
19227 RET on headline as sublevel of the heading at cursor
19228 RET no heading at cursor position, level taken from context.
19229 Or use prefix arg to specify level manually.
19230 <left> on headline as same level, before current heading
19231 <right> on headline as same level, after current heading
19232
19233 So the fastest way to store the note is to press RET RET to append it to
19234 the default file. This way your current train of thought is not
19235 interrupted, in accordance with the principles of remember.el. But with
19236 little extra effort, you can push it directly to the correct location.
19237
19238 Before being stored away, the function ensures that the text has a
19239 headline, i.e. a first line that starts with a \"*\". If not, a headline
19240 is constructed from the current date and some additional data.
19241
19242 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
19243 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
19244 \(i.e. after the stars).
19245
19246 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
19247
19248 \(fn)" nil nil)
19249
19250 (autoload (quote turn-on-orgtbl) "org" "\
19251 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19252
19253 \(fn)" nil nil)
19254
19255 (autoload (quote orgtbl-mode) "org" "\
19256 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
19257
19258 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19259
19260 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files) "org" "\
19261 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
19262 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19263 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19264
19265 \(fn)" t nil)
19266
19267 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files) "org" "\
19268 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
19269 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
19270
19271 \(fn)" t nil)
19272
19273 ;;;***
19274 \f
19275 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
19276 ;;;;;; (17419 48998))
19277 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
19278
19279 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
19280 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
19281 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
19282 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
19283
19284 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
19285 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
19286 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
19287 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
19288
19289 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
19290 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
19291 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
19292 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
19293 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
19294 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
19295
19296 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
19297 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
19298 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
19299
19300 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
19301 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
19302 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
19303 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
19304 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
19305 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
19306 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
19307 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
19308 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
19309 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
19310 The subheadings remain visible.
19311 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
19312
19313 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
19314 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
19315 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
19316
19317 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
19318 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
19319
19320 \(fn)" t nil)
19321
19322 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
19323 Toggle Outline minor mode.
19324 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
19325 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
19326
19327 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19328
19329 ;;;***
19330 \f
19331 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (17383 24126))
19332 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
19333
19334 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
19335 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
19336 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19337 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19338 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
19339
19340 (custom-autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren")
19341
19342 (put (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
19343
19344 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
19345 Toggle Show Paren mode.
19346 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
19347 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
19348
19349 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
19350 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
19351
19352 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19353
19354 ;;;***
19355 \f
19356 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
19357 ;;;;;; (17385 41891))
19358 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
19359
19360 (autoload (quote parse-time-string) "parse-time" "\
19361 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
19362 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
19363 unknown are returned as nil.
19364
19365 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
19366
19367 ;;;***
19368 \f
19369 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (17388
19370 ;;;;;; 22062))
19371 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
19372
19373 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
19374 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
19375 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19376
19377 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
19378 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
19379
19380 Other useful functions are:
19381
19382 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
19383 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
19384 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
19385 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
19386 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
19387 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
19388 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
19389 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
19390 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
19391
19392 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
19393
19394 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
19395 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
19396 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
19397 Indentation for case statements.
19398 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
19399 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
19400 mark after an end.
19401 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
19402 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
19403 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
19404 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
19405 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
19406 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
19407 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
19408 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
19409 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
19410 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
19411
19412 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
19413 pascal-separator-keywords.
19414
19415 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
19416 no args, if that value is non-nil.
19417
19418 \(fn)" t nil)
19419
19420 ;;;***
19421 \f
19422 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
19423 ;;;;;; (17383 13537))
19424 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
19425
19426 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
19427 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
19428 The keys affected are:
19429 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
19430 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
19431 M-Backspace does undo.
19432 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
19433 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
19434 C-Escape does list-buffers.
19435
19436 \(fn)" t nil)
19437
19438 ;;;***
19439 \f
19440 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
19441 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (17383 13537))
19442 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
19443
19444 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
19445 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
19446 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19447 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19448 use either \\[customize] or the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
19449
19450 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
19451
19452 (put (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
19453
19454 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
19455 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
19456
19457 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
19458
19459 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
19460 which modify the status of the mark.
19461
19462 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
19463 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
19464
19465 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
19466 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
19467
19468 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
19469 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
19470 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
19471 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
19472 turning PC Selection mode on.
19473
19474 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
19475 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
19476
19477 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
19478 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
19479 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
19480
19481 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
19482 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
19483 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
19484
19485 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
19486 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
19487
19488 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
19489 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
19490 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
19491
19492 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
19493 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
19494 but before calling PC Selection mode):
19495
19496 F6 other-window
19497 DELETE delete-char
19498 C-DELETE kill-line
19499 M-DELETE kill-word
19500 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
19501 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
19502 M-BACKSPACE undo
19503
19504 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19505
19506 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
19507 Toggle PC Selection mode.
19508 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
19509 and cursor movement commands.
19510 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
19511 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19512 you must modify it using \\[customize] or \\[pc-selection-mode].")
19513
19514 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
19515
19516 ;;;***
19517 \f
19518 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (17383
19519 ;;;;;; 24126))
19520 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
19521
19522 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
19523 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
19524
19525 \(fn)" nil nil)
19526
19527 ;;;***
19528 \f
19529 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
19530 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (17383 24126))
19531 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
19532
19533 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19534 Completion for `gzip'.
19535
19536 \(fn)" nil nil)
19537
19538 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19539 Completion for `bzip2'.
19540
19541 \(fn)" nil nil)
19542
19543 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19544 Completion for GNU `make'.
19545
19546 \(fn)" nil nil)
19547
19548 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19549 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
19550
19551 \(fn)" nil nil)
19552
19553 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
19554
19555 ;;;***
19556 \f
19557 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
19558 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (17383 24126))
19559 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
19560
19561 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19562 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
19563
19564 \(fn)" nil nil)
19565
19566 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19567 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
19568
19569 \(fn)" nil nil)
19570
19571 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19572 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
19573
19574 \(fn)" nil nil)
19575
19576 ;;;***
19577 \f
19578 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (17383
19579 ;;;;;; 24126))
19580 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
19581
19582 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
19583 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
19584 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
19585 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
19586 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
19587 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
19588
19589 \(fn)" nil nil)
19590
19591 ;;;***
19592 \f
19593 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
19594 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
19595 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (17383 24126))
19596 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
19597
19598 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19599 Completion for `cd'.
19600
19601 \(fn)" nil nil)
19602
19603 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
19604
19605 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19606 Completion for `rmdir'.
19607
19608 \(fn)" nil nil)
19609
19610 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19611 Completion for `rm'.
19612
19613 \(fn)" nil nil)
19614
19615 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19616 Completion for `xargs'.
19617
19618 \(fn)" nil nil)
19619
19620 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
19621
19622 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19623 Completion for `which'.
19624
19625 \(fn)" nil nil)
19626
19627 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19628 Completion for the `chown' command.
19629
19630 \(fn)" nil nil)
19631
19632 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19633 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
19634
19635 \(fn)" nil nil)
19636
19637 ;;;***
19638 \f
19639 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
19640 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
19641 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (17383
19642 ;;;;;; 24126))
19643 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
19644
19645 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
19646 Support extensible programmable completion.
19647 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
19648 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
19649
19650 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
19651
19652 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
19653 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
19654
19655 \(fn)" t nil)
19656
19657 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
19658 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
19659 This will modify the current buffer.
19660
19661 \(fn)" t nil)
19662
19663 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
19664 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
19665
19666 \(fn)" t nil)
19667
19668 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
19669 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
19670 This will modify the current buffer.
19671
19672 \(fn)" t nil)
19673
19674 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
19675 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
19676
19677 \(fn)" t nil)
19678
19679 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
19680 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
19681
19682 \(fn)" t nil)
19683
19684 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
19685 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
19686 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
19687 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
19688 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
19689
19690 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
19691
19692 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
19693 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
19694
19695 \(fn)" nil nil)
19696
19697 ;;;***
19698 \f
19699 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
19700 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
19701 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (17383 24126))
19702 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
19703
19704 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
19705 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
19706 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
19707 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19708
19709 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
19710
19711 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
19712
19713 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
19714 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
19715 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
19716 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19717 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19718 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
19719 FLAGS is ignored.
19720
19721 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
19722
19723 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
19724 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
19725 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
19726 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19727 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
19728 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19729 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19730 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
19731
19732 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
19733
19734 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
19735 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
19736 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19737 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
19738 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19739 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19740 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
19741 passed to cvs.
19742
19743 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
19744
19745 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
19746 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
19747 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19748 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
19749 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19750 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19751 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
19752
19753 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
19754
19755 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
19756
19757 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
19758 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
19759 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
19760
19761 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-action) "pcvs")
19762
19763 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
19764 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
19765 nil means never do it.
19766 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
19767 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
19768 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
19769
19770 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-use-hook) "pcvs")
19771
19772 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
19773 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
19774 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
19775
19776 ;;;***
19777 \f
19778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (17383 24126))
19779 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
19780
19781 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset (quote cvs-global-menu) m)))
19782
19783 ;;;***
19784 \f
19785 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
19786 ;;;;;; (17388 22062))
19787 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
19788
19789 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
19790 Major mode for editing Perl code.
19791 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
19792 Tab indents for Perl code.
19793 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
19794 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
19795 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19796 \\{perl-mode-map}
19797 Variables controlling indentation style:
19798 `perl-tab-always-indent'
19799 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
19800 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
19801 `perl-tab-to-comment'
19802 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
19803 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
19804 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
19805 `perl-nochange'
19806 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
19807 `perl-indent-level'
19808 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
19809 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
19810 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
19811 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
19812 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
19813 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
19814 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
19815 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
19816 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
19817 `perl-brace-offset'
19818 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
19819 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
19820 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
19821 this far to the right of the start of its line.
19822 `perl-label-offset'
19823 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
19824 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
19825 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
19826
19827 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
19828 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
19829 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
19830 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
19831 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
19832 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
19833 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
19834
19835 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
19836
19837 \(fn)" t nil)
19838
19839 ;;;***
19840 \f
19841 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
19842 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
19843 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
19844 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (17383 24126))
19845 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
19846
19847 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "\
19848 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
19849
19850 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
19851
19852 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
19853 passphrase cache or user.
19854
19855 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
19856
19857 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region) "pgg" "\
19858 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
19859
19860 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
19861 cache or user.
19862
19863 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
19864
19865 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric) "pgg" "\
19866 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
19867
19868 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
19869 the region.
19870
19871 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
19872 passphrase cache or user.
19873
19874 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
19875
19876 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt) "pgg" "\
19877 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
19878
19879 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
19880
19881 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
19882 the region.
19883
19884 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
19885 passphrase cache or user.
19886
19887 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
19888
19889 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt-region) "pgg" "\
19890 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
19891
19892 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
19893 passphrase cache or user.
19894
19895 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
19896
19897 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt) "pgg" "\
19898 Decrypt the current buffer.
19899
19900 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
19901 the region.
19902
19903 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
19904 passphrase cache or user.
19905
19906 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
19907
19908 (autoload (quote pgg-sign-region) "pgg" "\
19909 Make the signature from text between START and END.
19910
19911 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
19912 a detached signature.
19913
19914 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
19915 and the the output is displayed.
19916
19917 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
19918 passphrase cache or user.
19919
19920 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
19921
19922 (autoload (quote pgg-sign) "pgg" "\
19923 Sign the current buffer.
19924
19925 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
19926 detached signature.
19927
19928 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
19929 within the region.
19930
19931 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
19932 and the the output is displayed.
19933
19934 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
19935 passphrase cache or user.
19936
19937 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
19938
19939 (autoload (quote pgg-verify-region) "pgg" "\
19940 Verify the current region between START and END.
19941 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
19942 the detached signature of the current region.
19943
19944 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
19945 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
19946
19947 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
19948
19949 (autoload (quote pgg-verify) "pgg" "\
19950 Verify the current buffer.
19951 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
19952 the detached signature of the current region.
19953 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
19954 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
19955 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
19956 within the region.
19957
19958 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
19959
19960 (autoload (quote pgg-insert-key) "pgg" "\
19961 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
19962
19963 \(fn)" t nil)
19964
19965 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys-region) "pgg" "\
19966 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
19967
19968 \(fn START END)" t nil)
19969
19970 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys) "pgg" "\
19971 Import public keys in the current buffer.
19972
19973 \(fn)" t nil)
19974
19975 ;;;***
19976 \f
19977 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
19978 ;;;;;; (17383 15658))
19979 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
19980
19981 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
19982 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
19983 \\<picture-mode-map>
19984 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
19985 afterwards settable by these commands:
19986
19987 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
19988 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
19989 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
19990 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
19991
19992 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
19993 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
19994 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
19995 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
19996
19997 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
19998 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
19999 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20000 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20001
20002 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20003 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20004 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20005 with these commands:
20006
20007 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20008 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20009 Move to column following last
20010 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20011 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20012 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20013 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20014 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20015 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20016
20017 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20018
20019 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20020 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20021 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20022 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20023 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20024 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20025
20026 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20027 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20028 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
20029 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20030 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20031 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20032 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20033
20034 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20035 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20036 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20037 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20038 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20039 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20040 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20041 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[advertised-undo]
20042
20043 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20044 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20045 by supplying an argument.
20046
20047 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20048
20049 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20050 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
20051
20052 \(fn)" t nil)
20053
20054 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
20055
20056 ;;;***
20057 \f
20058 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20059 ;;;;;; (17383 15658))
20060 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20061
20062 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
20063 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20064 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20065
20066 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20067
20068 ;;;***
20069 \f
20070 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (17382 1892))
20071 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20072
20073 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
20074 Play pong and waste time.
20075 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20076 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20077
20078 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20079
20080 \\{pong-mode-map}
20081
20082 \(fn)" t nil)
20083
20084 ;;;***
20085 \f
20086 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer
20087 ;;;;;; pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (17383 16118))
20088 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20089
20090 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
20091 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20092 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20093 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20094
20095 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20096
20097 (autoload (quote pp-buffer) "pp" "\
20098 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20099
20100 \(fn)" nil nil)
20101
20102 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
20103 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20104 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20105 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20106 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20107
20108 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20109
20110 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
20111 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
20112 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
20113 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
20114 in the variable `values'.
20115
20116 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20117
20118 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
20119 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
20120 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20121 Ignores leading comment characters.
20122
20123 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20124
20125 ;;;***
20126 \f
20127 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
20128 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
20129 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
20130 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
20131 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
20132 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
20133 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
20134 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
20135 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
20136 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
20137 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
20138 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
20139 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
20140 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
20141 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
20142 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
20143 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
20144 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
20145 ;;;;;; (17383 24126))
20146 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20147
20148 (autoload (quote pr-interface) "printing" "\
20149 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20150
20151 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20152
20153 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20154
20155 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20156
20157 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-preview) "printing" "\
20158 Preview directory using ghostview.
20159
20160 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20161 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20162 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20163 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20164
20165 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20166 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20167 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20168 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20169 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20170 file name.
20171
20172 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20173
20174 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20175
20176 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20177 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20178
20179 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20180 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20181 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20182 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20183
20184 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20185 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20186 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20187 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20188 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20189 file name.
20190
20191 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20192
20193 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20194
20195 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-print) "printing" "\
20196 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20197
20198 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20199 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20200 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20201 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20202
20203 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20204 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20205 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20206 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20207 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20208 file name.
20209
20210 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20211
20212 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20213
20214 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-ps-print) "printing" "\
20215 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20216
20217 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20218
20219 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20220 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20221 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20222 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20223
20224 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20225 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20226 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20227 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20228 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20229 file name.
20230
20231 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20232
20233 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20234
20235 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-preview) "printing" "\
20236 Preview buffer using ghostview.
20237
20238 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20239 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20240 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20241
20242 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20243 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
20244 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
20245 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20246
20247 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20248
20249 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20250 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
20251
20252 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20253 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20254 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20255
20256 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20257 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20258 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20259 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20260
20261 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20262
20263 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-print) "printing" "\
20264 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
20265
20266 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20267 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20268 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20269
20270 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20271 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20272 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20273 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20274
20275 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20276
20277 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-ps-print) "printing" "\
20278 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20279
20280 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20281
20282 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20283 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20284 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20285
20286 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20287 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20288 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20289 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20290
20291 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20292
20293 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-preview) "printing" "\
20294 Preview region using ghostview.
20295
20296 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20297
20298 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20299
20300 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20301 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
20302
20303 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20304
20305 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20306
20307 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-print) "printing" "\
20308 Print region using PostScript printer.
20309
20310 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20311
20312 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20313
20314 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-ps-print) "printing" "\
20315 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20316
20317 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20318
20319 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20320
20321 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-preview) "printing" "\
20322 Preview major mode using ghostview.
20323
20324 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20325
20326 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20327
20328 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20329 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
20330
20331 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20332
20333 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20334
20335 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-print) "printing" "\
20336 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
20337
20338 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20339
20340 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20341
20342 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-ps-print) "printing" "\
20343 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
20344
20345 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20346
20347 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20348
20349 (autoload (quote pr-printify-directory) "printing" "\
20350 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
20351 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20352 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20353
20354 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20355 matching.
20356
20357 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20358 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20359
20360 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20361
20362 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20363
20364 (autoload (quote pr-printify-buffer) "printing" "\
20365 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
20366 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20367 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20368
20369 \(fn)" t nil)
20370
20371 (autoload (quote pr-printify-region) "printing" "\
20372 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
20373 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20374 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20375
20376 \(fn)" t nil)
20377
20378 (autoload (quote pr-txt-directory) "printing" "\
20379 Print directory using text printer.
20380
20381 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20382 matching.
20383
20384 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20385 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20386
20387 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20388
20389 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20390
20391 (autoload (quote pr-txt-buffer) "printing" "\
20392 Print buffer using text printer.
20393
20394 \(fn)" t nil)
20395
20396 (autoload (quote pr-txt-region) "printing" "\
20397 Print region using text printer.
20398
20399 \(fn)" t nil)
20400
20401 (autoload (quote pr-txt-mode) "printing" "\
20402 Print major mode using text printer.
20403
20404 \(fn)" t nil)
20405
20406 (autoload (quote pr-despool-preview) "printing" "\
20407 Preview spooled PostScript.
20408
20409 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20410 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20411 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20412
20413 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20414 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20415 PostScript image in a file with that name.
20416
20417 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20418
20419 (autoload (quote pr-despool-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20420 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
20421
20422 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20423 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20424 instead of sending it to the printer.
20425
20426 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20427 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20428 image in a file with that name.
20429
20430 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20431
20432 (autoload (quote pr-despool-print) "printing" "\
20433 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
20434
20435 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20436 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20437 instead of sending it to the printer.
20438
20439 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20440 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20441 image in a file with that name.
20442
20443 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20444
20445 (autoload (quote pr-despool-ps-print) "printing" "\
20446 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
20447
20448 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20449 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20450 instead of sending it to the printer.
20451
20452 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20453 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20454 image in a file with that name.
20455
20456 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20457
20458 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-preview) "printing" "\
20459 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20460
20461 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20462
20463 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-preview) "printing" "\
20464 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20465
20466 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
20467
20468 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20469 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
20470
20471 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20472
20473 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-print) "printing" "\
20474 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
20475
20476 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20477
20478 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-ps-print) "printing" "\
20479 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
20480
20481 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20482
20483 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-ps-print) "printing" "\
20484 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
20485
20486 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
20487 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20488 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
20489 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20490
20491 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20492 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
20493 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
20494 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
20495 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
20496 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
20497 file name.
20498
20499 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
20500
20501 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-duplex) "printing" "\
20502 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
20503
20504 \(fn)" t nil)
20505
20506 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-tumble) "printing" "\
20507 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
20508
20509 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
20510 right.
20511 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
20512 bottom.
20513
20514 \(fn)" t nil)
20515
20516 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-landscape) "printing" "\
20517 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
20518
20519 \(fn)" t nil)
20520
20521 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20522 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
20523
20524 \(fn)" t nil)
20525
20526 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-faces) "printing" "\
20527 Toggle printing with faces.
20528
20529 \(fn)" t nil)
20530
20531 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-spool) "printing" "\
20532 Toggle spooling.
20533
20534 \(fn)" t nil)
20535
20536 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-duplex) "printing" "\
20537 Toggle duplex.
20538
20539 \(fn)" t nil)
20540
20541 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-tumble) "printing" "\
20542 Toggle tumble.
20543
20544 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
20545 right.
20546 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
20547 bottom.
20548
20549 \(fn)" t nil)
20550
20551 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-landscape) "printing" "\
20552 Toggle landscape.
20553
20554 \(fn)" t nil)
20555
20556 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-upside-down) "printing" "\
20557 Toggle upside-down.
20558
20559 \(fn)" t nil)
20560
20561 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-line) "printing" "\
20562 Toggle line number.
20563
20564 \(fn)" t nil)
20565
20566 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-zebra) "printing" "\
20567 Toggle zebra stripes.
20568
20569 \(fn)" t nil)
20570
20571 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header) "printing" "\
20572 Toggle printing header.
20573
20574 \(fn)" t nil)
20575
20576 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header-frame) "printing" "\
20577 Toggle printing header frame.
20578
20579 \(fn)" t nil)
20580
20581 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-lock) "printing" "\
20582 Toggle menu lock.
20583
20584 \(fn)" t nil)
20585
20586 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-region) "printing" "\
20587 Toggle auto region.
20588
20589 \(fn)" t nil)
20590
20591 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-mode) "printing" "\
20592 Toggle auto mode.
20593
20594 \(fn)" t nil)
20595
20596 (autoload (quote pr-customize) "printing" "\
20597 Customization of the `printing' group.
20598
20599 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20600
20601 (autoload (quote lpr-customize) "printing" "\
20602 Customization of the `lpr' group.
20603
20604 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20605
20606 (autoload (quote pr-help) "printing" "\
20607 Help for the printing package.
20608
20609 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20610
20611 (autoload (quote pr-ps-name) "printing" "\
20612 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
20613
20614 \(fn)" t nil)
20615
20616 (autoload (quote pr-txt-name) "printing" "\
20617 Interactively select a text printer.
20618
20619 \(fn)" t nil)
20620
20621 (autoload (quote pr-ps-utility) "printing" "\
20622 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
20623
20624 \(fn)" t nil)
20625
20626 (autoload (quote pr-show-ps-setup) "printing" "\
20627 Show current ps-print settings.
20628
20629 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20630
20631 (autoload (quote pr-show-pr-setup) "printing" "\
20632 Show current printing settings.
20633
20634 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20635
20636 (autoload (quote pr-show-lpr-setup) "printing" "\
20637 Show current lpr settings.
20638
20639 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20640
20641 (autoload (quote pr-ps-fast-fire) "printing" "\
20642 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
20643
20644 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
20645 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
20646 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
20647 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
20648
20649
20650 Interactively, you have the following situations:
20651
20652 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20653 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
20654 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
20655
20656 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20657 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20658 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
20659 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
20660 current active printer.
20661
20662 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20663 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
20664 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
20665 printer.
20666
20667 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20668 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
20669 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
20670 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
20671 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20672
20673
20674 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
20675 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
20676
20677 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
20678
20679 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
20680 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
20681 be done using the new current active printer.
20682
20683 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
20684 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
20685 printer.
20686
20687 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
20688 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
20689 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
20690 instead of sending it to the printer.
20691
20692 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
20693 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
20694 printer.
20695
20696 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
20697
20698
20699 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
20700 are both set to t.
20701
20702 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
20703
20704 (autoload (quote pr-txt-fast-fire) "printing" "\
20705 Fast fire function for text printing.
20706
20707 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
20708 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
20709 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
20710 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
20711
20712 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20713 user for a new active text printer.
20714
20715 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
20716
20717 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
20718
20719 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
20720 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
20721 printer.
20722
20723 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
20724
20725 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
20726 are both set to t.
20727
20728 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
20729
20730 ;;;***
20731 \f
20732 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
20733 ;;;;;; (17388 22062))
20734 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
20735
20736 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
20737 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
20738 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
20739 Commands:
20740 \\{prolog-mode-map}
20741 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
20742 if that value is non-nil.
20743
20744 \(fn)" t nil)
20745
20746 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
20747 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
20748
20749 \(fn)" t nil)
20750
20751 ;;;***
20752 \f
20753 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (17383 24126))
20754 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
20755
20756 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
20757 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
20758 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
20759
20760 ;;;***
20761 \f
20762 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (17388
20763 ;;;;;; 22062))
20764 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
20765
20766 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
20767 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
20768
20769 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
20770
20771 The following variables hold user options, and can
20772 be set through the `customize' command:
20773
20774 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
20775 `ps-mode-tab'
20776 `ps-mode-paper-size'
20777 `ps-mode-print-function'
20778 `ps-run-prompt'
20779 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
20780 `ps-run-x'
20781 `ps-run-dumb'
20782 `ps-run-init'
20783 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
20784 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
20785
20786 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
20787
20788
20789 \\{ps-mode-map}
20790
20791
20792 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
20793 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
20794 The keymap for this second window is:
20795
20796 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
20797
20798
20799 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
20800 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
20801 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
20802 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
20803 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
20804
20805 \(fn)" t nil)
20806
20807 ;;;***
20808 \f
20809 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-encode-header-string
20810 ;;;;;; ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string
20811 ;;;;;; ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer)
20812 ;;;;;; "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (17383 24126))
20813 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
20814
20815 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
20816 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
20817
20818 Valid values are:
20819
20820 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
20821 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
20822 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
20823 changed by setting the variable
20824 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
20825 The initial value of this variable is
20826 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
20827 documentation).
20828
20829 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
20830 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
20831 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
20832 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
20833 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
20834 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
20835 test it.
20836
20837 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
20838 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
20839 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
20840 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
20841 source file. BDF fonts are included in
20842 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
20843 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
20844 use this value, be sure to have installed
20845 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
20846 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
20847 documentation of this variable).
20848
20849 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
20850 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
20851 characters. This is convenient when you want or
20852 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
20853 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
20854 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
20855
20856 Any other value is treated as nil.")
20857
20858 (custom-autoload (quote ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule")
20859
20860 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
20861 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
20862 STRING should contain only ASCII characters.
20863
20864 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20865
20866 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
20867 Not documented
20868
20869 \(fn)" nil nil)
20870
20871 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
20872 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
20873
20874 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
20875
20876 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
20877
20878 Returns the value:
20879
20880 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
20881
20882 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
20883 the sequence.
20884
20885 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
20886
20887 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
20888 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
20889
20890 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
20891 composition.
20892
20893 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
20894
20895 Returns the value:
20896
20897 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
20898
20899 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
20900 the sequence.
20901
20902 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
20903
20904 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
20905 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters.
20906
20907 \(fn)" nil nil)
20908
20909 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
20910 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
20911 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\".
20912
20913 \(fn STRING FONTTAG)" nil nil)
20914
20915 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
20916 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
20917 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not.
20918
20919 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
20920
20921 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" "\
20922 Not documented
20923
20924 \(fn)" nil nil)
20925
20926 ;;;***
20927 \f
20928 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
20929 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
20930 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
20931 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
20932 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
20933 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (17383
20934 ;;;;;; 24126))
20935 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
20936
20937 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
20938 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
20939 See `ps-paper-type'.")
20940
20941 (custom-autoload (quote ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print")
20942
20943 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
20944 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
20945 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
20946 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
20947
20948 (custom-autoload (quote ps-paper-type) "ps-print")
20949
20950 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\
20951 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
20952
20953 Valid values are:
20954
20955 nil Do not print colors.
20956
20957 t Print colors.
20958
20959 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
20960 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
20961
20962 Any other value is treated as t.")
20963
20964 (custom-autoload (quote ps-print-color-p) "ps-print")
20965
20966 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
20967 Customization of ps-print group.
20968
20969 \(fn)" t nil)
20970
20971 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
20972 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
20973
20974 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
20975 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
20976 sending it to the printer.
20977
20978 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20979 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20980 image in a file with that name.
20981
20982 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20983
20984 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
20985 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
20986 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
20987 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
20988 so it has a way to determine color values.
20989
20990 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20991
20992 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
20993 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
20994 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
20995
20996 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20997
20998 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
20999 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21000 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21001 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21002 so it has a way to determine color values.
21003
21004 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21005
21006 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21007 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21008 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21009 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21010
21011 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21012
21013 \(fn)" t nil)
21014
21015 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21016 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21017 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21018 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21019 so it has a way to determine color values.
21020
21021 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21022
21023 \(fn)" t nil)
21024
21025 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
21026 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21027 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21028
21029 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21030
21031 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21032
21033 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21034 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21035 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21036 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21037 so it has a way to determine color values.
21038
21039 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21040
21041 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21042
21043 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
21044 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21045
21046 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21047 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21048 instead of sending it to the printer.
21049
21050 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21051 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21052 image in a file with that name.
21053
21054 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21055
21056 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
21057 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21058 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21059 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21060 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21061
21062 \(fn)" t nil)
21063
21064 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21065 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21066 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21067
21068 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21069
21070 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
21071 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21072 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21073
21074 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21075
21076 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
21077 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21078
21079 \(fn)" nil nil)
21080
21081 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
21082 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21083
21084 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21085 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21086
21087 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21088 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21089
21090 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21091
21092 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21093
21094 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21095
21096 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
21097 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21098
21099 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21100 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21101
21102 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21103 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21104
21105 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21106
21107 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21108
21109 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21110
21111 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21112 foreground and background colors respectively.
21113
21114 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21115 bold - use bold font.
21116 italic - use italic font.
21117 underline - put a line under text.
21118 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21119 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21120 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21121 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21122 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21123
21124 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21125
21126 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21127
21128 ;;;***
21129 \f
21130 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
21131 ;;;;;; (17388 22062))
21132 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21133
21134 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("jython" . jython-mode)))
21135
21136 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("python" . python-mode)))
21137
21138 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.py\\'" . python-mode)))
21139
21140 (autoload (quote run-python) "python" "\
21141 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
21142 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
21143 buffer automatically.
21144 If there is a process already running in `*Python*', switch to
21145 that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit the initial
21146 command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args will be added
21147 to this as appropriate. Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook'
21148 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
21149 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
21150
21151 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW)" t nil)
21152
21153 (autoload (quote python-mode) "python" "\
21154 Major mode for editing Python files.
21155 Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is required for correct
21156 parsing of the source.
21157 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
21158 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
21159 commands for running Python under Emacs.
21160
21161 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
21162 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
21163 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
21164 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
21165 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
21166 \\<python-mode-map>
21167 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
21168 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
21169 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
21170 deletes a charcter backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
21171 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
21172 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
21173
21174 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multiline strings appropriately, but has no
21175 effect outside them.
21176
21177 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
21178 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
21179 lines count as headers.
21180
21181 \\{python-mode-map}
21182
21183 \(fn)" t nil)
21184
21185 (autoload (quote jython-mode) "python" "\
21186 Major mode for editing Jython files.
21187 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
21188 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
21189
21190 \(fn)" t nil)
21191
21192 ;;;***
21193 \f
21194 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
21195 ;;;;;; (17406 37716))
21196 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21197
21198 (autoload (quote quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "\
21199 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21200 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21201 coding-system.
21202
21203 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21204 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21205
21206 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21207 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21208 them into characters should be done separately.
21209
21210 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21211
21212 ;;;***
21213 \f
21214 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
21215 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
21216 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
21217 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
21218 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (17250 28362))
21219 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21220
21221 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
21222 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21223
21224 \(fn)" nil nil)
21225
21226 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
21227 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21228 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
21229
21230 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21231 `quail-activate', which see.
21232
21233 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21234
21235 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
21236 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21237 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21238 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21239 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21240 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21241 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21242
21243 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21244 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21245 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21246 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21247 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21248 shown.
21249 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21250
21251 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21252 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21253 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21254 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21255 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21256 list of candidates.
21257
21258 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21259 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21260 command to be called.
21261
21262 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21263 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21264 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21265 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21266
21267 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21268 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21269 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21270 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21271 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21272 to t.
21273
21274 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21275 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21276 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21277 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21278
21279 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
21280 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
21281 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
21282 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
21283
21284 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21285 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21286 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21287 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21288 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21289 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21290
21291 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21292 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
21293 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
21294 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
21295 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
21296 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
21297
21298 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
21299 covers Quail translation region.
21300
21301 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
21302 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
21303 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
21304 for it) is inserted.
21305
21306 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
21307 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
21308 vs. corresponding command to be called.
21309
21310 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
21311 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
21312 non-Quail commands.
21313
21314 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
21315
21316 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
21317 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
21318
21319 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
21320 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
21321 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
21322 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
21323 you type is correctly handled.
21324
21325 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
21326
21327 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
21328 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
21329
21330 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
21331 keyboard type.
21332
21333 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
21334
21335 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
21336 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
21337 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
21338 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21339 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
21340 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21341 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21342 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21343 for the translation.
21344 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21345
21346 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21347 it is used to handle KEY.
21348
21349 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
21350 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
21351 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
21352 the following annotation types are supported.
21353
21354 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
21355 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
21356
21357 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
21358 candidate list.
21359
21360 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
21361 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
21362 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
21363 inserted.
21364
21365 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
21366 generated for the following translations.
21367
21368 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
21369
21370 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
21371 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
21372
21373 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21374 which to install MAP.
21375
21376 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
21377
21378 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21379
21380 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
21381 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
21382
21383 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21384 which to install MAP.
21385
21386 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
21387
21388 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21389
21390 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
21391 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
21392 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21393 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
21394 a function, or a cons.
21395 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21396 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21397 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21398 for the translation.
21399 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
21400 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
21401 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
21402 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
21403 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21404
21405 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21406 it is used to handle KEY.
21407
21408 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
21409 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
21410 current Quail package.
21411
21412 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
21413 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21414
21415 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
21416
21417 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
21418 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
21419
21420 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
21421 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21422
21423 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
21424
21425 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
21426 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
21427
21428 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
21429
21430 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
21431 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
21432 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
21433 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
21434 of the Emacs source tree.
21435
21436 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
21437 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
21438
21439 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
21440 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
21441 of each directory.
21442
21443 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
21444
21445 ;;;***
21446 \f
21447 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
21448 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
21449 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (17383
21450 ;;;;;; 13296))
21451 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
21452
21453 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
21454 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
21455 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
21456 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
21457
21458 To make use of this do something like:
21459
21460 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
21461
21462 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
21463
21464 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
21465 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
21466
21467 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
21468 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
21469 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
21470
21471 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
21472
21473 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
21474 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
21475
21476 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
21477
21478 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
21479 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
21480
21481 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
21482 is decided.
21483
21484 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
21485
21486 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
21487 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
21488
21489 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
21490 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
21491 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
21492
21493 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
21494
21495 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
21496 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
21497
21498 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
21499
21500 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
21501 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
21502
21503 \(fn)" t nil)
21504
21505 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
21506 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
21507
21508 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
21509
21510 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
21511
21512 \(fn)" t nil)
21513
21514 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
21515 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
21516
21517 \(fn)" t nil)
21518
21519 ;;;***
21520 \f
21521 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
21522 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (17448 18873))
21523 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
21524
21525 (autoload (quote rcirc) "rcirc" "\
21526 Connect to IRC.
21527 If ARG is non-nil, prompt for a server to connect to.
21528
21529 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21530
21531 (defalias (quote irc) (quote rcirc))
21532
21533 (autoload (quote rcirc-connect) "rcirc" "\
21534 Not documented
21535
21536 \(fn &optional SERVER PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS)" nil nil)
21537
21538 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
21539 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
21540 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21541 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21542 use either \\[customize] or the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
21543
21544 (custom-autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc")
21545
21546 (put (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
21547
21548 (autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc" "\
21549 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
21550
21551 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21552
21553 ;;;***
21554 \f
21555 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (17383
21556 ;;;;;; 13296))
21557 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
21558
21559 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
21560 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
21561 See \\[compile].
21562
21563 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
21564
21565 ;;;***
21566 \f
21567 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
21568 ;;;;;; (17383 16118))
21569 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
21570
21571 (defalias (quote regexp-builder) (quote re-builder))
21572
21573 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
21574 Construct a regexp interactively.
21575
21576 \(fn)" t nil)
21577
21578 ;;;***
21579 \f
21580 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (17383 24126))
21581 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
21582
21583 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
21584 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
21585 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21586 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21587 use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.")
21588
21589 (custom-autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf")
21590
21591 (put (quote recentf-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
21592
21593 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
21594 Toggle recentf mode.
21595 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
21596 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
21597
21598 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
21599 that were operated on recently.
21600
21601 \\{recentf-mode-map}
21602
21603 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21604
21605 ;;;***
21606 \f
21607 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
21608 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
21609 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
21610 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (17383
21611 ;;;;;; 24127))
21612 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
21613
21614 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
21615 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
21616 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
21617 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
21618
21619 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
21620
21621 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
21622
21623 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
21624 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
21625 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
21626 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
21627 ends.
21628
21629 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21630 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
21631 to be deleted.
21632
21633 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21634
21635 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
21636 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
21637 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
21638
21639 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21640 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
21641 deleted.
21642
21643 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
21644
21645 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
21646 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
21647 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
21648
21649 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
21650
21651 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
21652 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
21653
21654 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21655 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
21656
21657 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
21658 deleted.
21659
21660 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21661
21662 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
21663 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
21664
21665 \(fn)" t nil)
21666
21667 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
21668 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
21669 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
21670 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
21671 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
21672 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
21673 and point is at the lower right corner.
21674
21675 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
21676
21677 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
21678 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
21679
21680 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
21681 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
21682
21683 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21684 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
21685 on the right side of the rectangle.
21686
21687 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21688
21689 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
21690
21691 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
21692 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
21693 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
21694 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
21695 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
21696
21697 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21698 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
21699
21700 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21701
21702 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
21703 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
21704 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
21705
21706 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
21707
21708 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
21709
21710 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
21711
21712 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
21713 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
21714
21715 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21716 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
21717 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
21718
21719 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
21720
21721 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
21722 Blank out the region-rectangle.
21723 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
21724
21725 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21726 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
21727 rectangle which were empty.
21728
21729 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21730
21731 ;;;***
21732 \f
21733 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (17383
21734 ;;;;;; 15658))
21735 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
21736
21737 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
21738 Toggle Refill minor mode.
21739 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
21740
21741 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
21742 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
21743 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
21744
21745 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21746
21747 ;;;***
21748 \f
21749 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
21750 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (17404 10043))
21751 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
21752
21753 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
21754 Turn on RefTeX mode.
21755
21756 \(fn)" nil nil)
21757
21758 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
21759 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
21760
21761 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
21762 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
21763
21764 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
21765 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
21766 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
21767 \\ref macro.
21768
21769 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
21770 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
21771 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
21772
21773 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
21774 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
21775 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
21776
21777 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
21778 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
21779
21780 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
21781 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
21782
21783 \\{reftex-mode-map}
21784 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
21785 on the menu bar.
21786
21787 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
21788
21789 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21790
21791 (autoload (quote reftex-reset-scanning-information) "reftex" "\
21792 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
21793 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
21794
21795 \(fn)" nil nil)
21796
21797 ;;;***
21798 \f
21799 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
21800 ;;;;;; (17404 4365))
21801 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
21802
21803 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
21804 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
21805 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
21806 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
21807 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
21808 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
21809
21810 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
21811
21812 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
21813
21814 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
21815 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
21816 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
21817 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
21818 `reftex-cite-format'.
21819
21820 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
21821 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
21822 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
21823 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
21824
21825 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
21826
21827 ;;;***
21828 \f
21829 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
21830 ;;;;;; (17404 4365))
21831 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
21832
21833 (autoload (quote reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "\
21834 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
21835 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
21836 the current TeX document.
21837
21838 With no argument, this command toggles
21839 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
21840 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on iff ARG is positive.
21841
21842 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21843
21844 ;;;***
21845 \f
21846 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
21847 ;;;;;; (17413 18835))
21848 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
21849
21850 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
21851 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
21852 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
21853
21854 To insert new phrases, use
21855 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
21856 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
21857
21858 To index phrases use one of:
21859
21860 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
21861 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
21862 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
21863 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
21864 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
21865
21866 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
21867 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
21868
21869 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
21870
21871 Here are all local bindings.
21872
21873 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
21874
21875 \(fn)" t nil)
21876
21877 ;;;***
21878 \f
21879 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
21880 ;;;;;; (17404 4365))
21881 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
21882
21883 (autoload (quote reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "\
21884 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
21885 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
21886 of master file.
21887
21888 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
21889
21890 ;;;***
21891 \f
21892 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
21893 ;;;;;; (17383 16119))
21894 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
21895
21896 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
21897 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
21898 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
21899 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
21900 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
21901 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
21902
21903 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
21904 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
21905
21906 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
21907 by \\=\\< and \\>.
21908
21909 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
21910
21911 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
21912 Return the depth of REGEXP.
21913 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
21914 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
21915
21916 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
21917
21918 ;;;***
21919 \f
21920 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (17383 24127))
21921 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
21922
21923 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
21924 Repeat most recently executed command.
21925 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
21926 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
21927 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
21928
21929 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
21930 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
21931 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
21932
21933 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
21934
21935 ;;;***
21936 \f
21937 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
21938 ;;;;;; (17383 16812))
21939 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
21940
21941 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
21942 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
21943
21944 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
21945 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
21946 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
21947 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
21948 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
21949 and point is left after the salutation.
21950
21951 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
21952 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
21953 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
21954 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
21955 left after that text.
21956
21957 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
21958 is non-nil.
21959
21960 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
21961 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
21962 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
21963 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
21964
21965 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
21966
21967 ;;;***
21968 \f
21969 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
21970 ;;;;;; (17383 24127))
21971 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
21972
21973 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
21974 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
21975 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
21976 visibility of comments that precede it.
21977 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
21978 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
21979 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
21980 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
21981 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
21982 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
21983 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
21984 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
21985 the comment lines.
21986 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
21987 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
21988 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
21989 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
21990 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
21991
21992 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21993 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
21994
21995 ;;;***
21996 \f
21997 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (17383
21998 ;;;;;; 24127))
21999 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
22000
22001 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
22002 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
22003
22004 \(fn)" nil nil)
22005
22006 ;;;***
22007 \f
22008 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22009 ;;;;;; (17349 36484))
22010 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22011
22012 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22013 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
22014 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22015
22016 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22017 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22018 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22019
22020 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22021
22022 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22023 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22024 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22025 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22026 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22027
22028 (custom-autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal")
22029
22030 (put (quote global-reveal-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
22031
22032 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22033 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
22034 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22035
22036 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22037 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22038 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22039
22040 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22041
22042 ;;;***
22043 \f
22044 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22045 ;;;;;; (17383 16119))
22046 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22047
22048 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
22049 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22050
22051 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22052
22053 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
22054 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22055
22056 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22057
22058 ;;;***
22059 \f
22060 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (17383 13296))
22061 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22062 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
22063
22064 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
22065 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22066 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22067 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22068
22069 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22070
22071 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22072 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22073 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22074 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22075
22076 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22077 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22078
22079 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22080 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22081
22082 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22083 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22084 INPUT-ARGS.
22085
22086 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22087 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22088 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22089 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22090 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22091
22092 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22093 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22094 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22095 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22096
22097 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22098 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22099 variable.
22100
22101 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22102
22103 ;;;***
22104 \f
22105 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22106 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
22107 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
22108 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
22109 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
22110 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names
22111 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (17445
22112 ;;;;;; 10908))
22113 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22114
22115 (autoload (quote rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "\
22116 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22117 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22118
22119 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22120
22121 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22122 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
22123 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
22124 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
22125
22126 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail")
22127
22128 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
22129 A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
22130 variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
22131 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
22132 value is the user's email address and name.)
22133 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
22134
22135 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:\\|^DomainKey-Signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:") "\
22136 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22137 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22138 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22139 which normally happens once for each message,
22140 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22141 To make a change in this variable take effect
22142 for a message that you have already viewed,
22143 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22144
22145 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-ignored-headers) "rmail")
22146
22147 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22148 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22149 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22150 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22151
22152 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-displayed-headers) "rmail")
22153
22154 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
22155 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22156
22157 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-retry-ignored-headers) "rmail")
22158
22159 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
22160 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22161 A value of nil means don't highlight.
22162 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
22163
22164 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlighted-headers) "rmail")
22165
22166 (defvar rmail-highlight-face (quote rmail-highlight) "\
22167 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
22168
22169 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlight-face) "rmail")
22170
22171 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
22172 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
22173
22174 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-delete-after-output) "rmail")
22175
22176 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22177 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
22178 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
22179 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
22180 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
22181
22182 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-primary-inbox-list) "rmail")
22183
22184 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
22185 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.
22186 This is handy if you want to preserve the window configuration of
22187 the frame where you have the RMAIL buffer displayed.")
22188
22189 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-mail-new-frame) "rmail")
22190
22191 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
22192 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22193
22194 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-directory) "rmail")
22195
22196 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
22197 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22198
22199 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-regexp) "rmail")
22200
22201 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
22202 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
22203
22204 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-confirm-expunge) "rmail")
22205
22206 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22207 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22208
22209 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
22210 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
22211
22212 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22213 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22214
22215 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-show-message-hook) "rmail")
22216
22217 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
22218 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
22219
22220 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
22221 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
22222 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
22223 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
22224
22225 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22226 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22227
22228 This is set to nil by default.")
22229
22230 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
22231 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
22232 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
22233 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
22234 until a user explicitly requires it.
22235
22236 Even if the value is non-nil, you can't use MIME feature
22237 if the feature specified by `rmail-mime-feature' is not available
22238 in your session.")
22239
22240 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-enable-mime) "rmail")
22241
22242 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
22243 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
22244 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22245 It is called with no argument.")
22246
22247 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22248 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22249 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
22250 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
22251 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22252 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22253 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22254
22255 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
22256 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
22257 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22258 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22259 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22260 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22261
22262 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
22263 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
22264 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22265 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
22266 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
22267
22268 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
22269 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
22270 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22271 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
22272 MSG is the message number,
22273 REGEXP is the regular expression,
22274 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
22275
22276 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
22277 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
22278 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
22279 this feature is required with `require'.
22280
22281 The default value is `rmail-mime'. This feature is provided by
22282 the rmail-mime package available at <http://www.m17n.org/rmail-mime/>.")
22283
22284 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
22285 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
22286 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
22287 the message is decoded as normal way.
22288
22289 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
22290 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
22291 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
22292
22293 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\";]+\\)\"?" "\
22294 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
22295 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
22296
22297 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
22298 Read and edit incoming mail.
22299 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
22300 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
22301 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
22302
22303 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
22304 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
22305 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
22306 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
22307
22308 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
22309
22310 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
22311
22312 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
22313 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
22314 All normal editing commands are turned off.
22315 Instead, these commands are available:
22316
22317 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
22318 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
22319 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
22320 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
22321 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
22322 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
22323 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
22324 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
22325 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
22326 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
22327 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
22328 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
22329 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
22330 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
22331 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
22332 till a deleted message is found.
22333 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
22334 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
22335 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
22336 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
22337 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
22338 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
22339 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
22340 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
22341 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
22342 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
22343 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
22344 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
22345 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
22346 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
22347 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
22348 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
22349 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
22350 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
22351 (label defaults to last one specified).
22352 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
22353 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
22354 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
22355 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
22356 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
22357 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
22358 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
22359 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
22360 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
22361
22362 \(fn)" t nil)
22363
22364 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
22365 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
22366
22367 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22368
22369 (autoload (quote rmail-set-remote-password) "rmail" "\
22370 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
22371
22372 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
22373
22374 ;;;***
22375 \f
22376 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
22377 ;;;;;; (17383 16812))
22378 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
22379
22380 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
22381 Edit the contents of this message.
22382
22383 \(fn)" t nil)
22384
22385 ;;;***
22386 \f
22387 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
22388 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
22389 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (17383 16812))
22390 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
22391
22392 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22393 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22394 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22395
22396 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22397
22398 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22399 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22400 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22401
22402 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22403
22404 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22405 Not documented
22406
22407 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
22408
22409 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
22410 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
22411 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
22412 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
22413 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
22414
22415 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
22416
22417 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
22418 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
22419 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
22420 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
22421 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
22422
22423 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
22424
22425 ;;;***
22426 \f
22427 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
22428 ;;;;;; (17383 16812))
22429 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
22430
22431 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
22432 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
22433 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
22434 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
22435
22436 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22437
22438 ;;;***
22439 \f
22440 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
22441 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
22442 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (17383 16812))
22443 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
22444
22445 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
22446 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
22447 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
22448 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
22449 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
22450 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
22451 a file name as a string.")
22452
22453 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout")
22454
22455 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
22456 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
22457 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
22458 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
22459 buffer visiting that file.
22460 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
22461 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
22462
22463 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
22464 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
22465
22466 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
22467 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
22468
22469 If the optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
22470 message up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
22471
22472 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
22473
22474 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
22475 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
22476
22477 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-fields-not-to-output) "rmailout")
22478
22479 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
22480 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
22481 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
22482 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
22483 When called from lisp code, COUNT may be omitted and defaults to 1.
22484
22485 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
22486 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
22487 will be appended with their original headers.
22488
22489 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
22490 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
22491
22492 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
22493 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
22494
22495 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
22496
22497 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
22498
22499 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
22500 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
22501 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
22502
22503 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22504
22505 ;;;***
22506 \f
22507 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
22508 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
22509 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (17383
22510 ;;;;;; 16812))
22511 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
22512
22513 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
22514 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
22515 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22516
22517 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22518
22519 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
22520 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
22521 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22522
22523 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22524
22525 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
22526 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
22527 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22528
22529 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22530
22531 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
22532 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
22533 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22534
22535 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22536
22537 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
22538 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
22539 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22540
22541 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22542
22543 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
22544 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
22545 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22546
22547 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22548
22549 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
22550 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
22551 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22552 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
22553
22554 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
22555
22556 ;;;***
22557 \f
22558 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
22559 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
22560 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
22561 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
22562 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (17426 63564))
22563 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
22564
22565 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
22566 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
22567
22568 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum")
22569
22570 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
22571 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
22572
22573 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-count-flag) "rmailsum")
22574
22575 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
22576 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
22577
22578 \(fn)" t nil)
22579
22580 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
22581 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
22582 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
22583
22584 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
22585
22586 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
22587 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
22588 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
22589 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
22590 only look in the To and From fields.
22591 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
22592
22593 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
22594
22595 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
22596 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
22597 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
22598 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
22599 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
22600
22601 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
22602
22603 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
22604 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
22605 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
22606 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
22607 look in the whole message.
22608 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
22609
22610 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
22611
22612 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
22613 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
22614 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
22615
22616 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
22617
22618 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
22619 *Function to decode summary-line.
22620
22621 By default, `identity' is set.")
22622
22623 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-decoder) "rmailsum")
22624
22625 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22626 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22627 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22628 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22629 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22630 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22631 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22632
22633 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22634 sent by you under different user names.
22635 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22636
22637 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22638
22639 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-user-mail-address-regexp) "rmailsum")
22640
22641 ;;;***
22642 \f
22643 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
22644 ;;;;;; (17382 34311))
22645 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
22646
22647 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
22648 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
22649 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
22650 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work.
22651
22652 \(fn &optional NOQUERY)" t nil)
22653
22654 ;;;***
22655 \f
22656 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
22657 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (17383 24127))
22658 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
22659
22660 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
22661 Return Rot13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
22662
22663 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
22664
22665 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
22666 Return Rot13 encryption of STRING.
22667
22668 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
22669
22670 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
22671 Rot13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
22672
22673 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22674
22675 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
22676 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
22677 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
22678
22679 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
22680 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
22681 in rot 13.
22682
22683 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
22684
22685 \(fn)" t nil)
22686
22687 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
22688 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window.
22689
22690 \(fn)" t nil)
22691
22692 ;;;***
22693 \f
22694 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
22695 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
22696 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
22697 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "obsolete/rsz-mini.el"
22698 ;;;;;; (17382 34311))
22699 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rsz-mini.el
22700
22701 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
22702 *This variable is obsolete.")
22703
22704 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini")
22705
22706 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
22707 *This variable is obsolete.")
22708
22709 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-max-height) "rsz-mini")
22710
22711 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
22712 *This variable is obsolete.")
22713
22714 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-exactly) "rsz-mini")
22715
22716 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
22717 *This variable is obsolete.")
22718
22719 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame) "rsz-mini")
22720
22721 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
22722 *This variable is obsolete.")
22723
22724 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height) "rsz-mini")
22725
22726 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
22727 *This variable is obsolete.")
22728
22729 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly) "rsz-mini")
22730
22731 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
22732 This function is obsolete.
22733
22734 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
22735
22736 ;;;***
22737 \f
22738 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (17383
22739 ;;;;;; 24127))
22740 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
22741
22742 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
22743 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
22744
22745 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22746
22747 ;;;***
22748 \f
22749 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (17416
22750 ;;;;;; 13385))
22751 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
22752
22753 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
22754 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
22755 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
22756 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
22757
22758 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
22759
22760 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
22761 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
22762 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
22763 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
22764
22765 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
22766 notation.
22767
22768 STRING
22769 matches string STRING literally.
22770
22771 CHAR
22772 matches character CHAR literally.
22773
22774 `not-newline', `nonl'
22775 matches any character except a newline.
22776 .
22777 `anything'
22778 matches any character
22779
22780 `(any SET ...)'
22781 `(in SET ...)'
22782 `(char SET ...)'
22783 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
22784 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
22785 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
22786
22787 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
22788 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
22789 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
22790 `word', or one of their synonyms.
22791
22792 `(not (any SET ...))'
22793 matches any character not in SET ...
22794
22795 `line-start', `bol'
22796 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
22797 in the text being matched
22798
22799 `line-end', `eol'
22800 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
22801
22802 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
22803 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
22804 string being matched against.
22805
22806 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
22807 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
22808 string being matched against.
22809
22810 `buffer-start'
22811 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
22812 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
22813
22814 `buffer-end'
22815 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
22816 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
22817
22818 `point'
22819 matches the empty string, but only at point.
22820
22821 `word-start', `bow'
22822 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
22823 word.
22824
22825 `word-end', `eow'
22826 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
22827
22828 `word-boundary'
22829 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
22830 word.
22831
22832 `(not word-boundary)'
22833 `not-word-boundary'
22834 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
22835 word.
22836
22837 `digit', `numeric', `num'
22838 matches 0 through 9.
22839
22840 `control', `cntrl'
22841 matches ASCII control characters.
22842
22843 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
22844 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
22845
22846 `blank'
22847 matches space and tab only.
22848
22849 `graphic', `graph'
22850 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
22851 space, and DEL.
22852
22853 `printing', `print'
22854 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
22855 and DEL.
22856
22857 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
22858 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
22859 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
22860
22861 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
22862 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
22863 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
22864
22865 `ascii'
22866 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
22867
22868 `nonascii'
22869 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
22870
22871 `lower', `lower-case'
22872 matches anything lower-case.
22873
22874 `upper', `upper-case'
22875 matches anything upper-case.
22876
22877 `punctuation', `punct'
22878 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
22879 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
22880
22881 `space', `whitespace', `white'
22882 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
22883
22884 `word', `wordchar'
22885 matches anything that has word syntax.
22886
22887 `not-wordchar'
22888 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
22889
22890 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
22891 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
22892 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
22893 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
22894
22895 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
22896 `punctuation' (\\s.)
22897 `word' (\\sw)
22898 `symbol' (\\s_)
22899 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
22900 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
22901 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
22902 `string-quote' (\\s\")
22903 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
22904 `escape' (\\s\\)
22905 `character-quote' (\\s/)
22906 `comment-start' (\\s<)
22907 `comment-end' (\\s>)
22908 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
22909 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
22910
22911 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
22912 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
22913
22914 `(category CATEGORY)'
22915 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
22916 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
22917
22918 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
22919 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
22920 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
22921 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
22922 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
22923 `symbol' (\\c5)
22924 `digit' (\\c6)
22925 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
22926 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
22927 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
22928 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
22929 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
22930 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
22931 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
22932 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
22933 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
22934 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
22935 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
22936 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
22937 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
22938 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
22939 `ascii' (\\ca)
22940 `arabic' (\\cb)
22941 `chinese' (\\cc)
22942 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
22943 `greek' (\\cg)
22944 `korean' (\\ch)
22945 `indian' (\\ci)
22946 `japanese' (\\cj)
22947 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
22948 `latin' (\\cl)
22949 `lao' (\\co)
22950 `tibetan' (\\cq)
22951 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
22952 `thai' (\\ct)
22953 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
22954 `hebrew' (\\cw)
22955 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
22956 `can-break' (\\c|)
22957
22958 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
22959 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
22960
22961 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22962 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22963 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22964 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22965 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
22966
22967 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22968 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22969 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
22970 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
22971
22972 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22973 another name for `submatch'.
22974
22975 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22976 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22977 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
22978 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
22979 regular expression.
22980
22981 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
22982 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
22983 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
22984 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
22985 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
22986
22987 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
22988 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
22989
22990 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
22991 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
22992
22993 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
22994 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
22995 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
22996
22997 `(* SEXP ...)'
22998 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
22999 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23000
23001 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23002 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23003 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23004
23005 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23006 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23007 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23008
23009 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23010 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23011
23012 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23013 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23014
23015 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23016 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23017 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23018 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23019
23020 `(? SEXP ...)'
23021 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23022
23023 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23024 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23025
23026 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23027 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23028 matches N occurrences.
23029
23030 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23031 matches N or more occurrences.
23032
23033 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23034 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23035 matches N to M occurrences.
23036
23037 `(backref N)'
23038 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23039
23040 `(backref N)'
23041 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23042
23043 `(backref N)'
23044 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23045
23046 `(eval FORM)'
23047 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23048 `regexp-quote' it.
23049
23050 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23051 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23052
23053 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
23054
23055 ;;;***
23056 \f
23057 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
23058 ;;;;;; (17383 24127))
23059 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23060
23061 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23062 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
23063 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
23064 interface.")
23065
23066 (custom-autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist")
23067
23068 (autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist" "\
23069 Toggle savehist-mode.
23070 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
23071 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
23072 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
23073 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
23074
23075 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23076 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
23077 which is probably undesirable.
23078
23079 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23080
23081 ;;;***
23082 \f
23083 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23084 ;;;;;; (17388 22062))
23085 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23086
23087 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
23088 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23089 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23090
23091 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23092 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23093 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23094 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23095 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23096 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23097 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23098 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23099
23100 Commands:
23101 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23102 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23103 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23104 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23105 if that value is non-nil.
23106
23107 \(fn)" t nil)
23108
23109 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
23110 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23111 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23112
23113 Commands:
23114 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23115 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23116 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23117 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23118 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23119 that variable's value is a string.
23120
23121 \(fn)" t nil)
23122
23123 ;;;***
23124 \f
23125 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23126 ;;;;;; (17382 1051))
23127 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23128
23129 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
23130 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23131 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23132
23133 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23134
23135 \(fn)" t nil)
23136
23137 ;;;***
23138 \f
23139 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "obsolete/scribe.el" (17382
23140 ;;;;;; 34311))
23141 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/scribe.el
23142
23143 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
23144 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
23145 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
23146 \\{scribe-mode-map}
23147
23148 Interesting variables:
23149
23150 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs'
23151 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
23152
23153 `scribe-electric-quote'
23154 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
23155
23156 `scribe-electric-parenthesis'
23157 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
23158 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form.
23159
23160 \(fn)" t nil)
23161
23162 ;;;***
23163 \f
23164 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23165 ;;;;;; (17383 24127))
23166 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23167
23168 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23169 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23170 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23171 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23172 use either \\[customize] or the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23173
23174 (custom-autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all")
23175
23176 (put (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
23177
23178 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
23179 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
23180 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23181 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
23182 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23183
23184 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23185
23186 ;;;***
23187 \f
23188 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
23189 ;;;;;; (17383 24127))
23190 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23191
23192 (autoload (quote scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "\
23193 Minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23194 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
23195 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
23196 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
23197 during scrolling.
23198
23199 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23200
23201 ;;;***
23202 \f
23203 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
23204 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
23205 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
23206 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
23207 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
23208 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
23209 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
23210 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
23211 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (17383 16812))
23212 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23213
23214 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
23215 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23216
23217 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23218 king@grassland.com
23219 If `parens', they look like:
23220 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23221 If `angles', they look like:
23222 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23223 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
23224 derived from the envelope-from address.
23225
23226 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
23227 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
23228 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
23229 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
23230
23231 (custom-autoload (quote mail-from-style) "sendmail")
23232
23233 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23234 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23235 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23236 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23237
23238 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23239 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23240 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23241 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23242
23243 (custom-autoload (quote mail-specify-envelope-from) "sendmail")
23244
23245 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23246 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23247 This is done when the message is initialized,
23248 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23249
23250 (custom-autoload (quote mail-self-blind) "sendmail")
23251
23252 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
23253 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23254 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
23255
23256 (custom-autoload (quote mail-interactive) "sendmail")
23257
23258 (put (quote send-mail-function) (quote standard-value) (quote ((if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)))))
23259
23260 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)) "\
23261 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23262 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23263 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23264 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23265 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23266 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23267
23268 (custom-autoload (quote send-mail-function) "sendmail")
23269
23270 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
23271 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23272
23273 (custom-autoload (quote mail-header-separator) "sendmail")
23274
23275 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23276 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23277 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
23278
23279 (custom-autoload (quote mail-archive-file-name) "sendmail")
23280
23281 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23282 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23283 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23284 when you first send mail.")
23285
23286 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-reply-to) "sendmail")
23287
23288 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
23289 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
23290 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
23291 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
23292 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
23293
23294 (custom-autoload (quote mail-alias-file) "sendmail")
23295
23296 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
23297 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23298 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23299 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23300 This file need not actually exist.")
23301
23302 (custom-autoload (quote mail-personal-alias-file) "sendmail")
23303
23304 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23305 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing mail message is initialized.
23306 The function `mail-setup' runs this hook.")
23307
23308 (custom-autoload (quote mail-setup-hook) "sendmail")
23309
23310 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23311 Alist of mail address aliases,
23312 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23313 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23314 can specify a different file name.)
23315 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23316 alias ALIAS MEANING")
23317
23318 (defvar mail-yank-prefix nil "\
23319 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23320 nil means use indentation.")
23321
23322 (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-prefix) "sendmail")
23323
23324 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
23325 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
23326 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
23327
23328 (custom-autoload (quote mail-indentation-spaces) "sendmail")
23329
23330 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
23331 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
23332 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
23333 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
23334 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
23335 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
23336 in the cited portion of the message.
23337
23338 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
23339 instead of no action.")
23340
23341 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-hook) "sendmail")
23342
23343 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp "[ ]*[-a-z0-9A-Z]*>+[ ]*\\|[ ]*" "\
23344 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
23345 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
23346 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
23347 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
23348
23349 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-prefix-regexp) "sendmail")
23350
23351 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
23352 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
23353 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
23354 If a string, that string is inserted.
23355 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
23356 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
23357 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
23358 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
23359
23360 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature) "sendmail")
23361
23362 (defvar mail-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
23363 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
23364
23365 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature-file) "sendmail")
23366
23367 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
23368 Directory for mail buffers.
23369 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
23370 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
23371
23372 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-directory) "sendmail")
23373
23374 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
23375 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
23376 It is inserted before you edit the message,
23377 so you can edit or delete these lines.")
23378
23379 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-headers) "sendmail")
23380
23381 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
23382 If non-nil, try to show RMAIL summary buffer after returning from mail.
23383 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
23384 the RMAIL summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
23385 is non-nil.")
23386
23387 (custom-autoload (quote mail-bury-selects-summary) "sendmail")
23388
23389 (defvar mail-send-nonascii (quote mime) "\
23390 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
23391 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
23392 `query' means ask the user each time.
23393 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
23394 The default is `mime'.
23395 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
23396 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
23397
23398 (custom-autoload (quote mail-send-nonascii) "sendmail")
23399
23400 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
23401 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
23402 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
23403
23404 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
23405 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
23406
23407 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
23408 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
23409 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
23410 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
23411 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
23412 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
23413 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
23414 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
23415 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
23416 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
23417 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
23418 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
23419 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
23420
23421 \(fn)" t nil)
23422
23423 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
23424 *List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
23425
23426 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
23427 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
23428
23429 (custom-autoload (quote mail-mailing-lists) "sendmail")
23430
23431 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
23432 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23433 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
23434 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
23435 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
23436 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23437
23438 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
23439 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23440 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
23441
23442 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
23443 User should not set this variable manually,
23444 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
23445 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
23446 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23447 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
23448
23449 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
23450 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
23451 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
23452 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
23453
23454 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
23455 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
23456
23457 \\<mail-mode-map>
23458 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
23459
23460 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
23461 to move to message header fields:
23462 \\{mail-mode-map}
23463
23464 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
23465 when the message is initialized.
23466
23467 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
23468 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
23469
23470 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
23471 is inserted.
23472
23473 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
23474 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
23475
23476 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
23477 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
23478 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
23479 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
23480 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
23481 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
23482 buffer without erasing the contents.
23483
23484 The second through fifth arguments,
23485 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
23486 the initial contents of those header fields.
23487 These arguments should not have final newlines.
23488 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
23489 original message being replied to, or else an action
23490 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
23491 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
23492 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
23493 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
23494 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
23495 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
23496
23497 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
23498
23499 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
23500 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
23501
23502 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
23503
23504 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
23505 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
23506
23507 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
23508
23509 ;;;***
23510 \f
23511 ;;;### (autoloads (server-mode server-start) "server" "server.el"
23512 ;;;;;; (17417 47894))
23513 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
23514
23515 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
23516 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
23517 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
23518 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
23519 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
23520 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
23521
23522 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess.
23523
23524 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
23525
23526 (defvar server-mode nil "\
23527 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
23528 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23529 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23530 use either \\[customize] or the function `server-mode'.")
23531
23532 (custom-autoload (quote server-mode) "server")
23533
23534 (put (quote server-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
23535
23536 (autoload (quote server-mode) "server" "\
23537 Toggle Server mode.
23538 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23539 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
23540 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
23541
23542 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23543
23544 ;;;***
23545 \f
23546 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (17365 22702))
23547 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
23548
23549 (autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\
23550 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
23551 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in the etc data directory) for more info.
23552
23553 Key definitions:
23554 \\{ses-mode-map}
23555 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
23556 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
23557 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
23558 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
23559
23560 \(fn)" t nil)
23561
23562 ;;;***
23563 \f
23564 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
23565 ;;;;;; (17383 15659))
23566 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
23567
23568 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
23569 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
23570 Makes > match <.
23571 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
23572 `sgml-quick-keys'.
23573
23574 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
23575 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
23576 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
23577
23578 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
23579 your `.emacs' file.
23580
23581 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
23582
23583 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
23584 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
23585 \\{sgml-mode-map}
23586
23587 \(fn)" t nil)
23588
23589 (defalias (quote xml-mode) (quote sgml-mode))
23590
23591 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
23592 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
23593 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
23594 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
23595 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
23596 which this is based.
23597
23598 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
23599
23600 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
23601 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
23602 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
23603 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
23604
23605 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
23606 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
23607 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
23608
23609 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
23610 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
23611 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
23612 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
23613
23614 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
23615 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
23616 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
23617 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
23618
23619 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
23620
23621 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
23622 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
23623 To work around that, do:
23624 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
23625
23626 \\{html-mode-map}
23627
23628 \(fn)" t nil)
23629
23630 ;;;***
23631 \f
23632 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
23633 ;;;;;; (17408 15904))
23634 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
23635
23636 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
23637 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
23638 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
23639 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
23640 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
23641 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
23642
23643 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
23644 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
23645 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
23646 shell-specific features.
23647
23648 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
23649 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
23650 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
23651 \\<sh-mode-map>
23652 \\[sh-case] case statement
23653 \\[sh-for] for loop
23654 \\[sh-function] function definition
23655 \\[sh-if] if statement
23656 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
23657 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
23658 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
23659 \\[sh-select] select loop
23660 \\[sh-until] until loop
23661 \\[sh-while] while loop
23662
23663 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
23664 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
23665 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
23666 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
23667 would indent to the way it currently is.
23668 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
23669 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
23670
23671
23672 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
23673 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
23674 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
23675 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
23676 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
23677 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
23678
23679 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
23680 {, (, [, ', \", `
23681 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
23682
23683 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
23684 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
23685 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
23686
23687 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
23688 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
23689
23690 \(fn)" t nil)
23691
23692 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
23693
23694 ;;;***
23695 \f
23696 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "gnus/sha1.el" (17382 1051))
23697 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sha1.el
23698
23699 (autoload (quote sha1) "sha1" "\
23700 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
23701 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
23702 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
23703 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
23704 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
23705
23706 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
23707
23708 ;;;***
23709 \f
23710 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
23711 ;;;;;; (17383 16119))
23712 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
23713
23714 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
23715 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
23716
23717 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
23718 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
23719 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
23720 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
23721 the earlier.
23722
23723 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
23724
23725 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
23726
23727 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
23728 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
23729 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
23730
23731 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
23732 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
23733
23734 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
23735 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
23736 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
23737 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
23738 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
23739 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
23740 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
23741 emacs version).
23742
23743 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
23744 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
23745 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
23746 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
23747 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
23748
23749 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
23750 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
23751 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
23752
23753 \(fn)" t nil)
23754
23755 ;;;***
23756 \f
23757 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
23758 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (17383
23759 ;;;;;; 24127))
23760 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
23761
23762 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
23763 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
23764 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
23765 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
23766 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
23767 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
23768 in the cluster.
23769
23770 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
23771
23772 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
23773 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
23774 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
23775 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
23776 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
23777
23778 \(fn)" t nil)
23779
23780 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
23781 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
23782 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
23783 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
23784 hosts (if they aren't, use shadow-define-group instead of this function).
23785 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
23786 `shadow-define-cluster').
23787
23788 \(fn)" t nil)
23789
23790 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
23791 Set up file shadowing.
23792
23793 \(fn)" t nil)
23794
23795 ;;;***
23796 \f
23797 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
23798 ;;;;;; (17383 24127))
23799 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
23800
23801 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
23802 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
23803 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
23804 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
23805 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
23806 arguments.")
23807
23808 (custom-autoload (quote shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell")
23809
23810 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
23811 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
23812 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
23813 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
23814 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
23815 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
23816 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
23817 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
23818 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
23819 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
23820 discards input when it starts up.)
23821 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
23822 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
23823 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
23824
23825 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23826 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
23827 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
23828 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
23829 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
23830 `default-process-coding-system'.
23831
23832 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
23833 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
23834 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
23835 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
23836
23837 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
23838
23839 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23840 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
23841
23842 ;;;***
23843 \f
23844 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
23845 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (17382 1051))
23846 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
23847
23848 (autoload (quote sieve-manage) "sieve" "\
23849 Not documented
23850
23851 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
23852
23853 (autoload (quote sieve-upload) "sieve" "\
23854 Not documented
23855
23856 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
23857
23858 (autoload (quote sieve-upload-and-bury) "sieve" "\
23859 Not documented
23860
23861 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
23862
23863 ;;;***
23864 \f
23865 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
23866 ;;;;;; (17382 1051))
23867 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
23868
23869 (autoload (quote sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "\
23870 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
23871 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
23872 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
23873 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
23874
23875 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
23876
23877 \(fn)" t nil)
23878
23879 ;;;***
23880 \f
23881 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (17388
23882 ;;;;;; 22062))
23883 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
23884
23885 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
23886 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
23887 \\{simula-mode-map}
23888 Variables controlling indentation style:
23889 `simula-tab-always-indent'
23890 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
23891 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
23892 `simula-indent-level'
23893 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
23894 `simula-substatement-offset'
23895 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
23896 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
23897 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
23898 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
23899 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
23900 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
23901 `simula-label-offset' -4711
23902 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
23903 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
23904 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
23905 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
23906 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
23907 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
23908 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
23909 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
23910 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
23911 `simula-electric-indent' nil
23912 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
23913 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
23914 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
23915 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
23916 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
23917 or nil if they should not be changed.
23918 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
23919 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
23920 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
23921 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
23922
23923 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
23924 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
23925
23926 \(fn)" t nil)
23927
23928 ;;;***
23929 \f
23930 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
23931 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (17383 24127))
23932 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
23933
23934 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
23935 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
23936
23937 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
23938 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
23939 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
23940 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
23941
23942 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
23943
23944 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
23945 Insert SKELETON.
23946 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
23947 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
23948 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
23949 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
23950 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
23951
23952 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
23953 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
23954
23955 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
23956
23957 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
23958 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
23959
23960 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
23961 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
23962 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
23963 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
23964
23965 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
23966 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
23967 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
23968 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
23969
23970 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
23971 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
23972 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
23973
23974 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
23975 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
23976
23977 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
23978 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
23979
23980 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
23981 _ interesting point, interregion here
23982 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
23983 interesting point set by _
23984 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
23985 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
23986 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
23987 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
23988 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
23989 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
23990 nil skipped
23991
23992 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
23993 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
23994
23995 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
23996 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
23997 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
23998 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
23999 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24000 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24001 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24002 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24003
24004 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24005 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24006 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24007 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24008 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24009 available:
24010
24011 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24012 then: insert previously read string once more
24013 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24014 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24015 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24016
24017 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24018 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24019
24020 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24021
24022 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
24023 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24024
24025 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24026 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24027 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24028 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24029 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24030 such as backslash.
24031
24032 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24033 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24034 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24035
24036 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24037
24038 ;;;***
24039 \f
24040 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
24041 ;;;;;; (17383 24127))
24042 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
24043
24044 (autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\
24045 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24046 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24047 buffer names.
24048
24049 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24050
24051 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
24052 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24053 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24054
24055 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24056
24057 ;;;***
24058 \f
24059 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24060 ;;;;;; (17440 25582))
24061 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24062
24063 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley" "\
24064 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24065 A list of images is returned.
24066
24067 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24068
24069 (autoload (quote smiley-buffer) "smiley" "\
24070 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
24071 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
24072
24073 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24074
24075 ;;;***
24076 \f
24077 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24078 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (17383 16812))
24079 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24080
24081 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\
24082 Not documented
24083
24084 \(fn)" nil nil)
24085
24086 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\
24087 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24088
24089 \(fn)" t nil)
24090
24091 ;;;***
24092 \f
24093 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (17382 1892))
24094 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24095
24096 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
24097 Play the Snake game.
24098 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24099
24100 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24101
24102 Snake mode keybindings:
24103 \\<snake-mode-map>
24104 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24105 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24106 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24107 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24108 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24109 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24110 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24111
24112 \(fn)" t nil)
24113
24114 ;;;***
24115 \f
24116 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24117 ;;;;;; (17383 13296))
24118 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24119
24120 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24121 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24122 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24123 Tab indents for C code.
24124 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24125 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24126 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24127 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24128 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24129
24130 \(fn)" t nil)
24131
24132 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24133 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24134 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24135 Tab indents for C code.
24136 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24137 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24138 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24139 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24140 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24141
24142 \(fn)" t nil)
24143
24144 ;;;***
24145 \f
24146 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
24147 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
24148 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (17385 41891))
24149 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24150
24151 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
24152 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
24153
24154 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
24155 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
24156 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
24157
24158 For example, the form
24159
24160 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
24161 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
24162
24163 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
24164
24165 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-time-display-form) "solar")
24166
24167 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
24168 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24169
24170 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24171 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
24172 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
24173 York City.
24174
24175 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24176
24177 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-latitude) "solar")
24178
24179 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
24180 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24181
24182 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24183 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
24184 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
24185 York City.
24186
24187 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24188
24189 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-longitude) "solar")
24190
24191 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
24192 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
24193 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
24194 pair.
24195
24196 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24197
24198 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-location-name) "solar")
24199
24200 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
24201 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24202 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
24203
24204 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
24205 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24206
24207 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
24208
24209 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24210
24211 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
24212 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
24213 Requires floating point.
24214
24215 \(fn)" nil nil)
24216
24217 ;;;***
24218 \f
24219 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (17382
24220 ;;;;;; 1892))
24221 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24222
24223 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
24224 Play Solitaire.
24225
24226 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24227 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24228 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24229 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24230 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24231 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24232 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24233 check after each move or undo)
24234
24235 What is Solitaire?
24236
24237 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24238 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24239 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24240
24241 Le Solitaire
24242 ============
24243
24244 o o o
24245
24246 o o o
24247
24248 o o o o o o o
24249
24250 o o o . o o o
24251
24252 o o o o o o o
24253
24254 o o o
24255
24256 o o o
24257
24258 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24259 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24260 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24261 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24262
24263 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24264 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24265 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24266 this: o o .
24267
24268 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24269 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24270
24271 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24272
24273 o o o
24274
24275 . o o
24276
24277 o o . o o o o
24278
24279 o . o o o o o
24280
24281 o o o o o o o
24282
24283 o o o
24284
24285 o o o
24286
24287 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
24288
24289 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24290
24291 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24292
24293 ;;;***
24294 \f
24295 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
24296 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
24297 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (17434 1454))
24298 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24299
24300 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
24301 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24302
24303 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24304 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24305 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
24306 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
24307 contiguous.
24308
24309 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
24310 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
24311 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24312 the sort order.
24313
24314 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
24315 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
24316
24317 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
24318 It moves point to the start of the next record.
24319 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
24320 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
24321 is called.
24322
24323 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
24324 It should move point to the end of the record.
24325
24326 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
24327 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
24328 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
24329 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
24330 starts at the beginning of the record.
24331
24332 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
24333 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
24334 same as ENDRECFUN.
24335
24336 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
24337 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
24338
24339 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
24340
24341 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
24342 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24343 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24344 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24345 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24346 the sort order.
24347
24348 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24349
24350 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
24351 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24352 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24353 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24354 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24355 the sort order.
24356
24357 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24358
24359 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
24360 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24361 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24362 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24363 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24364 the sort order.
24365
24366 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24367
24368 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
24369 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
24370 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24371 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
24372 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
24373 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
24374 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24375 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24376 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24377
24378 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24379
24380 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
24381 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
24382 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24383 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24384 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24385 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24386 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24387 the sort order.
24388
24389 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24390
24391 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
24392 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
24393 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
24394 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
24395 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
24396 is to be used for sorting.
24397 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
24398 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
24399 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
24400 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
24401 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
24402
24403 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
24404
24405 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24406 the sort order.
24407
24408 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
24409 starting with the letter \"f\",
24410 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
24411
24412 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
24413
24414 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
24415 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
24416 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
24417 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
24418 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
24419 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
24420 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24421 the sort order.
24422
24423 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
24424 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
24425 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
24426 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
24427 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
24428
24429 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
24430
24431 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
24432 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
24433 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
24434
24435 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
24436
24437 ;;;***
24438 \f
24439 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (17440
24440 ;;;;;; 25582))
24441 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
24442
24443 (autoload (quote spam-initialize) "spam" "\
24444 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization
24445
24446 \(fn)" t nil)
24447
24448 ;;;***
24449 \f
24450 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
24451 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
24452 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (17385 29998))
24453 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
24454
24455 (autoload (quote spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report" "\
24456 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
24457
24458 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
24459 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
24460 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
24461
24462 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
24463
24464 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-ping-mm-url) "spam-report" "\
24465 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
24466 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
24467 server.
24468
24469 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24470
24471 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-to-file) "spam-report" "\
24472 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
24473 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
24474
24475 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24476
24477 (autoload (quote spam-report-agentize) "spam-report" "\
24478 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
24479 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
24480 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
24481 Agent is plugged.
24482
24483 \(fn)" t nil)
24484
24485 (autoload (quote spam-report-deagentize) "spam-report" "\
24486 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
24487 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
24488 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
24489
24490 \(fn)" t nil)
24491
24492 ;;;***
24493 \f
24494 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
24495 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (17412 50667))
24496 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
24497
24498 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
24499
24500 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
24501 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
24502 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
24503 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
24504 supported at a time.
24505 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
24506 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
24507
24508 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24509
24510 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
24511 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
24512 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
24513 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
24514
24515 \(fn)" t nil)
24516
24517 ;;;***
24518 \f
24519 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
24520 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (17383 15659))
24521 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
24522
24523 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
24524
24525 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
24526 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
24527 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
24528 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
24529 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
24530 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
24531
24532 \(fn)" t nil)
24533
24534 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
24535 Check spelling of word at or before point.
24536 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
24537 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
24538
24539 \(fn)" t nil)
24540
24541 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
24542 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
24543 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
24544 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
24545 for example, \"word\".
24546
24547 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
24548
24549 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
24550 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
24551
24552 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
24553
24554 ;;;***
24555 \f
24556 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (17382
24557 ;;;;;; 1892))
24558 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
24559
24560 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
24561 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
24562
24563 \(fn)" t nil)
24564
24565 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
24566 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
24567
24568 \(fn)" nil nil)
24569
24570 ;;;***
24571 \f
24572 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
24573 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
24574 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
24575 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (17388
24576 ;;;;;; 22062))
24577 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
24578
24579 (autoload (quote sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "\
24580 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
24581
24582 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
24583 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
24584 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
24585 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
24586 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
24587 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
24588 of the current highlighting list.
24589
24590 For example:
24591
24592 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
24593 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
24594
24595 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
24596 `_t' as data types.
24597
24598 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
24599
24600 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
24601 Show short help for the SQL modes.
24602
24603 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
24604 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
24605
24606 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
24607
24608 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
24609 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
24610 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
24611
24612 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
24613
24614 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
24615 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
24616 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
24617 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
24618 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
24619 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
24620 DB2: \\[sql-db2]
24621 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
24622 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
24623
24624 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
24625
24626 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
24627 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
24628 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
24629 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
24630
24631 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
24632 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
24633 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
24634 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
24635
24636 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
24637 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
24638 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
24639
24640 \(fn)" t nil)
24641
24642 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
24643 Major mode to edit SQL.
24644
24645 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
24646 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
24647 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
24648
24649 \\{sql-mode-map}
24650 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
24651
24652 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
24653 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
24654 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
24655 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
24656 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
24657 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
24658
24659 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
24660 `sql-interactive-mode'.
24661
24662 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
24663 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
24664 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
24665
24666 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
24667 (lambda ()
24668 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
24669
24670 \(fn)" t nil)
24671
24672 (autoload (quote sql-product-interactive) "sql" "\
24673 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
24674
24675 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24676 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24677 `*SQL*'.
24678
24679 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24680
24681 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
24682
24683 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
24684 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
24685
24686 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24687 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24688 `*SQL*'.
24689
24690 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
24691 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
24692 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
24693 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
24694
24695 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24696 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24697
24698 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24699 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24700 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24701 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24702 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24703 `default-process-coding-system'.
24704
24705 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24706
24707 \(fn)" t nil)
24708
24709 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
24710 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
24711
24712 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24713 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24714 `*SQL*'.
24715
24716 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
24717 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
24718 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
24719 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
24720
24721 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24722 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24723
24724 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24725 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24726 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24727 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24728 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24729 `default-process-coding-system'.
24730
24731 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24732
24733 \(fn)" t nil)
24734
24735 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
24736 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
24737
24738 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24739 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24740 `*SQL*'.
24741
24742 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
24743 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
24744
24745 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24746 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24747
24748 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24749 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24750 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24751 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24752 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24753 `default-process-coding-system'.
24754
24755 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24756
24757 \(fn)" t nil)
24758
24759 (autoload (quote sql-sqlite) "sql" "\
24760 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
24761
24762 SQLite is free software.
24763
24764 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24765 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24766 `*SQL*'.
24767
24768 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
24769 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
24770 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
24771 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
24772
24773 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24774 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24775
24776 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24777 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24778 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24779 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24780 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24781 `default-process-coding-system'.
24782
24783 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24784
24785 \(fn)" t nil)
24786
24787 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
24788 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
24789
24790 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
24791
24792 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24793 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24794 `*SQL*'.
24795
24796 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
24797 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
24798 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
24799 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
24800
24801 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24802 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24803
24804 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24805 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24806 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24807 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24808 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24809 `default-process-coding-system'.
24810
24811 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24812
24813 \(fn)" t nil)
24814
24815 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
24816 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
24817
24818 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24819 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24820 `*SQL*'.
24821
24822 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
24823 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
24824 defaults, if set.
24825
24826 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24827 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24828
24829 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24830 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24831 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24832 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24833 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24834 `default-process-coding-system'.
24835
24836 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24837
24838 \(fn)" t nil)
24839
24840 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
24841 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
24842
24843 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24844 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24845 `*SQL*'.
24846
24847 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
24848 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
24849
24850 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24851 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24852
24853 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24854 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24855 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24856 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24857 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24858 `default-process-coding-system'.
24859
24860 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24861
24862 \(fn)" t nil)
24863
24864 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
24865 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
24866
24867 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24868 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24869 `*SQL*'.
24870
24871 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
24872 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
24873 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
24874 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
24875
24876 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24877 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24878
24879 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24880 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24881 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24882 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24883 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24884 `default-process-coding-system'.
24885
24886 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24887
24888 \(fn)" t nil)
24889
24890 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
24891 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
24892
24893 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24894 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24895 `*SQL*'.
24896
24897 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
24898 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
24899 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
24900 `sql-postgres-options'.
24901
24902 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24903 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24904
24905 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24906 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24907 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24908 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24909 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24910 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
24911 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
24912 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
24913
24914 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
24915 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
24916
24917 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24918
24919 \(fn)" t nil)
24920
24921 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
24922 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
24923
24924 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24925 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24926 `*SQL*'.
24927
24928 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
24929 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
24930 defaults, if set.
24931
24932 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24933 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24934
24935 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24936 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24937 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24938 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24939 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24940 `default-process-coding-system'.
24941
24942 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24943
24944 \(fn)" t nil)
24945
24946 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
24947 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
24948
24949 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24950 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24951 `*SQL*'.
24952
24953 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
24954 automatic login.
24955
24956 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24957 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24958
24959 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
24960 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
24961 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
24962 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
24963
24964 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24965 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24966 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24967 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24968 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24969 `default-process-coding-system'.
24970
24971 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24972
24973 \(fn)" t nil)
24974
24975 (autoload (quote sql-linter) "sql" "\
24976 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
24977
24978 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24979 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24980 `*SQL*'.
24981
24982 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
24983 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
24984 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
24985 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
24986 parameters.
24987
24988 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
24989 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
24990 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
24991 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
24992 an empty password.
24993
24994 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24995 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24996
24997 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24998
24999 \(fn)" t nil)
25000
25001 ;;;***
25002 \f
25003 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25004 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25005 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25006 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25007 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (17383
25008 ;;;;;; 24127))
25009 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25010
25011 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
25012 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25013 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25014 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25015 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25016 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25017
25018 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25019
25020 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25021
25022 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
25023 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25024 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25025 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25026 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25027 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25028 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25029
25030 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25031
25032 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25033 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25034 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25035 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25036 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25037 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25038 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25039
25040 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25041
25042 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
25043 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25044 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25045
25046 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25047
25048 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25049 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25050 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25051
25052 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25053
25054 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
25055 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25056
25057 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25058
25059 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
25060 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25061
25062 \(fn)" t nil)
25063
25064 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
25065 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25066
25067 \(fn)" t nil)
25068
25069 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
25070 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25071 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25072 chronologically by command name.
25073 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25074
25075 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25076
25077 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25078 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25079 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25080 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25081 use either \\[customize] or the function `strokes-mode'.")
25082
25083 (custom-autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes")
25084
25085 (put (quote strokes-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
25086
25087 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
25088 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
25089 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
25090 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25091 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25092 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25093 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25094
25095 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25096 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25097 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25098 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25099
25100 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25101
25102 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25103
25104 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
25105 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25106 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25107 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25108
25109 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25110
25111 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25112 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25113
25114 \(fn)" t nil)
25115
25116 ;;;***
25117 \f
25118 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25119 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (17075 55479))
25120 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25121
25122 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
25123 Studlify-case the region.
25124
25125 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25126
25127 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
25128 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25129
25130 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25131
25132 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
25133 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25134
25135 \(fn)" t nil)
25136
25137 ;;;***
25138 \f
25139 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-library) "subr" "subr.el" (17410 23908))
25140 ;;; Generated autoloads from subr.el
25141
25142 (autoload (quote locate-library) "subr" "\
25143 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
25144 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
25145 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
25146 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
25147 to the specified name LIBRARY.
25148
25149 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
25150 is used instead of `load-path'.
25151
25152 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
25153 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
25154 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
25155
25156 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
25157
25158 ;;;***
25159 \f
25160 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
25161 ;;;;;; (17383 16812))
25162 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25163
25164 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
25165 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25166 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25167 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25168 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25169 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25170 original message but it does require a few things:
25171
25172 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25173
25174 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25175 reply buffer.
25176
25177 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25178 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25179 original message.
25180
25181 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25182
25183 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25184
25185 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
25186 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
25187 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25188
25189 \(fn)" nil nil)
25190
25191 ;;;***
25192 \f
25193 ;;;### (autoloads (t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (17416 55046))
25194 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
25195
25196 (defvar t-mouse-mode nil "\
25197 Non-nil if T-Mouse mode is enabled.
25198 See the command `t-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25199 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25200 use either \\[customize] or the function `t-mouse-mode'.")
25201
25202 (custom-autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse")
25203
25204 (put (quote t-mouse-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
25205
25206 (autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "\
25207 Toggle t-mouse mode.
25208 With prefix arg, turn t-mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
25209
25210 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use t-mouse commands.
25211
25212 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25213
25214 ;;;***
25215 \f
25216 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (17383 24127))
25217 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
25218
25219 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
25220 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
25221 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25222 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25223 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25224
25225 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25226
25227 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
25228 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
25229 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
25230 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
25231 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25232 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25233 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25234
25235 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25236
25237 ;;;***
25238 \f
25239 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
25240 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
25241 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
25242 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
25243 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
25244 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
25245 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
25246 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
25247 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
25248 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
25249 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
25250 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
25251 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (17378 11759))
25252 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
25253
25254 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
25255 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
25256 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
25257
25258 (custom-autoload (quote table-cell-map-hook) "table")
25259
25260 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
25261 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
25262
25263 (custom-autoload (quote table-load-hook) "table")
25264
25265 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
25266 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
25267
25268 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-entered-cell-hook) "table")
25269
25270 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
25271 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
25272
25273 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-left-cell-hook) "table")
25274
25275 (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\
25276 Insert an editable text table.
25277 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
25278 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
25279 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
25280 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
25281 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
25282 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
25283 delimiting them.
25284
25285 Examples:
25286
25287 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
25288
25289 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
25290 location of point.
25291
25292 -!-
25293
25294 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
25295 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
25296 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
25297 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
25298 first cell.
25299
25300 +-----+-----+-----+
25301 |-!- | | |
25302 +-----+-----+-----+
25303
25304 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
25305
25306 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
25307 width, which results as
25308
25309 +--------------+-----+-----+
25310 |-!- | | |
25311 +--------------+-----+-----+
25312
25313 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
25314 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
25315
25316 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25317 | | |-!- |
25318 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25319
25320 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
25321 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
25322 width information to `table-insert'.
25323
25324 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
25325
25326 instead of
25327
25328 Cell width(s): 5
25329
25330 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
25331 work all together.
25332
25333 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
25334 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
25335
25336 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25337 |-!- | | |
25338 | | | |
25339 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25340
25341 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
25342
25343 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25344 |-!- | | |
25345 | | | |
25346 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25347 | | | |
25348 | | | |
25349 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25350
25351 Move the point under the table as shown below.
25352
25353 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25354 | | | |
25355 | | | |
25356 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25357 | | | |
25358 | | | |
25359 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25360 -!-
25361
25362 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
25363 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
25364 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
25365
25366 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25367 | | | |
25368 | | | |
25369 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25370 | | | |
25371 | | | |
25372 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25373 |-!- | | |
25374 | | | |
25375 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25376
25377 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
25378 results.
25379
25380 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25381 | | | |
25382 | | | |
25383 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25384 | | |Text editing inside the table |
25385 | | |cell produces reasonably |
25386 | | |expected results.-!- |
25387 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25388 | | | |
25389 | | | |
25390 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25391
25392 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
25393
25394 \\{table-cell-map}
25395
25396 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
25397
25398 (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\
25399 Insert N table row(s).
25400 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
25401 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
25402 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
25403 are appended at the bottom of the table.
25404
25405 \(fn N)" t nil)
25406
25407 (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\
25408 Insert N table column(s).
25409 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
25410 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
25411 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
25412 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
25413
25414 \(fn N)" t nil)
25415
25416 (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\
25417 Insert row(s) or column(s).
25418 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
25419
25420 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
25421
25422 (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\
25423 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
25424 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
25425 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
25426 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
25427 all the table specific features.
25428
25429 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25430
25431 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\
25432 Not documented
25433
25434 \(fn)" t nil)
25435
25436 (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\
25437 Recognize all tables within region.
25438 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
25439 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
25440 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
25441 specific features.
25442
25443 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
25444
25445 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\
25446 Not documented
25447
25448 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25449
25450 (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\
25451 Recognize a table at point.
25452 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
25453 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
25454 the table specific features.
25455
25456 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25457
25458 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\
25459 Not documented
25460
25461 \(fn)" t nil)
25462
25463 (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\
25464 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
25465 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
25466 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
25467 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
25468 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
25469 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
25470
25471 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
25472
25473 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\
25474 Not documented
25475
25476 \(fn)" t nil)
25477
25478 (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\
25479 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
25480 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
25481 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
25482 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
25483 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
25484 specified.
25485
25486 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
25487
25488 (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\
25489 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
25490 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
25491 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
25492 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
25493 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
25494 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
25495 table structure.
25496
25497 \(fn N)" t nil)
25498
25499 (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\
25500 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
25501 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
25502 table's rectangle structure.
25503
25504 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
25505
25506 (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\
25507 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
25508 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
25509 table's rectangle structure.
25510
25511 \(fn N)" t nil)
25512
25513 (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\
25514 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
25515 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
25516 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
25517 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
25518
25519 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
25520
25521 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
25522 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
25523 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
25524
25525 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
25526 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
25527 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
25528 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
25529 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
25530 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
25531 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
25532
25533 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25534 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
25535 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
25536 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
25537 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
25538 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
25539 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25540
25541 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
25542 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
25543 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
25544 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
25545 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
25546 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
25547 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
25548 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25549
25550 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
25551
25552 (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\
25553 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
25554 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
25555 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
25556
25557 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25558
25559 (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\
25560 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
25561 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
25562
25563 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
25564
25565 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\
25566 Split current cell vertically.
25567 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
25568
25569 \(fn)" t nil)
25570
25571 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\
25572 Split current cell horizontally.
25573 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
25574
25575 \(fn)" t nil)
25576
25577 (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\
25578 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
25579 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
25580
25581 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
25582
25583 (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\
25584 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
25585 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
25586 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
25587
25588 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25589
25590 (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\
25591 Justify cell contents.
25592 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
25593 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
25594 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
25595 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
25596
25597 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
25598
25599 (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\
25600 Justify cells of a row.
25601 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
25602 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
25603
25604 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25605
25606 (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\
25607 Justify cells of a column.
25608 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
25609 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
25610
25611 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25612
25613 (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\
25614 Toggle fixing width mode.
25615 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
25616 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
25617 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
25618
25619 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25620
25621 (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\
25622 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
25623 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
25624 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
25625 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
25626 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
25627 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
25628 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
25629 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
25630 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
25631 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
25632
25633 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
25634
25635 (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\
25636 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
25637 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
25638 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
25639 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
25640 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
25641 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
25642 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
25643 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
25644 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
25645 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
25646 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
25647 untouched.
25648
25649 References used for this implementation:
25650
25651 HTML:
25652 http://www.w3.org
25653
25654 LaTeX:
25655 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
25656
25657 CALS (DocBook DTD):
25658 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
25659 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
25660
25661 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
25662
25663 (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\
25664 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
25665 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
25666 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
25667 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
25668 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
25669 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
25670 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
25671 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
25672 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
25673 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
25674 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
25675 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
25676 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
25677 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
25678 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
25679 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
25680
25681 Example:
25682
25683 (progn
25684 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
25685 (table-forward-cell 15)
25686 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
25687 (table-forward-cell 16)
25688 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
25689 (table-forward-cell 1)
25690 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
25691
25692 (progn
25693 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
25694 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
25695 (table-forward-cell 1)
25696 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
25697
25698 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25699
25700 (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\
25701 Delete N row(s) of cells.
25702 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
25703 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
25704 consists from cells of same height.
25705
25706 \(fn N)" t nil)
25707
25708 (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\
25709 Delete N column(s) of cells.
25710 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
25711 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
25712 column must consists from cells of same width.
25713
25714 \(fn N)" t nil)
25715
25716 (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\
25717 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
25718 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
25719 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
25720 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
25721 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
25722 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
25723 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
25724 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
25725 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
25726 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
25727 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
25728 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
25729 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
25730 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
25731
25732
25733 Example 1:
25734
25735 1, 2, 3, 4
25736 5, 6, 7, 8
25737 , 9, 10
25738
25739 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
25740 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
25741 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
25742 specified as 5.
25743
25744 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25745 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
25746 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25747 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
25748 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25749 | | 9 | 10 | |
25750 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25751
25752 Note:
25753
25754 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
25755 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
25756 of each row is optional.
25757
25758
25759 Example 2:
25760
25761 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
25762 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
25763 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
25764 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
25765 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
25766
25767 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
25768 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
25769
25770 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
25771 expression and raw delimiter regular
25772 expression, it parses the specified text
25773 area and extracts cell items from
25774 non-table text and then forms a table out
25775 of them.
25776
25777 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
25778 creates a single cell table. The text in
25779 the specified region is placed in that
25780 cell.-*-
25781
25782 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
25783 like this.
25784
25785 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
25786 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
25787 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
25788 | |
25789 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
25790 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
25791 | expression, it parses the specified text |
25792 | area and extracts cell items from |
25793 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
25794 | of them. |
25795 | |
25796 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
25797 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
25798 | the specified region is placed in that |
25799 | cell. |
25800 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
25801
25802 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
25803 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
25804 independently.
25805
25806 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
25807 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
25808 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
25809 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
25810 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
25811 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
25812 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
25813 | |area and extracts cell items from |
25814 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
25815 | |of them. |
25816 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
25817 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
25818 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
25819 | |the specified region is placed in that |
25820 | |cell. |
25821 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
25822
25823 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
25824 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
25825 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
25826
25827 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
25828
25829 (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\
25830 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
25831 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
25832 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
25833 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
25834
25835 \(fn)" t nil)
25836
25837 ;;;***
25838 \f
25839 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (17383 24127))
25840 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
25841
25842 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
25843 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
25844
25845 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
25846
25847 ;;;***
25848 \f
25849 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (17383 24127))
25850 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
25851
25852 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
25853 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
25854 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
25855 Letters no longer insert themselves.
25856 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
25857 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
25858 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
25859
25860 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
25861 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
25862 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
25863 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
25864
25865 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
25866 \\{tar-mode-map}
25867
25868 \(fn)" t nil)
25869
25870 ;;;***
25871 \f
25872 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
25873 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (17348 7449))
25874 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
25875
25876 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
25877 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
25878 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
25879 Tab indents for Tcl code.
25880 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
25881 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25882
25883 Variables controlling indentation style:
25884 `tcl-indent-level'
25885 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
25886 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
25887 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
25888
25889 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
25890 documentation for details):
25891 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
25892 Controls action of TAB key.
25893 `tcl-auto-newline'
25894 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
25895 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
25896 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
25897 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
25898 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
25899
25900 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
25901 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
25902 already exist.
25903
25904 Commands:
25905 \\{tcl-mode-map}
25906
25907 \(fn)" t nil)
25908
25909 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
25910 Run inferior Tcl process.
25911 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
25912 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
25913
25914 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
25915
25916 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
25917 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
25918 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
25919
25920 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
25921
25922 ;;;***
25923 \f
25924 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (17383 13296))
25925 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
25926 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
25927
25928 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
25929 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
25930 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
25931 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
25932
25933 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
25934 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
25935 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
25936 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
25937 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
25938
25939 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
25940 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
25941
25942 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
25943 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
25944 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
25945 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
25946
25947 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
25948
25949 ;;;***
25950 \f
25951 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (17354
25952 ;;;;;; 44750))
25953 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
25954
25955 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
25956 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
25957 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
25958 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
25959 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
25960 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
25961
25962 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
25963
25964 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
25965 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
25966 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
25967 commands to use in that buffer.
25968
25969 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
25970
25971 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
25972
25973 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
25974 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
25975
25976 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
25977
25978 ;;;***
25979 \f
25980 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (17383
25981 ;;;;;; 24127))
25982 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
25983
25984 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
25985 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
25986 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
25987 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
25988 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
25989 program as keyboard input.
25990
25991 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
25992 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
25993 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
25994 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
25995
25996 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
25997 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
25998 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
25999 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
26000 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
26001
26002 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
26003
26004 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
26005 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
26006 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
26007 terminal-redisplay-interval.
26008
26009 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
26010 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
26011 subprocess started.
26012
26013 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
26014
26015 ;;;***
26016 \f
26017 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26018 ;;;;;; (17383 16119))
26019 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26020
26021 (autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\
26022 Start coverage on function under point.
26023
26024 \(fn)" t nil)
26025
26026 ;;;***
26027 \f
26028 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (17382 1892))
26029 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26030
26031 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
26032 Play the Tetris game.
26033 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26034 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26035 as to form complete rows.
26036
26037 tetris-mode keybindings:
26038 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26039 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26040 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26041 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26042 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26043 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26044 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26045 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26046 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26047
26048 \(fn)" t nil)
26049
26050 ;;;***
26051 \f
26052 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
26053 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
26054 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26055 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
26056 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
26057 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
26058 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
26059 ;;;;;; (17383 15659))
26060 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26061
26062 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26063 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26064
26065 (custom-autoload (quote tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode")
26066
26067 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
26068 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
26069 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26070 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26071 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26072
26073 (custom-autoload (quote tex-directory) "tex-mode")
26074
26075 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26076 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26077 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26078 if it matches the first line of the file,
26079 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26080
26081 (custom-autoload (quote tex-first-line-header-regexp) "tex-mode")
26082
26083 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26084 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26085 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26086 if the variable is non-nil.")
26087
26088 (custom-autoload (quote tex-main-file) "tex-mode")
26089
26090 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26091 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26092
26093 (custom-autoload (quote tex-offer-save) "tex-mode")
26094
26095 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
26096 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
26097 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26098 See the documentation of that variable.")
26099
26100 (custom-autoload (quote tex-run-command) "tex-mode")
26101
26102 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
26103 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26104 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26105 See the documentation of that variable.")
26106
26107 (custom-autoload (quote latex-run-command) "tex-mode")
26108
26109 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
26110 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26111 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26112 See the documentation of that variable.")
26113
26114 (custom-autoload (quote slitex-run-command) "tex-mode")
26115
26116 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
26117 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26118 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26119 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26120 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26121
26122 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-options) "tex-mode")
26123
26124 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
26125 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26126 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26127 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26128
26129 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-commands) "tex-mode")
26130
26131 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26132 *User defined LaTeX block names.
26133 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26134
26135 (custom-autoload (quote latex-block-names) "tex-mode")
26136
26137 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
26138 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26139 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26140 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26141
26142 (custom-autoload (quote tex-bibtex-command) "tex-mode")
26143
26144 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26145 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26146 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26147 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26148
26149 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
26150
26151 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26152 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26153 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26154 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26155
26156 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26157 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26158 for example,
26159
26160 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26161 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26162
26163 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26164 use.")
26165
26166 (custom-autoload (quote tex-alt-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
26167
26168 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (cond ((eq window-system (quote x)) "xdvi") ((eq window-system (quote w32)) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26169 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26170 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26171 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26172 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26173
26174 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26175
26176 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-view-command) "tex-mode")
26177
26178 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
26179 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26180 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26181
26182 (custom-autoload (quote tex-show-queue-command) "tex-mode")
26183
26184 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
26185 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26186 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26187 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26188 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26189
26190 (custom-autoload (quote tex-default-mode) "tex-mode")
26191
26192 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
26193 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26194
26195 (custom-autoload (quote tex-open-quote) "tex-mode")
26196
26197 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
26198 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26199
26200 (custom-autoload (quote tex-close-quote) "tex-mode")
26201
26202 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26203 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26204 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26205 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26206 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
26207 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26208 says which mode to use.
26209
26210 \(fn)" t nil)
26211
26212 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
26213
26214 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
26215
26216 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
26217
26218 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26219 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
26220 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26221 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26222 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26223
26224 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
26225 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
26226 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26227 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26228 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26229 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26230 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26231
26232 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26233 mismatched $'s or braces.
26234
26235 Special commands:
26236 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
26237
26238 Mode variables:
26239 tex-run-command
26240 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26241 tex-directory
26242 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
26243 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26244 tex-dvi-print-command
26245 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26246 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26247 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26248 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26249 tex-dvi-view-command
26250 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26251 tex-show-queue-command
26252 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26253 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26254
26255 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26256 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
26257 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26258
26259 \(fn)" t nil)
26260
26261 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26262 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
26263 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26264 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26265 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26266
26267 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26268 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26269 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26270 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26271 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26272 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26273 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26274
26275 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26276 mismatched $'s or braces.
26277
26278 Special commands:
26279 \\{latex-mode-map}
26280
26281 Mode variables:
26282 latex-run-command
26283 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26284 tex-directory
26285 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
26286 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26287 tex-dvi-print-command
26288 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26289 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26290 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26291 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26292 tex-dvi-view-command
26293 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26294 tex-show-queue-command
26295 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26296 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26297
26298 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
26299 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
26300 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26301
26302 \(fn)" t nil)
26303
26304 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26305 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
26306 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26307 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26308 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26309
26310 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26311 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26312 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26313 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26314 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26315 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26316 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26317
26318 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26319 mismatched $'s or braces.
26320
26321 Special commands:
26322 \\{slitex-mode-map}
26323
26324 Mode variables:
26325 slitex-run-command
26326 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26327 tex-directory
26328 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
26329 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26330 tex-dvi-print-command
26331 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26332 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26333 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26334 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26335 tex-dvi-view-command
26336 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26337 tex-show-queue-command
26338 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26339 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26340
26341 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26342 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
26343 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
26344 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26345
26346 \(fn)" t nil)
26347
26348 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\
26349 Not documented
26350
26351 \(fn)" nil nil)
26352
26353 (autoload (quote doctex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26354 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
26355
26356 \(fn)" t nil)
26357
26358 ;;;***
26359 \f
26360 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
26361 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (17383 15659))
26362 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
26363
26364 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
26365 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
26366 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26367 name specified in the @setfilename command.
26368
26369 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
26370 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
26371 Info-split to do these manually.
26372
26373 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26374
26375 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
26376 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
26377 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
26378 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
26379 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
26380
26381 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
26382
26383 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
26384 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
26385 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26386 names specified in the @setfilename command.
26387
26388 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
26389 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
26390 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
26391 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
26392
26393 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
26394 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually.
26395
26396 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26397
26398 ;;;***
26399 \f
26400 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
26401 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (17383 15659))
26402 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
26403
26404 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
26405 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26406
26407 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-open-quote) "texinfo")
26408
26409 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
26410 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26411
26412 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-close-quote) "texinfo")
26413
26414 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
26415 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
26416
26417 It has these extra commands:
26418 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
26419
26420 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
26421 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
26422 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
26423 modified version of TeX input format.
26424
26425 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
26426 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
26427 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
26428 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
26429
26430 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
26431 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
26432 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
26433 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
26434 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
26435 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
26436 in the Texinfo file.
26437
26438 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
26439 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
26440 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
26441 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
26442 move forward past the closing brace.
26443
26444 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
26445 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
26446
26447 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
26448 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
26449 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
26450
26451 Here are the functions:
26452
26453 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
26454 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
26455 texinfo-sequential-node-update
26456
26457 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
26458 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
26459 texinfo-master-menu
26460
26461 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
26462
26463 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
26464 which menu descriptions are indented.
26465
26466 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
26467 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
26468 in the region.
26469
26470 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
26471 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
26472 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
26473 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
26474
26475 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
26476 be the first node in the file.
26477
26478 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
26479 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
26480
26481 \(fn)" t nil)
26482
26483 ;;;***
26484 \f
26485 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-auto-composition-mode thai-composition-function
26486 ;;;;;; thai-post-read-conversion thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string
26487 ;;;;;; thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
26488 ;;;;;; (17185 27569))
26489 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
26490
26491 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
26492 Compose Thai characters in the region.
26493 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
26494 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
26495
26496 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26497
26498 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
26499 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
26500
26501 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
26502
26503 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
26504 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
26505
26506 \(fn)" t nil)
26507
26508 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" "\
26509 Not documented
26510
26511 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
26512
26513 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
26514 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
26515 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
26516 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
26517 to compose.
26518
26519 The return value is number of composed characters.
26520
26521 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
26522
26523 (autoload (quote thai-auto-composition-mode) "thai-util" "\
26524 Minor mode for automatically correct Thai character composition.
26525
26526 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26527
26528 ;;;***
26529 \f
26530 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
26531 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
26532 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (17383 24127))
26533 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
26534
26535 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
26536 Move forward to the end of the next THING.
26537
26538 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
26539
26540 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26541 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
26542 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
26543 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
26544 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
26545
26546 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
26547 a symbol as a valid THING.
26548
26549 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
26550 of the textual entity that was found.
26551
26552 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
26553
26554 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26555 Return the THING at point.
26556 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
26557 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
26558 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
26559
26560 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
26561 a symbol as a valid THING.
26562
26563 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
26564
26565 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26566 Not documented
26567
26568 \(fn)" nil nil)
26569
26570 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26571 Not documented
26572
26573 \(fn)" nil nil)
26574
26575 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26576 Not documented
26577
26578 \(fn)" nil nil)
26579
26580 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26581 Not documented
26582
26583 \(fn)" nil nil)
26584
26585 ;;;***
26586 \f
26587 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
26588 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
26589 ;;;;;; (17383 24127))
26590 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
26591
26592 (autoload (quote thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "\
26593 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
26594
26595 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
26596
26597 (autoload (quote thumbs-show-from-dir) "thumbs" "\
26598 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
26599 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
26600 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
26601
26602 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
26603
26604 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show-marked) "thumbs" "\
26605 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
26606
26607 \(fn)" t nil)
26608
26609 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show) "thumbs" "\
26610 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
26611
26612 \(fn)" t nil)
26613
26614 (defalias (quote thumbs) (quote thumbs-show-from-dir))
26615
26616 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-setroot) "thumbs" "\
26617 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
26618
26619 \(fn)" t nil)
26620
26621 ;;;***
26622 \f
26623 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
26624 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
26625 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
26626 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
26627 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
26628 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (17102 18781))
26629 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
26630
26631 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
26632 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
26633 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
26634
26635 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
26636
26637 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
26638 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
26639
26640 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26641
26642 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
26643 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
26644 The returned string has no composition information.
26645
26646 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26647
26648 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
26649 Compose Tibetan string STR.
26650
26651 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26652
26653 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
26654 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
26655
26656 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26657
26658 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
26659 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
26660 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
26661 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
26662
26663 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
26664
26665 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
26666 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
26667 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
26668 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
26669
26670 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26671
26672 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\
26673 Not documented
26674
26675 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
26676
26677 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
26678 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
26679 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
26680
26681 \(fn)" t nil)
26682
26683 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
26684 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
26685 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
26686
26687 \(fn)" t nil)
26688
26689 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
26690 Not documented
26691
26692 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
26693
26694 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
26695 Not documented
26696
26697 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
26698
26699 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\
26700 Not documented
26701
26702 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
26703
26704 ;;;***
26705 \f
26706 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
26707 ;;;;;; (17383 15659))
26708 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
26709
26710 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
26711 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
26712 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
26713 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
26714 parameters.
26715 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
26716
26717 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26718
26719 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
26720 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
26721 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
26722 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
26723 parameters.
26724 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
26725
26726 \(fn)" t nil)
26727
26728 ;;;***
26729 \f
26730 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
26731 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (17383 24127))
26732 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
26733
26734 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
26735 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
26736
26737 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-day-and-date) "time")
26738
26739 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
26740 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
26741 This display updates automatically every minute.
26742 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
26743 are displayed as well.
26744 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
26745
26746 \(fn)" t nil)
26747
26748 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
26749 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
26750 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
26751 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26752 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
26753
26754 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time")
26755
26756 (put (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
26757
26758 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
26759 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
26760 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
26761
26762 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
26763 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
26764 are displayed as well.
26765 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
26766
26767 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26768
26769 ;;;***
26770 \f
26771 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
26772 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
26773 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time time-to-seconds
26774 ;;;;;; date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (17385
26775 ;;;;;; 41891))
26776 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
26777
26778 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
26779 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
26780
26781 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
26782
26783 (autoload (quote time-to-seconds) "time-date" "\
26784 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
26785 You can use `float-time' instead.
26786
26787 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
26788
26789 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
26790 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
26791
26792 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
26793
26794 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
26795 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
26796
26797 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
26798
26799 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
26800 Convert DAYS into a time value.
26801
26802 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
26803
26804 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
26805 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
26806 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
26807
26808 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
26809
26810 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
26811
26812 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
26813 Subtract two time values.
26814 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
26815
26816 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
26817
26818 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
26819 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
26820
26821 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
26822
26823 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
26824 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
26825 DATE should be a date-time string.
26826
26827 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
26828
26829 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
26830 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
26831 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
26832
26833 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
26834
26835 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
26836 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
26837
26838 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
26839
26840 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
26841 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
26842
26843 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
26844
26845 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
26846 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
26847 TIME should be a time value.
26848 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
26849
26850 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
26851
26852 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
26853 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
26854 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
26855
26856 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
26857
26858 ;;;***
26859 \f
26860 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
26861 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (17383 24127))
26862 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
26863
26864 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
26865 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
26866 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
26867 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
26868 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
26869 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
26870 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
26871 look like one of the following:
26872 Time-stamp: <>
26873 Time-stamp: \" \"
26874 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
26875 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
26876 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
26877 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
26878 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
26879 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
26880 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
26881 the template.
26882
26883 \(fn)" t nil)
26884
26885 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
26886 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
26887 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
26888
26889 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26890
26891 ;;;***
26892 \f
26893 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
26894 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
26895 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
26896 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
26897 ;;;;;; (17385 41891))
26898 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
26899
26900 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
26901 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
26902 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
26903 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
26904 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
26905 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
26906 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
26907 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
26908 display (non-nil means on).
26909
26910 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26911
26912 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
26913 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
26914 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
26915 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
26916 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
26917 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
26918 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
26919 this function is called within a day.
26920
26921 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
26922 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
26923 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
26924 discover the name of the project.
26925
26926 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
26927
26928 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
26929 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
26930 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
26931 begun during the last time segment.
26932
26933 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
26934 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
26935 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
26936 discover the reason.
26937
26938 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
26939
26940 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
26941 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
26942 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
26943 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
26944 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
26945
26946 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
26947
26948 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
26949 Change to working on a different project.
26950 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
26951 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
26952 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
26953 working on.
26954
26955 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
26956
26957 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
26958 Ask the user whether to clock out.
26959 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
26960
26961 \(fn)" nil nil)
26962
26963 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
26964 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
26965 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
26966
26967 \(fn)" t nil)
26968
26969 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
26970 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
26971 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
26972 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
26973 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
26974 \"relative to today\".
26975
26976 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
26977
26978 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
26979 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
26980 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
26981 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
26982
26983 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
26984
26985 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
26986 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
26987 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
26988 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
26989 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
26990 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
26991
26992 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
26993
26994 ;;;***
26995 \f
26996 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
26997 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
26998 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (17383 16119))
26999 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
27000
27001 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
27002
27003 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
27004 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
27005
27006 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
27007
27008 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
27009 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION.
27010
27011 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
27012
27013 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
27014 Perform an action at time TIME.
27015 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27016 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
27017 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
27018 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
27019 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
27020 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27021
27022 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27023
27024 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27025
27026 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
27027 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
27028 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27029 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
27030 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27031
27032 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27033
27034 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27035
27036 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
27037 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
27038 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
27039 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
27040
27041 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
27042
27043 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
27044 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
27045 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27046 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
27047
27048 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
27049 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
27050
27051 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27052
27053 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27054 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
27055
27056 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
27057 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
27058 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
27059 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
27060 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
27061 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
27062 be detected.
27063
27064 \(fn (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY)" nil (quote macro))
27065
27066 ;;;***
27067 \f
27068 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27069 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (17102 18762))
27070 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27071
27072 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27073 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27074 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27075 the generated Quail package is saved.
27076
27077 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27078
27079 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27080 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27081 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27082 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27083 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27084 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27085 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27086
27087 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27088
27089 ;;;***
27090 \f
27091 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-post-read-conversion
27092 ;;;;;; tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (17102
27093 ;;;;;; 18782))
27094 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
27095
27096 (autoload (quote tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "\
27097 Not documented
27098
27099 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27100
27101 (autoload (quote tamil-post-read-conversion) "tml-util" "\
27102 Not documented
27103
27104 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27105
27106 (autoload (quote tamil-composition-function) "tml-util" "\
27107 Compose Tamil characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
27108 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
27109 PATTERN regexp.
27110
27111 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27112
27113 ;;;***
27114 \f
27115 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27116 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (17383 24127))
27117 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27118 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27119 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
27120 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27121
27122 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
27123 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27124 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27125 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27126 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27127
27128 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27129
27130 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
27131 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27132 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27133 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27134 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27135
27136 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27137
27138 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
27139 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27140 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27141 in the menu in two ways:
27142 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27143 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27144 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27145
27146 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27147 keymap or an alist of alists.
27148 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27149 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27150
27151 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27152
27153 ;;;***
27154 \f
27155 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
27156 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
27157 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (17385 41891))
27158 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27159
27160 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
27161 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
27162
27163 \(fn CAT)" t nil)
27164
27165 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
27166 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
27167
27168 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
27169
27170 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
27171 Insert new TODO list entry.
27172 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
27173 category.
27174
27175 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
27176
27177 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
27178 List top priorities for each category.
27179
27180 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
27181 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
27182
27183 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
27184 between each category.
27185
27186 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27187
27188 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
27189 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
27190 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
27191 between each category.
27192
27193 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
27194
27195 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27196
27197 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
27198 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
27199
27200 \\{todo-mode-map}
27201
27202 \(fn)" t nil)
27203
27204 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
27205 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
27206
27207 \(fn)" nil nil)
27208
27209 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
27210 Show TODO list.
27211
27212 \(fn)" t nil)
27213
27214 ;;;***
27215 \f
27216 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
27217 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el"
27218 ;;;;;; (17383 24127))
27219 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27220
27221 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
27222
27223 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
27224 Add an item to the tool bar.
27225 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27226 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27227 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27228 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27229
27230 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27231 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27232 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27233 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27234
27235 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27236 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
27237
27238 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27239
27240 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
27241 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
27242 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27243 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27244 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27245 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27246
27247 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27248 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27249 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27250 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27251
27252 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27253
27254 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27255 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
27256 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
27257 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27258 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27259 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27260 properties to add to the binding.
27261
27262 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
27263
27264 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27265 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
27266
27267 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27268
27269 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27270 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
27271 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
27272 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27273 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27274 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27275 properties to add to the binding.
27276
27277 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
27278 holds a keymap.
27279
27280 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27281
27282 ;;;***
27283 \f
27284 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
27285 ;;;;;; (17383 13537))
27286 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
27287
27288 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
27289 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
27290 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
27291 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27292 use either \\[customize] or the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
27293
27294 (custom-autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt")
27295
27296 (put (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
27297
27298 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "\
27299 TPU/edt emulation.
27300
27301 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27302
27303 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
27304
27305 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
27306 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
27307
27308 \(fn)" t nil)
27309
27310 ;;;***
27311 \f
27312 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
27313 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (17383 13537))
27314 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
27315
27316 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
27317 Set scroll margins.
27318
27319 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
27320
27321 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
27322 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen.
27323
27324 \(fn)" t nil)
27325
27326 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
27327 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text.
27328
27329 \(fn)" t nil)
27330
27331 ;;;***
27332 \f
27333 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (17383 16119))
27334 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
27335
27336 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
27337 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
27338 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
27339 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
27340 to a tcp server on another machine.
27341
27342 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
27343
27344 ;;;***
27345 \f
27346 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
27347 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (17383 16119))
27348 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
27349
27350 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
27351 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
27352
27353 (custom-autoload (quote trace-buffer) "trace")
27354
27355 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
27356 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
27357 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
27358 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
27359 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
27360 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
27361 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
27362 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
27363
27364 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27365
27366 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
27367 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
27368 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
27369 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
27370 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
27371 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
27372 the window or buffer configuration at all.
27373
27374 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27375
27376 ;;;***
27377 \f
27378 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-unload-file-name-handler-alist
27379 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-file-name-handler tramp-file-name-handler
27380 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-file-name-regexp tramp-file-name-regexp)
27381 ;;;;;; "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (17391 39172))
27382 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
27383
27384 (defvar tramp-unified-filenames (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) "\
27385 Non-nil means to use unified Ange-FTP/Tramp filename syntax.
27386 Nil means to use a separate filename syntax for Tramp.")
27387
27388 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
27389 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27390 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27391 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
27392
27393 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
27394 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27395 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27396 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
27397
27398 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
27399 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
27400 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
27401 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
27402 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
27403 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
27404 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
27405 files which are not really tramp files.
27406
27407 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27408 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27409 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27410 updated after changing this variable.
27411
27412 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27413
27414 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
27415
27416 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified "^/$\\|^/[^/:][^/]*$" "\
27417 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27418 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27419 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
27420
27421 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "\
27422 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27423 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27424 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
27425
27426 (defvar tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
27427 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion.
27428 This regexp should match partial tramp file names only.
27429
27430 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27431 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27432 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27433 updated after changing this variable.
27434
27435 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27436
27437 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
27438
27439 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
27440 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
27441 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
27442
27443 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
27444
27445 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
27446 Invoke tramp file name completion handler.
27447 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
27448
27449 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
27450
27451 (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)
27452
27453 (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler)))
27454
27455 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-file-name-handler-alist) "tramp" "\
27456 Not documented
27457
27458 \(fn)" nil nil)
27459
27460 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-tramp) "tramp" "\
27461 Not documented
27462
27463 \(fn)" t nil)
27464
27465 ;;;***
27466 \f
27467 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
27468 ;;;;;; (17364 3828))
27469 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
27470
27471 (autoload (quote tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "\
27472 Not documented
27473
27474 \(fn)" nil nil)
27475
27476 ;;;***
27477 \f
27478 ;;;### (autoloads (tumme-mark-tagged-files tumme-dired-comment-files
27479 ;;;;;; tumme-display-dired-image tumme-dired-display-external tumme-display-thumb
27480 ;;;;;; tumme-display-thumbs-append tumme-setup-dired-keybindings
27481 ;;;;;; tumme-jump-thumbnail-buffer tumme-tag-remove tumme-tag-files
27482 ;;;;;; tumme-display-thumbs tumme-dired-with-window-configuration
27483 ;;;;;; tumme-dired-insert-marked-thumbs) "tumme" "tumme.el" (17418
27484 ;;;;;; 58118))
27485 ;;; Generated autoloads from tumme.el
27486
27487 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-insert-marked-thumbs) "tumme" "\
27488 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
27489
27490 \(fn)" t nil)
27491
27492 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-with-window-configuration) "tumme" "\
27493 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
27494
27495 Convenience command that:
27496
27497 - Opens dired in folder DIR
27498 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
27499 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
27500
27501 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
27502 image files in dired and type
27503 \\[tumme-display-thumbs] (`tumme-display-thumbs').
27504
27505 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
27506
27507 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
27508 calling `tumme-restore-window-configuration'.
27509
27510 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
27511
27512 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumbs) "tumme" "\
27513 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `tumme-thumbnail-buffer'.
27514 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
27515 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
27516 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
27517 another one).
27518
27519 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
27520 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
27521 `tumme-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
27522
27523 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
27524 instead of erasing it first.
27525
27526 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND)" t nil)
27527
27528 (defalias (quote tumme) (quote tumme-show-all-from-dir))
27529
27530 (autoload (quote tumme-tag-files) "tumme" "\
27531 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
27532
27533 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
27534
27535 (autoload (quote tumme-tag-remove) "tumme" "\
27536 Remove tag for selected file(s).
27537 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
27538
27539 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
27540
27541 (autoload (quote tumme-jump-thumbnail-buffer) "tumme" "\
27542 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
27543
27544 \(fn)" t nil)
27545
27546 (autoload (quote tumme-setup-dired-keybindings) "tumme" "\
27547 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
27548 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
27549 `tumme-dired-x-line'.
27550
27551 \(fn)" t nil)
27552
27553 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumbs-append) "tumme" "\
27554 Append thumbnails to `tumme-thumbnail-buffer'.
27555
27556 \(fn)" t nil)
27557
27558 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumb) "tumme" "\
27559 Shorthard for `tumme-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
27560
27561 \(fn)" t nil)
27562
27563 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-display-external) "tumme" "\
27564 Display file at point using an external viewer.
27565
27566 \(fn)" t nil)
27567
27568 (autoload (quote tumme-display-dired-image) "tumme" "\
27569 Display current image file.
27570 See documentation for `tumme-display-image' for more information.
27571 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
27572
27573 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27574
27575 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-comment-files) "tumme" "\
27576 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
27577
27578 \(fn)" t nil)
27579
27580 (autoload (quote tumme-mark-tagged-files) "tumme" "\
27581 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
27582 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
27583 image file and stored in tumme's database file. This command
27584 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
27585 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
27586 matching tags will be marked in the dired buffer.
27587
27588 \(fn)" t nil)
27589
27590 ;;;***
27591 \f
27592 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
27593 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (17383 15659))
27594 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
27595 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
27596 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
27597 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
27598
27599 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
27600 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
27601 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
27602 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
27603 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
27604 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
27605 first and the associated buffer to its right.
27606
27607 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27608
27609 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
27610 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
27611 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
27612 accepting the proposed default buffer.
27613
27614 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
27615
27616 \(fn)" t nil)
27617
27618 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
27619 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
27620 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
27621 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
27622 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
27623 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
27624 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
27625
27626 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
27627 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
27628
27629 First column's text sSs Second column's text
27630 \\___/\\
27631 / \\
27632 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
27633
27634 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
27635
27636 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
27637
27638 ;;;***
27639 \f
27640 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
27641 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
27642 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
27643 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
27644 ;;;;;; (17383 24127))
27645 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
27646
27647 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
27648 Toggle typing break mode.
27649 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
27650 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27651 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
27652
27653 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break")
27654
27655 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
27656 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
27657
27658 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-interval) "type-break")
27659
27660 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
27661 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
27662
27663 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
27664 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
27665 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
27666
27667 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
27668 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
27669
27670 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-rest-interval) "type-break")
27671
27672 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
27673 *Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
27674
27675 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
27676 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
27677 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
27678 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
27679
27680 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-break-interval) "type-break")
27681
27682 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
27683 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
27684 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
27685
27686 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
27687 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
27688 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
27689 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
27690 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
27691 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
27692
27693 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
27694 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
27695 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
27696 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
27697
27698 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
27699 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
27700
27701 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
27702 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
27703
27704 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-keystroke-threshold) "type-break")
27705
27706 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
27707 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
27708 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
27709
27710 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
27711 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
27712 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
27713 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
27714 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
27715 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
27716 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
27717
27718 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
27719 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
27720
27721 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
27722 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
27723 reset the keystroke counter.
27724
27725 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
27726 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
27727 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
27728 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
27729
27730 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
27731 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
27732 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
27733 `type-break-schedule' command.
27734
27735 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
27736 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
27737 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
27738 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
27739 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
27740 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
27741 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
27742 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
27743 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
27744
27745 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
27746 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
27747 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
27748 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
27749 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
27750
27751 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
27752 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
27753 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
27754 approximate good values for this.
27755
27756 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
27757 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
27758
27759 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
27760 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
27761 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
27762 `type-break-warning-repeat'
27763 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
27764 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
27765
27766 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
27767 a typing break occur. They include:
27768
27769 `type-break-query-mode'
27770 `type-break-query-function'
27771 `type-break-query-interval'
27772
27773 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
27774
27775 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
27776 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
27777 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
27778 problems.
27779
27780 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
27781
27782 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
27783 Take a typing break.
27784
27785 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
27786 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
27787
27788 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
27789 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
27790
27791 \(fn)" t nil)
27792
27793 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
27794 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
27795 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
27796 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
27797
27798 \(fn)" t nil)
27799
27800 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
27801 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
27802
27803 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
27804 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
27805 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
27806 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
27807 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
27808 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
27809 average typing speed.)
27810
27811 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
27812 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
27813 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
27814 the computed maximum threshold.
27815
27816 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
27817 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
27818 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
27819 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
27820 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
27821
27822 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
27823
27824 ;;;***
27825 \f
27826 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
27827 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (17383 15659))
27828 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
27829
27830 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
27831 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
27832 Works by overstriking underscores.
27833 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
27834 which specify the range to operate on.
27835
27836 \(fn START END)" t nil)
27837
27838 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
27839 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
27840 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
27841 which specify the range to operate on.
27842
27843 \(fn START END)" t nil)
27844
27845 ;;;***
27846 \f
27847 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
27848 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (17383 16812))
27849 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
27850
27851 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
27852 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
27853 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
27854
27855 \(fn)" t nil)
27856
27857 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
27858 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
27859 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
27860 following the containing message.
27861
27862 \(fn)" t nil)
27863
27864 ;;;***
27865 \f
27866 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
27867 ;;;;;; (17383 16812))
27868 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
27869
27870 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
27871 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
27872 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
27873 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
27874 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
27875 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
27876
27877 \(fn)" nil nil)
27878
27879 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
27880 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
27881
27882 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
27883
27884 ;;;***
27885 \f
27886 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (17403
27887 ;;;;;; 28668))
27888 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
27889
27890 (autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\
27891 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm;
27892 otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe. UNSAFEP-VARS is a list
27893 of symbols with local bindings.
27894
27895 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
27896
27897 ;;;***
27898 \f
27899 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
27900 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (17402 14976))
27901 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
27902
27903 (autoload (quote url-retrieve) "url" "\
27904 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
27905 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
27906
27907 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
27908 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
27909 with it. Normally it gets the arguments in the list CBARGS.
27910 However, if what we find is a redirect, CALLBACK is given
27911 two additional args, `:redirect' and the redirected URL,
27912 followed by CBARGS.
27913
27914 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
27915 already completed.
27916
27917 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
27918
27919 (autoload (quote url-retrieve-synchronously) "url" "\
27920 Retrieve URL synchronously.
27921 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
27922 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
27923 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
27924
27925 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27926
27927 ;;;***
27928 \f
27929 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
27930 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (17382 34555))
27931 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
27932
27933 (autoload (quote url-get-authentication) "url-auth" "\
27934 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
27935 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
27936
27937 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
27938 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
27939 `url-generic-parse-url'
27940 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
27941 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
27942 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
27943 realm
27944 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
27945 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
27946 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
27947 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
27948 wrong, its no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
27949 what type of auth to use
27950 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
27951 if one cannot be found in the cache
27952
27953 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
27954
27955 (autoload (quote url-register-auth-scheme) "url-auth" "\
27956 Register an HTTP authentication method.
27957
27958 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method. This
27959 should be the same thing you expect to get returned in an Authenticate
27960 header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
27961 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information. This
27962 defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE
27963 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
27964 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
27965 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
27966
27967 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
27968
27969 ;;;***
27970 \f
27971 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
27972 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (17337
27973 ;;;;;; 11067))
27974 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
27975
27976 (autoload (quote url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "\
27977 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
27978
27979 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
27980
27981 (autoload (quote url-is-cached) "url-cache" "\
27982 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
27983
27984 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27985
27986 (autoload (quote url-cache-extract) "url-cache" "\
27987 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache
27988
27989 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
27990
27991 (autoload (quote url-cache-expired) "url-cache" "\
27992 Return t iff a cached file has expired.
27993
27994 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
27995
27996 ;;;***
27997 \f
27998 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (17382 34555))
27999 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28000
28001 (autoload (quote url-cid) "url-cid" "\
28002 Not documented
28003
28004 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28005
28006 ;;;***
28007 \f
28008 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
28009 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (17382 34555))
28010 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28011
28012 (autoload (quote url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav" "\
28013 Not documented
28014
28015 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28016
28017 (autoload (quote url-dav-vc-registered) "url-dav" "\
28018 Not documented
28019
28020 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28021
28022 ;;;***
28023 \f
28024 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (17382
28025 ;;;;;; 34555))
28026 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28027
28028 (autoload (quote url-file) "url-file" "\
28029 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28030
28031 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28032
28033 ;;;***
28034 \f
28035 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28036 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (17382 34555))
28037 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28038
28039 (autoload (quote url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw" "\
28040 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28041
28042 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28043
28044 (autoload (quote url-open-stream) "url-gw" "\
28045 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28046 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28047 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28048
28049 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28050
28051 ;;;***
28052 \f
28053 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28054 ;;;;;; url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (17337
28055 ;;;;;; 11067))
28056 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28057
28058 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28059 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28060 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
28061 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28062 use either \\[customize] or the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28063
28064 (custom-autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers")
28065
28066 (put (quote url-handler-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
28067
28068 (autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "\
28069 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
28070
28071 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28072
28073 (autoload (quote url-copy-file) "url-handlers" "\
28074 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28075 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28076 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28077 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28078 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28079 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28080 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28081 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28082
28083 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
28084
28085 (autoload (quote url-file-local-copy) "url-handlers" "\
28086 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28087 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28088 accessible.
28089
28090 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28091
28092 (autoload (quote url-insert-file-contents) "url-handlers" "\
28093 Not documented
28094
28095 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28096
28097 ;;;***
28098 \f
28099 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
28100 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (17421 49420))
28101 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28102
28103 (autoload (quote url-http) "url-http" "\
28104 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
28105 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
28106 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
28107 CBARGS as the arguments.
28108
28109 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28110
28111 (autoload (quote url-http-file-exists-p) "url-http" "\
28112 Not documented
28113
28114 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28115
28116 (defalias (quote url-http-file-readable-p) (quote url-http-file-exists-p))
28117
28118 (autoload (quote url-http-file-attributes) "url-http" "\
28119 Not documented
28120
28121 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
28122
28123 (autoload (quote url-http-options) "url-http" "\
28124 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
28125 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
28126
28127 Property list members:
28128
28129 methods
28130 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
28131 supports.
28132
28133 dav
28134 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
28135 supported.
28136
28137 dasl
28138 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
28139
28140 ranges
28141 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
28142
28143 p3p
28144 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
28145 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
28146 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
28147 Emacs/W3.
28148
28149 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28150
28151 ;;;***
28152 \f
28153 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (17448 18899))
28154 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28155
28156 (autoload (quote url-irc) "url-irc" "\
28157 Not documented
28158
28159 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28160
28161 ;;;***
28162 \f
28163 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (17382
28164 ;;;;;; 34555))
28165 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28166
28167 (autoload (quote url-ldap) "url-ldap" "\
28168 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28169 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28170 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28171 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28172
28173 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28174
28175 ;;;***
28176 \f
28177 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
28178 ;;;;;; (17382 34555))
28179 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28180
28181 (autoload (quote url-mail) "url-mailto" "\
28182 Not documented
28183
28184 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28185
28186 (autoload (quote url-mailto) "url-mailto" "\
28187 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28188
28189 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28190
28191 ;;;***
28192 \f
28193 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
28194 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (17382 34555))
28195 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28196
28197 (autoload (quote url-man) "url-misc" "\
28198 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28199
28200 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28201
28202 (autoload (quote url-info) "url-misc" "\
28203 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28204
28205 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28206
28207 (autoload (quote url-generic-emulator-loader) "url-misc" "\
28208 Not documented
28209
28210 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28211
28212 (defalias (quote url-rlogin) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28213
28214 (defalias (quote url-telnet) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28215
28216 (defalias (quote url-tn3270) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28217
28218 (autoload (quote url-data) "url-misc" "\
28219 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28220
28221 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28222
28223 ;;;***
28224 \f
28225 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
28226 ;;;;;; (17358 30050))
28227 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28228
28229 (autoload (quote url-news) "url-news" "\
28230 Not documented
28231
28232 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28233
28234 (autoload (quote url-snews) "url-news" "\
28235 Not documented
28236
28237 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28238
28239 ;;;***
28240 \f
28241 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
28242 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
28243 ;;;;;; (17382 34555))
28244 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28245
28246 (autoload (quote isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "\
28247 Not documented
28248
28249 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28250
28251 (autoload (quote dnsDomainIs) "url-ns" "\
28252 Not documented
28253
28254 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28255
28256 (autoload (quote dnsResolve) "url-ns" "\
28257 Not documented
28258
28259 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28260
28261 (autoload (quote isResolvable) "url-ns" "\
28262 Not documented
28263
28264 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28265
28266 (autoload (quote isInNet) "url-ns" "\
28267 Not documented
28268
28269 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28270
28271 (autoload (quote url-ns-prefs) "url-ns" "\
28272 Not documented
28273
28274 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28275
28276 (autoload (quote url-ns-user-pref) "url-ns" "\
28277 Not documented
28278
28279 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28280
28281 ;;;***
28282 \f
28283 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
28284 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (17382 34555))
28285 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28286
28287 (autoload (quote url-recreate-url) "url-parse" "\
28288 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28289
28290 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28291
28292 (autoload (quote url-generic-parse-url) "url-parse" "\
28293 Return a vector of the parts of URL.
28294 Format is:
28295 \[TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORT FILE TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULL]
28296
28297 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28298
28299 ;;;***
28300 \f
28301 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
28302 ;;;;;; (17348 7449))
28303 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
28304
28305 (autoload (quote url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "\
28306 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
28307
28308 \(fn)" t nil)
28309
28310 ;;;***
28311 \f
28312 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
28313 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
28314 ;;;;;; url-basepath url-percentage url-display-percentage url-pretty-length
28315 ;;;;;; url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space url-get-normalized-date
28316 ;;;;;; url-lazy-message url-normalize-url url-insert-entities-in-string
28317 ;;;;;; url-parse-args url-debug url-debug) "url-util" "url/url-util.el"
28318 ;;;;;; (17382 34555))
28319 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
28320
28321 (defvar url-debug nil "\
28322 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
28323 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
28324
28325 If t, all messages will be logged.
28326 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
28327 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
28328
28329 (custom-autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util")
28330
28331 (autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" "\
28332 Not documented
28333
28334 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28335
28336 (autoload (quote url-parse-args) "url-util" "\
28337 Not documented
28338
28339 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
28340
28341 (autoload (quote url-insert-entities-in-string) "url-util" "\
28342 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
28343 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
28344 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
28345 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
28346 & ==> &amp;
28347 < ==> &lt;
28348 > ==> &gt;
28349 \" ==> &quot;
28350
28351 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28352
28353 (autoload (quote url-normalize-url) "url-util" "\
28354 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
28355 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
28356
28357 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28358
28359 (autoload (quote url-lazy-message) "url-util" "\
28360 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
28361 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
28362
28363 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28364
28365 (autoload (quote url-get-normalized-date) "url-util" "\
28366 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
28367
28368 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
28369
28370 (autoload (quote url-eat-trailing-space) "url-util" "\
28371 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
28372
28373 \(fn X)" nil nil)
28374
28375 (autoload (quote url-strip-leading-spaces) "url-util" "\
28376 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
28377
28378 \(fn X)" nil nil)
28379
28380 (autoload (quote url-pretty-length) "url-util" "\
28381 Not documented
28382
28383 \(fn N)" nil nil)
28384
28385 (autoload (quote url-display-percentage) "url-util" "\
28386 Not documented
28387
28388 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28389
28390 (autoload (quote url-percentage) "url-util" "\
28391 Not documented
28392
28393 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
28394
28395 (autoload (quote url-basepath) "url-util" "\
28396 Return the base pathname of FILE, or the actual filename if X is true.
28397
28398 \(fn FILE &optional X)" nil nil)
28399
28400 (autoload (quote url-parse-query-string) "url-util" "\
28401 Not documented
28402
28403 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
28404
28405 (autoload (quote url-unhex-string) "url-util" "\
28406 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a url.
28407 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
28408 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
28409 forbidden in URL encoding.
28410
28411 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
28412
28413 (autoload (quote url-hexify-string) "url-util" "\
28414 Escape characters in a string.
28415
28416 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28417
28418 (autoload (quote url-file-extension) "url-util" "\
28419 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
28420 If optional variable X is t,
28421 then return the basename of the file with the extension stripped off.
28422
28423 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
28424
28425 (autoload (quote url-truncate-url-for-viewing) "url-util" "\
28426 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters or less wide.
28427 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
28428
28429 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
28430
28431 (autoload (quote url-view-url) "url-util" "\
28432 View the current document's URL.
28433 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
28434 the minibuffer.
28435
28436 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
28437
28438 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
28439
28440 ;;;***
28441 \f
28442 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
28443 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (17383 24127))
28444 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
28445
28446 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
28447 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
28448 This function has a choice of three things to do:
28449 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
28450 to refrain from editing the file
28451 return t (grab the lock on the file)
28452 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
28453 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
28454 in any way you like.
28455
28456 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
28457
28458 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
28459 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
28460 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
28461 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
28462 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
28463
28464 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
28465 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
28466
28467 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
28468
28469 ;;;***
28470 \f
28471 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (17245 4870))
28472 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
28473 (autoload-coding-system 'utf-7 '(require 'utf-7))
28474
28475 ;;;***
28476 \f
28477 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
28478 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el"
28479 ;;;;;; (17382 1051))
28480 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
28481
28482 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
28483 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
28484 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
28485 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
28486
28487 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
28488
28489 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-internal) "uudecode" "\
28490 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
28491 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
28492
28493 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
28494
28495 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
28496 Uudecode region between START and END.
28497 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
28498
28499 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
28500
28501 ;;;***
28502 \f
28503 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
28504 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
28505 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
28506 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
28507 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
28508 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-trunk-p vc-before-checkin-hook
28509 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (17384 53717))
28510 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
28511
28512 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
28513 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
28514 See `run-hooks'.")
28515
28516 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkout-hook) "vc")
28517
28518 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
28519 Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
28520 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
28521
28522 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkin-hook) "vc")
28523
28524 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
28525 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
28526 See `run-hooks'.")
28527
28528 (custom-autoload (quote vc-before-checkin-hook) "vc")
28529
28530 (autoload (quote vc-trunk-p) "vc" "\
28531 Return t if REV is a revision on the trunk.
28532
28533 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
28534
28535 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
28536 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
28537
28538 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
28539
28540 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
28541 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
28542 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
28543 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
28544 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
28545 somebody else, signal error.
28546
28547 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
28548
28549 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
28550 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
28551 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
28552 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
28553 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
28554
28555 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
28556
28557 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
28558 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
28559 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
28560 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
28561 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
28562 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
28563 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is `async', that
28564 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess; if it is t it means to
28565 ignore all execution errors). FILE is the
28566 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
28567 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
28568 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
28569
28570 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
28571
28572 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
28573 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
28574
28575 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
28576 it will operate on the file in the current line.
28577
28578 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
28579 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
28580 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
28581 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
28582 lock steals will raise an error.
28583
28584 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
28585
28586 For RCS and SCCS files:
28587 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
28588 control.
28589 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
28590 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
28591 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
28592 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
28593 it performs a revert.
28594 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
28595 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
28596 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
28597 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
28598 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
28599 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
28600 the option to steal the lock.
28601
28602 For CVS files:
28603 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
28604 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
28605 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
28606 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
28607 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
28608 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
28609 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
28610 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
28611 merge in the changes into your working copy.
28612
28613 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
28614
28615 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
28616 Register the current file into a version control system.
28617 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
28618 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
28619
28620 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
28621 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
28622 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
28623 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
28624 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
28625 first backend that could register the file is used.
28626
28627 \(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil)
28628
28629 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
28630 Display diffs between file versions.
28631 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
28632 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
28633 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
28634 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
28635 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
28636 saving the buffer.
28637
28638 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
28639
28640 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
28641 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
28642 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
28643 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
28644
28645 \(fn REV)" t nil)
28646
28647 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
28648 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
28649 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
28650 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
28651
28652 \(fn)" t nil)
28653
28654 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
28655 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
28656 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
28657 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
28658 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
28659 from the current branch.
28660
28661 See Info node `Merging'.
28662
28663 \(fn)" t nil)
28664
28665 (defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff))
28666
28667 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
28668 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
28669
28670 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
28671
28672 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
28673 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
28674
28675 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
28676
28677 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
28678 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
28679 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
28680 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
28681 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
28682 are checked out in that new branch.
28683
28684 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
28685
28686 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
28687 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
28688 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
28689 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
28690 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
28691 allowed and simply skipped).
28692
28693 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
28694
28695 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
28696 List the change log of the current buffer in a window.
28697 If FOCUS-REV is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
28698
28699 \(fn &optional FOCUS-REV)" t nil)
28700
28701 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
28702 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
28703 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
28704 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
28705 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so.
28706
28707 \(fn)" t nil)
28708
28709 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
28710 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
28711 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
28712 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
28713 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
28714 the current branch are merged into the working file.
28715
28716 \(fn)" t nil)
28717
28718 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
28719 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
28720 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards.
28721
28722 \(fn NOREVERT)" t nil)
28723
28724 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
28725 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
28726 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
28727 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
28728 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
28729 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
28730 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
28731
28732 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
28733
28734 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
28735 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
28736 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
28737 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
28738 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
28739 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
28740 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
28741 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
28742 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
28743
28744 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
28745
28746 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
28747 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
28748
28749 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
28750
28751 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
28752 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
28753 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
28754 directory.
28755
28756 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
28757
28758 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
28759 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
28760 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
28761
28762 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
28763 log entries should be gathered.
28764
28765 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28766
28767 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
28768 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
28769
28770 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
28771 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
28772 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
28773 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
28774 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
28775 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
28776
28777 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
28778 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
28779 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
28780 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
28781 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
28782 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
28783 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
28784 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
28785
28786 Customization variables:
28787
28788 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
28789 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
28790 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
28791 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
28792
28793 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF)" t nil)
28794
28795 ;;;***
28796 \f
28797 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (17383 24127))
28798 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
28799 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
28800 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
28801 (progn
28802 (load "vc-arch")
28803 (vc-arch-registered file))))
28804
28805 ;;;***
28806 \f
28807 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (17383 24127))
28808 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
28809 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
28810 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
28811 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
28812 (load "vc-cvs")
28813 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
28814
28815 ;;;***
28816 \f
28817 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (17383 24127))
28818 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
28819 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
28820 (if (vc-find-root file "MCVS/CVS")
28821 (progn
28822 (load "vc-mcvs")
28823 (vc-mcvs-registered file))))
28824
28825 ;;;***
28826 \f
28827 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
28828 ;;;;;; (17383 24127))
28829 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
28830
28831 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
28832 *Where to look for RCS master files.
28833 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
28834
28835 (custom-autoload (quote vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs")
28836 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
28837
28838 ;;;***
28839 \f
28840 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
28841 ;;;;;; (17383 24127))
28842 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
28843
28844 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
28845 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
28846 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
28847
28848 (custom-autoload (quote vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs")
28849 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
28850
28851 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
28852 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
28853 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
28854 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
28855
28856 ;;;***
28857 \f
28858 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (17386 47924))
28859 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
28860 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
28861 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
28862 ".svn/entries" (file-name-directory f)))
28863 (load "vc-svn")
28864 (vc-svn-registered f)))
28865
28866 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) ".svn/")
28867
28868 ;;;***
28869 \f
28870 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
28871 ;;;;;; (17388 22062))
28872 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
28873
28874 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
28875 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
28876
28877 Usage:
28878 ------
28879
28880 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
28881 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
28882 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
28883 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
28884 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
28885 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
28886 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
28887 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
28888 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
28889
28890 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
28891 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
28892 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
28893 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
28894
28895 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
28896 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
28897 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
28898 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
28899 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
28900
28901 Template styles can be customized in customization group
28902 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
28903
28904
28905 HEADER INSERTION:
28906 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
28907 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
28908 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
28909
28910
28911 STUTTERING:
28912 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
28913 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
28914 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
28915 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
28916
28917 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
28918 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
28919 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
28920 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
28921 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
28922
28923
28924 WORD COMPLETION:
28925 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
28926 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
28927 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
28928 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
28929
28930 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
28931 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
28932 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
28933 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
28934 beginning with \"std\").
28935
28936 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
28937 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
28938 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
28939 stop.
28940
28941
28942 COMMENTS:
28943 `--' puts a single comment.
28944 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
28945 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
28946 with a comment in between.
28947 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
28948 out following lines.
28949 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
28950 uncomments a region if already commented out.
28951
28952 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
28953 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
28954 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
28955 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
28956 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
28957 non-nil.
28958
28959 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
28960 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
28961 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
28962 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
28963 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
28964 multi-line comments.
28965
28966
28967 INDENTATION:
28968 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
28969 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
28970 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
28971 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
28972
28973 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
28974 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
28975 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
28976 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
28977
28978 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
28979 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
28980 and vice versa.
28981
28982 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
28983 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
28984
28985
28986 ALIGNMENT:
28987 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
28988 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
28989 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
28990 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
28991 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
28992 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
28993 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
28994 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
28995
28996 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
28997 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
28998 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
28999 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
29000 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
29001 is non-nil.
29002
29003 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
29004 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
29005 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
29006
29007 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
29008 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
29009
29010
29011 CODE FILLING:
29012 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
29013 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
29014 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
29015 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
29016 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
29017 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
29018
29019
29020 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
29021 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
29022 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
29023 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
29024 command:
29025
29026 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
29027
29028
29029 PORT TRANSLATION:
29030 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
29031 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
29032 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
29033 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
29034 internal signal initializations (menu).
29035
29036 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
29037 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
29038 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
29039
29040 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
29041 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
29042 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
29043 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
29044 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
29045 in subsequent paste operations.)
29046
29047 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
29048 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
29049 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
29050
29051
29052 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
29053 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
29054 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
29055 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
29056 association list with formals).
29057
29058
29059 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
29060 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
29061 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
29062 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
29063 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
29064 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
29065 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
29066 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
29067 `vhdl-testbench'.
29068
29069
29070 KEY BINDINGS:
29071 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
29072
29073
29074 VHDL MENU:
29075 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
29076
29077
29078 FILE BROWSER:
29079 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
29080 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
29081 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
29082
29083 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
29084 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
29085
29086
29087 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
29088 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
29089 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
29090 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
29091
29092 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
29093 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
29094 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
29095
29096 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
29097 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
29098 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
29099 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
29100
29101 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
29102 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
29103 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
29104 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
29105 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
29106
29107 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
29108 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
29109 required by secondary units.
29110
29111
29112 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
29113 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
29114 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
29115 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
29116 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
29117 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
29118 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
29119 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
29120 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
29121 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
29122 inputs to this component -> input port created
29123 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
29124 outputs from this component -> output port created
29125 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
29126 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
29127
29128 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
29129 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
29130 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
29131 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
29132 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
29133
29134 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
29135 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
29136
29137 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
29138 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
29139 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
29140 component instantiation is also supported (option
29141 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
29142
29143 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
29144 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
29145 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
29146 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
29147 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
29148 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
29149 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
29150 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
29151 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
29152 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
29153 | generating the configuration.
29154 |
29155 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
29156 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
29157 | configurations in speedbar.
29158
29159 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
29160
29161
29162 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
29163 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
29164 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
29165 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
29166 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
29167 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
29168 information. New compilers can be added.
29169
29170 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
29171 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
29172
29173
29174 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
29175 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
29176 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
29177 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
29178 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29179
29180 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
29181 command:
29182
29183 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
29184 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
29185 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
29186
29187 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
29188 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
29189 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
29190 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
29191 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
29192 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
29193 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
29194
29195 Limitations:
29196 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
29197 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
29198 not (yet) supported.
29199 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
29200 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
29201 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
29202
29203
29204 PROJECTS:
29205 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
29206 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
29207 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
29208 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
29209 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
29210 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
29211 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
29212 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29213
29214 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
29215 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
29216 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
29217 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
29218 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
29219 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
29220 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
29221 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
29222 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
29223 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
29224 `vhdl-project-alist'.
29225
29226
29227 SPECIAL MENUES:
29228 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
29229 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
29230 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
29231 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
29232 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
29233 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
29234 current directory for VHDL source files.
29235
29236
29237 VHDL STANDARDS:
29238 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
29239 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
29240
29241
29242 KEYWORD CASE:
29243 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
29244 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
29245 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
29246 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
29247 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
29248 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
29249 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
29250 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
29251
29252
29253 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
29254 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
29255 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
29256 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
29257 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
29258 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
29259 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
29260
29261 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
29262 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
29263 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
29264 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
29265 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
29266 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
29267
29268 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
29269 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
29270 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
29271 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
29272 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
29273 visually.
29274
29275 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
29276 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
29277 highlighted if written in lower case.
29278
29279 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
29280 highlighted using a different background color if option
29281 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
29282
29283 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
29284 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
29285 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
29286 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
29287 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
29288
29289
29290 USER MODELS:
29291 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
29292 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
29293 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
29294
29295
29296 HIDE/SHOW:
29297 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
29298 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
29299 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
29300 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
29301 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
29302
29303
29304 CODE UPDATING:
29305 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
29306 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
29307 Limitations:
29308 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
29309 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
29310 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
29311 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
29312 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
29313 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
29314 (used to obtain the port names).
29315
29316
29317 CODE FIXING:
29318 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
29319 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
29320
29321
29322 PRINTING:
29323 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
29324 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
29325 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
29326 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
29327 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
29328 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
29329 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
29330 printers.
29331
29332
29333 OPTIONS:
29334 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
29335 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
29336 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
29337 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
29338 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
29339
29340 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
29341 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
29342 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
29343 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
29344 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
29345 INSTALL file).
29346
29347 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
29348 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
29349
29350
29351 FILE EXTENSIONS:
29352 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
29353 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
29354 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
29355
29356 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
29357
29358
29359 HINTS:
29360 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
29361 a VHDL file first, use the command:
29362
29363 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
29364
29365 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
29366
29367 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
29368
29369
29370 RELEASE NOTES:
29371 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
29372
29373
29374 Maintenance:
29375 ------------
29376
29377 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
29378 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29379
29380 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
29381
29382 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
29383 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
29384 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
29385 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
29386
29387 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
29388 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
29389 where the latest version can be found.
29390
29391
29392 Known problems:
29393 ---------------
29394
29395 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
29396 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
29397 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
29398
29399
29400 The VHDL Mode Authors
29401 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
29402
29403 Key bindings:
29404 -------------
29405
29406 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
29407
29408 \(fn)" t nil)
29409
29410 ;;;***
29411 \f
29412 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (17102 18541))
29413 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
29414
29415 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
29416 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
29417 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
29418 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
29419
29420 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
29421 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
29422 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
29423 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
29424 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
29425
29426 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
29427 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
29428
29429 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
29430
29431 * Limitations and unsupported features
29432 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
29433 not supported.
29434 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
29435 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
29436
29437 * Modifications
29438 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
29439 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
29440 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
29441 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
29442 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
29443 for undoing a repeated change command.
29444 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
29445 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
29446 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
29447
29448 * Extensions
29449 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
29450 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
29451 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
29452 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
29453 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
29454 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
29455 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
29456 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
29457
29458 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
29459
29460 \(fn)" t nil)
29461
29462 ;;;***
29463 \f
29464 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
29465 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
29466 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
29467 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (17102 18783))
29468 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
29469
29470 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
29471 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
29472
29473 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
29474
29475 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
29476 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
29477 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
29478 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
29479
29480 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29481
29482 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
29483 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
29484
29485 \(fn)" t nil)
29486
29487 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
29488 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
29489 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
29490 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
29491
29492 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29493
29494 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
29495 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
29496
29497 \(fn)" t nil)
29498
29499 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\
29500 Not documented
29501
29502 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29503
29504 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\
29505 Not documented
29506
29507 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29508
29509 ;;;***
29510 \f
29511 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
29512 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
29513 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (17383
29514 ;;;;;; 24127))
29515 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
29516
29517 (defvar view-mode nil "\
29518 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
29519 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
29520 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
29521
29522 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
29523
29524 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
29525 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
29526 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29527 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29528 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29529 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29530 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29531
29532 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29533
29534 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29535
29536 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
29537 View FILE in View mode in another window.
29538 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
29539 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29540 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29541 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29542 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29543 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29544
29545 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29546
29547 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29548
29549 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
29550 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
29551 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
29552 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29553 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29554 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29555 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29556 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29557
29558 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29559
29560 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29561
29562 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
29563 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
29564 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29565 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29566 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29567 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29568 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29569
29570 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29571
29572 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
29573 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
29574 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
29575
29576 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
29577
29578 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
29579 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
29580 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
29581 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29582 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29583 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29584 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29585 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29586
29587 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29588
29589 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
29590 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
29591 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
29592
29593 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
29594
29595 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
29596 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
29597 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
29598 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29599 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29600 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29601 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29602 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29603
29604 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29605
29606 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
29607 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
29608 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
29609
29610 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
29611
29612 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
29613 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
29614 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
29615
29616 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
29617 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
29618 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
29619 read-only.
29620 \\<view-mode-map>
29621 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
29622 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
29623 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
29624 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
29625 commands default to a repeat count of one.
29626
29627 H, h, ? This message.
29628 Digits provide prefix arguments.
29629 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
29630 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
29631 > move to the end of buffer.
29632 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
29633 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
29634 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
29635 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
29636 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
29637 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
29638 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
29639 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
29640 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
29641 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
29642 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
29643 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
29644 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
29645 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
29646 Use this to view a changing file.
29647 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
29648 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
29649 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
29650 . set the mark.
29651 x exchanges point and mark.
29652 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
29653 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
29654 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
29655 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
29656 ' go to position saved in character register.
29657 s do forward incremental search.
29658 r do reverse incremental search.
29659 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
29660 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
29661 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
29662 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
29663 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
29664 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
29665 p searches backward for last regular expression.
29666 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
29667 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
29668 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
29669 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
29670 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
29671 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
29672 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
29673 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
29674 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
29675 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
29676
29677 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
29678 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
29679 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
29680 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
29681 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
29682 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
29683 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
29684 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
29685 then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
29686
29687 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29688
29689 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29690
29691 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
29692 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
29693 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
29694 `view-return-to-alist'.
29695 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
29696 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
29697 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
29698
29699 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
29700 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
29701 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
29702 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
29703 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
29704 1) nil Do nothing.
29705 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
29706 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
29707 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
29708 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
29709
29710 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29711
29712 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29713
29714 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
29715
29716 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
29717 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
29718
29719 \(fn)" t nil)
29720
29721 ;;;***
29722 \f
29723 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (17383
29724 ;;;;;; 13537))
29725 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
29726
29727 (autoload (quote vip-setup) "vip" "\
29728 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
29729
29730 \(fn)" nil nil)
29731
29732 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
29733 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
29734
29735 \(fn)" t nil)
29736
29737 ;;;***
29738 \f
29739 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
29740 ;;;;;; (17399 58140))
29741 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
29742
29743 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
29744 Toggle Viper on/off.
29745 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
29746
29747 \(fn)" t nil)
29748
29749 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
29750 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Viper'.
29751
29752 \(fn)" t nil)
29753
29754 ;;;***
29755 \f
29756 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
29757 ;;;;;; (17383 16119))
29758 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
29759
29760 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
29761 Function to generate warning prefixes.
29762 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
29763 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
29764 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
29765 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
29766 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
29767 the beginning of the warning.")
29768
29769 (defvar warning-series nil "\
29770 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
29771 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
29772 which is the start of the current series; it means that
29773 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
29774 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
29775 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
29776 also call that function before the next warning.")
29777
29778 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
29779 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
29780
29781 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
29782 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
29783 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
29784 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
29785
29786 (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
29787 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
29788 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
29789 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
29790 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
29791 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
29792
29793 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
29794 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
29795
29796 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
29797 if you do not attend to it promptly.
29798 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
29799 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
29800 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
29801 :debug -- info for debugging only.
29802
29803 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging the
29804 warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'.
29805
29806 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
29807
29808 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
29809 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
29810
29811 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
29812
29813 (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
29814 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
29815 Aside from generating the message with `format',
29816 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
29817
29818 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol).
29819 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
29820 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
29821 can be whatever you like.)
29822
29823 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
29824 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
29825
29826 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
29827 if you do not attend to it promptly.
29828 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
29829 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
29830 :debug -- info for debugging only.
29831
29832 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29833
29834 (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
29835 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
29836 Aside from generating the message with `format',
29837 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
29838 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
29839
29840 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29841
29842 ;;;***
29843 \f
29844 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
29845 ;;;;;; (17418 2369))
29846 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
29847
29848 (autoload (quote wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "\
29849 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
29850 \\<wdired-mode-map>
29851 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
29852 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
29853 in disk.
29854
29855 See `wdired-mode'.
29856
29857 \(fn)" t nil)
29858
29859 ;;;***
29860 \f
29861 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (17383 13297))
29862 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
29863
29864 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
29865 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
29866
29867 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
29868 hotlist.
29869
29870 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
29871 <nwv@acm.org>.
29872
29873 \(fn)" t nil)
29874
29875 ;;;***
29876 \f
29877 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
29878 ;;;;;; (17388 22062))
29879 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
29880 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
29881 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
29882
29883 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
29884
29885 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
29886 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
29887 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
29888 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29889 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-function-mode'.")
29890
29891 (custom-autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func")
29892
29893 (put (quote which-function-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
29894
29895 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
29896 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
29897 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
29898 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
29899
29900 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
29901 and off otherwise.
29902
29903 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29904
29905 ;;;***
29906 \f
29907 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
29908 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
29909 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
29910 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
29911 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
29912 ;;;;;; (17383 24127))
29913 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
29914
29915 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
29916 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
29917
29918 \(fn)" t nil)
29919
29920 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
29921 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
29922
29923 \(fn)" t nil)
29924
29925 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
29926 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
29927
29928 \(fn)" t nil)
29929
29930 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
29931 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
29932
29933 \(fn)" t nil)
29934
29935 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
29936 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
29937
29938 \(fn)" t nil)
29939
29940 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
29941 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
29942 These are:
29943 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
29944 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
29945 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
29946 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
29947 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
29948
29949 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
29950 and:
29951 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
29952 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
29953
29954 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
29955
29956 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
29957 Check the region for whitespace errors.
29958
29959 \(fn S E)" t nil)
29960
29961 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
29962 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
29963 See `whitespace-buffer' docstring for a summary of the problems.
29964
29965 \(fn)" t nil)
29966
29967 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
29968 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
29969
29970 \(fn S E)" t nil)
29971
29972 (defalias (quote global-whitespace-mode) (quote whitespace-global-mode))
29973
29974 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
29975 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
29976 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
29977 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29978 use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
29979
29980 (custom-autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace")
29981
29982 (put (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
29983
29984 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
29985 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
29986 With ARG, turn the mode on iff ARG is positive.
29987
29988 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
29989 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
29990
29991 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29992
29993 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
29994 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
29995 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
29996
29997 \(fn)" t nil)
29998
29999 ;;;***
30000 \f
30001 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
30002 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (17383 24127))
30003 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
30004
30005 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
30006 Browse the widget under point.
30007
30008 \(fn POS)" t nil)
30009
30010 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
30011 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
30012
30013 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
30014
30015 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
30016 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
30017
30018 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
30019
30020 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
30021 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
30022 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30023
30024 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30025
30026 ;;;***
30027 \f
30028 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
30029 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (17396
30030 ;;;;;; 41256))
30031 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
30032
30033 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
30034 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget.
30035
30036 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30037
30038 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
30039 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
30040 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
30041
30042 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
30043
30044 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
30045 Create widget of TYPE.
30046 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
30047
30048 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30049
30050 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
30051 Delete WIDGET.
30052
30053 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30054
30055 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
30056 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
30057
30058 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30059
30060 (defalias (quote advertised-widget-backward) (quote widget-backward))
30061
30062 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map "\e " (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote advertised-widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map " " (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
30063 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
30064 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
30065
30066 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
30067 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
30068
30069 \(fn)" nil nil)
30070
30071 ;;;***
30072 \f
30073 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
30074 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (17383
30075 ;;;;;; 24127))
30076 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
30077
30078 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
30079 Select the window to the left of the current one.
30080 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30081 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30082 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
30083 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30084 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30085
30086 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30087
30088 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
30089 Select the window above the current one.
30090 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
30091 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
30092 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
30093 negative ARG) of the current window.
30094 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30095
30096 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30097
30098 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
30099 Select the window to the right of the current one.
30100 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30101 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
30102 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
30103 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
30104 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30105
30106 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30107
30108 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
30109 Select the window below the current one.
30110 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30111 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30112 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
30113 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30114 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30115
30116 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30117
30118 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
30119 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
30120 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
30121 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
30122
30123 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
30124
30125 ;;;***
30126 \f
30127 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
30128 ;;;;;; (17383 24127))
30129 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
30130
30131 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
30132 Toggle Winner mode.
30133 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30134 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
30135
30136 (custom-autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner")
30137
30138 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
30139 Toggle Winner mode.
30140 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30141
30142 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30143
30144 ;;;***
30145 \f
30146 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
30147 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (17383 24127))
30148 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
30149
30150 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
30151 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
30152 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
30153 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
30154 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
30155 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
30156 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
30157 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
30158
30159 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
30160 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
30161
30162 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
30163
30164 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
30165 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
30166
30167 \(fn)" t nil)
30168
30169 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
30170 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
30171 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
30172 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
30173 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
30174 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
30175 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
30176 `woman' command for further details.
30177
30178 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
30179
30180 ;;;***
30181 \f
30182 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
30183 ;;;;;; (17383 13537))
30184 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
30185
30186 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
30187 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
30188
30189 BUGS:
30190 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
30191 are not implemented
30192 - Options for search and replace
30193 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
30194 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
30195
30196 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
30197 Emacs-like.
30198
30199 The key bindings are:
30200
30201 C-a backward-word
30202 C-b fill-paragraph
30203 C-c scroll-up-line
30204 C-d forward-char
30205 C-e previous-line
30206 C-f forward-word
30207 C-g delete-char
30208 C-h backward-char
30209 C-i indent-for-tab-command
30210 C-j help-for-help
30211 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
30212 C-l ws-repeat-search
30213 C-n open-line
30214 C-p quoted-insert
30215 C-r scroll-down-line
30216 C-s backward-char
30217 C-t kill-word
30218 C-u keyboard-quit
30219 C-v overwrite-mode
30220 C-w scroll-down
30221 C-x next-line
30222 C-y kill-complete-line
30223 C-z scroll-up
30224
30225 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
30226 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
30227 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
30228 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
30229 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
30230 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
30231 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
30232 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
30233 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
30234 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
30235 C-k b ws-begin-block
30236 C-k c ws-copy-block
30237 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
30238 C-k f find-file
30239 C-k h ws-show-markers
30240 C-k i ws-indent-block
30241 C-k k ws-end-block
30242 C-k p ws-print-block
30243 C-k q kill-emacs
30244 C-k r insert-file
30245 C-k s save-some-buffers
30246 C-k t ws-mark-word
30247 C-k u ws-exdent-block
30248 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
30249 C-k v ws-move-block
30250 C-k w ws-write-block
30251 C-k x kill-emacs
30252 C-k y ws-delete-block
30253
30254 C-o c wordstar-center-line
30255 C-o b switch-to-buffer
30256 C-o j justify-current-line
30257 C-o k kill-buffer
30258 C-o l list-buffers
30259 C-o m auto-fill-mode
30260 C-o r set-fill-column
30261 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
30262 C-o wd delete-other-windows
30263 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
30264 C-o wo other-window
30265 C-o wv split-window-vertically
30266
30267 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
30268 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
30269 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
30270 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
30271 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
30272 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
30273 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
30274 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
30275 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
30276 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
30277 C-q a ws-query-replace
30278 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
30279 C-q c end-of-buffer
30280 C-q d end-of-line
30281 C-q f ws-search
30282 C-q k ws-to-block-end
30283 C-q l ws-undo
30284 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
30285 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
30286 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
30287 C-q w ws-last-error
30288 C-q y ws-kill-eol
30289 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
30290
30291 \(fn)" t nil)
30292
30293 ;;;***
30294 \f
30295 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
30296 ;;;;;; (17383 24128))
30297 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
30298
30299 (autoload (quote xml-parse-file) "xml" "\
30300 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
30301 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
30302 Returns the top node with all its children.
30303 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
30304 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
30305
30306 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
30307
30308 (autoload (quote xml-parse-region) "xml" "\
30309 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
30310 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
30311 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
30312 is not well-formed XML.
30313 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
30314 and returned as the first element of the list.
30315 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
30316
30317 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
30318
30319 ;;;***
30320 \f
30321 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (17383
30322 ;;;;;; 24128))
30323 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
30324
30325 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
30326 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
30327 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30328 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30329 use either \\[customize] or the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
30330
30331 (custom-autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse")
30332
30333 (put (quote xterm-mouse-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
30334
30335 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
30336 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
30337 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
30338
30339 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
30340 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
30341 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
30342 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
30343 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
30344 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
30345
30346 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30347
30348 ;;;***
30349 \f
30350 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
30351 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (17382 1051))
30352 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
30353
30354 (autoload (quote yenc-decode-region) "yenc" "\
30355 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
30356
30357 \(fn START END)" t nil)
30358
30359 (autoload (quote yenc-extract-filename) "yenc" "\
30360 Extract file name from an yenc header.
30361
30362 \(fn)" nil nil)
30363
30364 ;;;***
30365 \f
30366 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
30367 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (17382 1892))
30368 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
30369
30370 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
30371 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
30372
30373 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
30374
30375 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
30376 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
30377
30378 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
30379
30380 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
30381 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
30382 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
30383
30384 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
30385
30386 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
30387 Zippy goes to the analyst.
30388
30389 \(fn)" t nil)
30390
30391 ;;;***
30392 \f
30393 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (17382 1892))
30394 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
30395
30396 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
30397 Zone out, completely.
30398
30399 \(fn)" t nil)
30400
30401 ;;;***
30402 \f
30403 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
30404 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (17383 13297))
30405 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
30406
30407 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
30408 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified.
30409
30410 \(fn)" t nil)
30411
30412 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
30413 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
30414
30415 Zone-mode does two things:
30416
30417 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
30418 when saving the file
30419
30420 - fontification
30421
30422 \(fn)" t nil)
30423
30424 ;;;***
30425 \f
30426 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("abbrev.el" "bindings.el" "buff-menu.el"
30427 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el"
30428 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el"
30429 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el"
30430 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el"
30431 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el"
30432 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el"
30433 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
30434 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
30435 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
30436 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
30437 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el"
30438 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
30439 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
30440 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-china.el"
30441 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
30442 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
30443 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
30444 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "case-table.el"
30445 ;;;;;; "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el" "dframe.el"
30446 ;;;;;; "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-init.el"
30447 ;;;;;; "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-wind.el"
30448 ;;;;;; "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
30449 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
30450 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
30451 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
30452 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el"
30453 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el"
30454 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el"
30455 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lselect.el" "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el"
30456 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el"
30457 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
30458 ;;;;;; "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el"
30459 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el"
30460 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
30461 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
30462 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
30463 ;;;;;; "env.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el"
30464 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-lang.el" "erc/erc-menu.el" "erc/erc-nicklist.el"
30465 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
30466 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
30467 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
30468 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
30469 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
30470 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
30471 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-maint.el"
30472 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el"
30473 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "faces.el"
30474 ;;;;;; "files.el" "foldout.el" "font-core.el" "font-lock.el" "format.el"
30475 ;;;;;; "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el" "frame.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el"
30476 ;;;;;; "gnus/dig.el" "gnus/dns.el" "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
30477 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
30478 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el"
30479 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-gl.el"
30480 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
30481 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el"
30482 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
30483 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
30484 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/hex-util.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
30485 ;;;;;; "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
30486 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
30487 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
30488 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el"
30489 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el"
30490 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndb.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
30491 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
30492 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
30493 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el"
30494 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
30495 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el"
30496 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
30497 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el"
30498 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el"
30499 ;;;;;; "help.el" "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/fontset.el"
30500 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
30501 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/latin-1.el"
30502 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-4.el"
30503 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-9.el"
30504 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
30505 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/subst-big5.el"
30506 ;;;;;; "international/subst-gb2312.el" "international/subst-jis.el"
30507 ;;;;;; "international/subst-ksc.el" "international/ucs-tables.el"
30508 ;;;;;; "international/utf-16.el" "international/utf-8.el" "isearch.el"
30509 ;;;;;; "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el"
30510 ;;;;;; "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el"
30511 ;;;;;; "language/english.el" "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el"
30512 ;;;;;; "language/georgian.el" "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el"
30513 ;;;;;; "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/kannada.el"
30514 ;;;;;; "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el" "language/malayalam.el"
30515 ;;;;;; "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el" "language/slovak.el"
30516 ;;;;;; "language/tamil.el" "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el"
30517 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
30518 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
30519 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
30520 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el"
30521 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el"
30522 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el"
30523 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el"
30524 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el"
30525 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-print.el" "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el"
30526 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el"
30527 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el"
30528 ;;;;;; "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el"
30529 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el"
30530 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/tls.el"
30531 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-util.el" "net/tramp-uu.el"
30532 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-vc.el" "net/trampver.el" "obsolete/awk-mode.el"
30533 ;;;;;; "obsolete/bg-mouse.el" "obsolete/float.el" "obsolete/hilit19.el"
30534 ;;;;;; "obsolete/iso-insert.el" "obsolete/iso-swed.el" "obsolete/keyswap.el"
30535 ;;;;;; "obsolete/mlsupport.el" "obsolete/ooutline.el" "obsolete/profile.el"
30536 ;;;;;; "obsolete/rnews.el" "obsolete/sc.el" "obsolete/sun-curs.el"
30537 ;;;;;; "obsolete/sun-fns.el" "obsolete/swedish.el" "obsolete/uncompress.el"
30538 ;;;;;; "obsolete/x-apollo.el" "obsolete/x-menu.el" "patcomp.el"
30539 ;;;;;; "paths.el" "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el"
30540 ;;;;;; "pgg-def.el" "pgg-parse.el" "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el"
30541 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
30542 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
30543 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el"
30544 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el"
30545 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-vars.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
30546 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
30547 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
30548 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-rinfo.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el"
30549 ;;;;;; "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el" "register.el"
30550 ;;;;;; "replace.el" "rfn-eshadow.el" "s-region.el" "saveplace.el"
30551 ;;;;;; "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el" "simple.el" "soundex.el"
30552 ;;;;;; "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "term/AT386.el" "term/apollo.el"
30553 ;;;;;; "term/bobcat.el" "term/cygwin.el" "term/internal.el" "term/iris-ansi.el"
30554 ;;;;;; "term/linux.el" "term/lk201.el" "term/mac-win.el" "term/news.el"
30555 ;;;;;; "term/pc-win.el" "term/rxvt.el" "term/sun-mouse.el" "term/sun.el"
30556 ;;;;;; "term/sup-mouse.el" "term/tty-colors.el" "term/tvi970.el"
30557 ;;;;;; "term/vt100.el" "term/vt102.el" "term/vt125.el" "term/vt200.el"
30558 ;;;;;; "term/vt201.el" "term/vt220.el" "term/vt240.el" "term/vt300.el"
30559 ;;;;;; "term/vt320.el" "term/vt400.el" "term/vt420.el" "term/w32-win.el"
30560 ;;;;;; "term/wyse50.el" "term/x-win.el" "term/xterm.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
30561 ;;;;;; "textmodes/fill.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
30562 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
30563 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
30564 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
30565 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el"
30566 ;;;;;; "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el"
30567 ;;;;;; "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
30568 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el"
30569 ;;;;;; "url/url-https.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
30570 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "url/vc-dav.el"
30571 ;;;;;; "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el" "version.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el"
30572 ;;;;;; "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el"
30573 ;;;;;; "widget.el" "window.el" "x-dnd.el") (17448 19160 944703))
30574
30575 ;;;***
30576 \f
30577 ;;; Local Variables:
30578 ;;; version-control: never
30579 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
30580 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
30581 ;;; End:
30582 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here